TWI338797B - Large-pixel multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal using fringe fields - Google Patents
Large-pixel multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal using fringe fields Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TWI338797B TWI338797B TW96134791A TW96134791A TWI338797B TW I338797 B TWI338797 B TW I338797B TW 96134791 A TW96134791 A TW 96134791A TW 96134791 A TW96134791 A TW 96134791A TW I338797 B TWI338797 B TW I338797B
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- color
- dot
- pattern
- pixel
- component
- Prior art date
Links
Landscapes
- Liquid Crystal Display Device Control (AREA)
- Liquid Crystal (AREA)
- Control Of Indicators Other Than Cathode Ray Tubes (AREA)
Description
九、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 _3]本發明是有關於—種液晶顯示器⑴㈣㈣灿 display, LCD),且特別是有關於一種具有大畫素之多域垂 直配向(multi-domain verticany alignment)液晶顯示器且 此液晶顯示器是製作在平滑的基板上。 【先前技術】 [0004] 液晶顯示器最早是用於如計算機與電子錶之單 色顯示器,而如今已成為顯示科技中的主流,且在電腦顯 示器或電視顯示器產業中,液晶顯示器均已取代了陰極射 線管(cathode ray tube,CRT)。此外,許多液晶顯示器的缺 點也已被克服而改善液晶顯示器的品質。舉例來說,相較 於被動陣列驅動顯示而言,主動陣列驅動顯示可降低殘影 現象(ghosting),並可提升解析度、色階、視角、對比度^ 及反應時間。 又 [0005] 然而,傳統液晶顯示器的主要缺點在於窄視角 與低對比度,甚至主動陣列驅動顯示的視角仍遠小於陰極 射線官的視角。具體而言,當位於液晶顯示器正前方的觀 眾收看到高品質的影像時,位於液晶顯示器兩側的其他觀 眾便無法收看到高品質的影像。因此,多域垂直配向液晶 顯示器便應運而生來提升液晶顯示器的視角和對比度。圖 1(a)〜1(c)繪示垂直配向液晶顯示器】〇〇之晝素的基本機 能,而為求圖示清楚,圖丨之液晶顯示器僅繪示單一領域 (d〇main)。再者,圖1(a)〜l(c)(以及圖2)之液晶顯示器是 1338797 在描述灰階操作的作動方式。 [0006]液晶顯示器〗00包括第一偏振片1〇5、第一基板 1 10、第一電極120、第一配向層125、多個液晶130、第 二配向層140、第二電極145、第二基板15〇以及第二偏振 片155。一般而言,第一基板n〇與第二基板丨5〇是由透 明玻璃所構成,且第—電極12〇與第二電極145是由如銦 錫氧化物(Indium Tin Oxide)之透明導電材質所構成。第一 配向層125與第二配向層14〇通常是由聚亞酿胺(ρ〇_‘ PI)所構成’並在靜態下可使液晶13〇垂直排列。當操作時, 光源(未繪示)會從第一偏振片1〇5下方發出光束,其申第 一偏振Μ 105是貼附在第一基板】1〇上。第—偏振/片ι〇5 通常會以第一方向偏振化,而第一偏振片1〇5與第二 片15 一5的偏振方向會相互垂直,且第二偏振μ 155是貼附 第土板150上戶斤以’光源發出的光束無法同時穿越 第一偏振片】05與第二偏振片155,除非光束的偏振方向 被方疋轉% *至第一偏振片1〇5與第二偏振片⑸的偏振 f向之間。為求清楚表示’圖中僅綠示少量的液晶,而在 貫際上’液晶是有如柱狀之分子結構,其中液晶直徑約為 i ^ m度約為2GA〜25A。所以,在-個長300_、 ^於其^ 3阿的畫素區域,約有超過—千萬個液晶分 [隨]在圖】⑷中’液晶】30是垂直排列, 列下的液晶m並不會旋轉光源的偏振方向,所 出的光束無法通過液晶顯示器100。秋 "、x 當施加電場於第一電極120與第1極而所示, 乐一窀極145之間時,液晶 1338797 130會重新定向至傾斜姿態。在傾斜姿態下的液晶會將通 過第一偏振片105之偏振光的偏振方向旋轉9〇。,而使得 光束可以穿越第二偏振片155。液晶傾斜的程度是正比於 電場強度,並用來控制通過液晶顯示器的光量(即畫素的亮 度)。一般而言’單一個薄膜電晶體(thin-film_transistor,TFT) 疋對應配置於單一畫素中。但是在彩色顯示下,單一個的 薄膜電晶體是對應配置於如紅藍綠之单一顏色分量(color component)中 ° 9 [0008]然而,對在不同視角觀看液晶顯示器100的觀 眾而言’其觀看到的光束並非均勻。如圖1(c)所示,因為 液晶130寬邊(將光偏振方向旋轉)是正對偏左的觀眾172, 所以觀眾172會看到全亮的晝素。此外,因為液晶130寬 邊是部份正對中間的觀眾174 ’所以觀眾】74可看到灰階 的畫素。相對地’因為液晶丨30寬邊幾乎沒有正對偏右的 觀眾176,所以觀眾Π6會看到全暗的晝素。 [0009]多域垂直配向液晶顯示器之發展便是用來提升 Φ 單域(sing丨e-domain)垂直配向液晶顯示器之視角過小的問 題。圖2繪示多域垂直配向液晶顯示器(MVA LCD)200中 的單一畫素。多域垂直配向液晶顯示器20〇包括第一偏振 片205、第一基板210、第一電極220、第一配向層225、 多個液晶235、237、多個突起物(protrusion)260、第二配向 層240、第二電極245、第二基板250以及第二偏振片255, 其中液晶235構成畫素的第一領域,而液晶237構成晝素 的第二領域。當施加電場於第一電極220與第二電極245 之間時,突起物260會使液晶235與液晶237往不同的方 8 (S ) 1338797 向傾倒。如此一來,偏左的觀眾2 72所看到的左邊領域(液 晶235)會如暗點,而右邊領域(液晶237)會如亮點。此外, 中間的觀眾274會看到的兩個灰階的領域。相對地,偏右 的觀眾276所看到的左邊領域(液晶235)會如亮點,而右邊 領域(液晶237)會如暗點。無論如何,由於個別畫素的區域 =非常微小,所以對此三個觀眾而言,其感受到畫素的狀 態均為灰階的效果。如前所述,液晶傾斜的程度是取決於 第:電極22G與第二電極245之間的電場強度,而觀眾所 感叉到灰階程度便直接與液晶傾斜的程度有關。多域垂直 配向液晶顯示器亦可推廣到使用四個領域,以將單一畫素 分割為四個領域’岐在垂直與水平方向均可提供對稱之 廣視角效果。 、[0010]儘管多域垂直配向液晶顯示器可以提供對稱之 廣視角效果n多域垂直配向液晶顯示器的製作成本 2非常昂貴。這主要原因便是要在上、下基板製作突起 A疋很困難的’ ^上、下基板的突起物要精確對位亦是非 常困難,特別是下基板的一個突起物必須要能精確對準於 t基板的兩個突起物中間。此外,銦錫氧化物溝槽(ΠΌ Slit) =,另外二種用於基板上產生實體形貌(physicy feature)的 術f段,而其可取代突起物或是與突起物結合。然而, 姻錫乳化物料的製作成本Φ非常昂責。再者,無論是突 =或7C銦錫氧化物溝槽,其均會阻撞光束通過而降低多 ^ w直配向液aB顯示器的亮度。所以,一種適用於域垂 方配=液晶顯示器之方法或系統是非常有必要的,其中此 法或系統必須要能夠不用製作如突起物或是銦錫氧化物 9 (S ) 1338797 溝槽之實體形貌,且亦不需要超精準的將上、下基板對位 組裝。 【發明内容】 [0011] 有鑑於此’本發明提供一種多域垂直配向液晶 顯示器’而其無需製作突起物或是銦錫氧化物溝槽,所以 依據本發明而製作的多域垂直配向液晶顯示器的成本會比 習知之多域垂直配向液晶顯示器來的便宜。具體而言,依 據本發明一實施例之多域垂直配向液晶顯示器可將單一晝 素分割成多個顏色分量,而每個顏色分量再被分割成多個 顏色質點(color dot)。這些顏色質點的排列方式是用來增強 邊緣電場(fringe field) ’其中每一顏色質點與其相鄰的顏色 貝點分別具有不同的電極性(electricai p〇[arjty)。因此,在 任一顏色質點中的邊緣電場會造成此顏色質點之液晶往不 同方向傾倒而形成多域的效果。 [0012] 舉例而言,在本發明之某些實施例中,晝素包 括第一組顏色質點與第二組顏色質點,其中第一組顏色質 點與第二組顏色質點分別具有第一質點極性(d〇t p〇UHty) 與第二質點極性,且這些具有第一質點極性以及第二質點 極性之顏色質點是排列成為西洋棋盤圖案(checkerb〇ard pattern)。舉例而言’在本發明之一實施例中,畫素包括多 個顏色分量(color Component),其中具有第一質點極性的顏 色質點疋包含於第一顏色分量與第三顏色分量,而具有第 一質點極性的顏色質點是包含於第二顏色分量。 _3]在本發明大多數的實施例中,相異質點極性所 盤圖案會使得每-顏色質點具有多個液晶領 中相里^母一顏色質點的邊緣電場會藉由相鄰晝素之 點t的、广:而if強。增_邊緣電場會造成顏色質 果。,定aa冑疋向以及往不同方向傾倒而形成多域的效 的西為了要在整個顯示畫面中設計由顏色質點構成 ^的^盤圖案’則需要利用到畫素圖樣恤d design)間不 置。舉,而言’在本發明之一實施例中,顯示 音匕科Γ *固對應可數列的畫素以及多個對應偶數列的畫 可數列的晝素可為第-晝素圖樣,並以第-質點 二:二質點極性圖案反覆交替排列。對應偶數列 =素亦為弟-畫素圖樣’亦以第—質點極性圖案與第二 貝點極性®岐覆交㈣_。在 晝素可為第二晝素圖樣,並以第二二 ,案㈣二質點極性㈣反覆交替排列。在本發明之其他 ,關中:§每-彳7巾的畫素是*質點極性圓案反覆交替 時每歹4上的晝素可為相同的質點極性圖案。這些 =素的排财式是取決於敎之晝素圖樣,且會被顏色; ^or ^stnbutl〇n)^t,±^^(electrical distributj〇n) [00M]為讓本發明之上述和其他目的、特徵和優點能 更明顯易懂’下文特舉較佳實施例,並配合所附圖式,作 詳細說明如下。 【實施方式】 1338797 [0048] 如前所述,由於習知技藝必須要製作如突起物 或是銦錫氧化物溝槽之實體形貌,以於每個晝素中達成多 域的效果,所以習知之多域垂直配向液晶顯示器的製作成 本非常昂貴。然而,依據本發明概念之多域垂直配向液晶 顯示器是利用邊緣電場以產生多域的效果,並且不需要於 基板上設置如突起物或是銦錫氧化物溝槽之實體形貌。再 者,當不需要這些實體形貌後,習知技藝令需要精準地將 上下基板上的實體形貌對位組裝的困難亦可一併消除。所 以,相較於習知之多域垂直配向液晶顯示器而言,依據本 發明之多域垂直配向液晶顯示器具有較高的良率與較低的 製作成本。 [0049] 圖3(a)與3(b)繪示依據本發明之多域垂直配向 液晶顯示器300之基本概念,其中多域垂直配向液晶顯示 器300並不需要藉助基板上的實體形貌便可達成多域的效 果。具體而言,在圖3(a)與3(b)中,晝素3】0、320、330 是位於第一基板305與第二基板355之間。第一偏振片302 是貼附在第一基板305上,而第二偏振片357是貼附在第 二基板355上。畫素310包括第一電極3Π、液晶312、313 以及第二電極315,而晝素320包括第一電極321、液晶 322、323以及第二電極325,且畫素330包括第一電極33卜 液晶332、333以及第二電極335,其中這些電極主要是由 如銦錫氧化物之透明導電材料所構成。再者,第一配向層 307覆蓋於第一基板305上的電極。類似地,第二配向層 352覆蓋於第二基板355上的電極。第一配向層307與第 二配向層352均可使液晶垂直配向。更詳細而言,第二電 S ) Ϊ338797 極315、325、335是維持在公用電壓(c⑽麵 v〇ltage)V_C〇m,所以為求製作方便,第二電極315、325、 335可被設計為單-結構(如圖3⑷與3(b)所示)。多域垂直 配向液晶顯示器300是利用交替的極性而操作畫素3丨〇、 320、330。舉例而言’當晝素310、330的極性為正時,則 畫素32〇的極性即為負。相反地,當畫素310、330的極性 為負時,則畫素320的極性即為正。一般而言,每個苎素 鲁的極性會在圖框(frame)之間切換,但是這些交替極性^構 成的圖案在單一個圖框時間内是會維持不變。在圖3(幻 中,晝素310、320、330是處於,,關閉”狀態,亦即這些第 一與第二電極之間的電場是被關閉。不過在,,關閉,,狀態 下,仍有部份殘留電場會分佈於第一與第二電極之間。欽 而,這些殘留電場的強度一般均不足以使液晶傾倒。 [0050]在圖3(b)中,畫素3丨〇、32〇、33〇是處於,,開啟,, 狀怨,且+與-疋用來標示電極的充電狀態,亦即第一 鲁電極3]1、331是處於充正電的狀態,而第一電極32】是處 於充負電的狀態。需特別說明的是,充電極性是定義為2 對於公用電壓V_Com而言,其中當第二基板355與第二電 極315、325、335是維持在公用電壓v—c〇m時,正極性是 表示第一電極的電位大於公用電壓v—c〇m,而負極性是表 =第一電極的電位小於公用電壓v—c〇m。第一電極32丨與 第一電極325之間的電場327(圖中以電力線表示)會使得液 晶322、323 _。一般而言,當沒有突起物或是其他實體 形貌時,僅依靠第一配向層307或第二配向層352而垂直 配向的液晶並不會有固定的傾倒方向。然而,在畫素邊緣Nine, the invention: [Technical field of the invention] _3] The present invention relates to a liquid crystal display (1) (four) (four) can display, LCD), and in particular, a multi-domain verticany with a large pixel Alignment) A liquid crystal display and the liquid crystal display is fabricated on a smooth substrate. [Prior Art] [0004] Liquid crystal displays were originally used in monochrome displays such as computers and electronic watches, and have now become the mainstream in display technology, and in the computer display or television display industry, liquid crystal displays have replaced cathodes. Catheter ray tube (CRT). In addition, the shortcomings of many liquid crystal displays have been overcome to improve the quality of liquid crystal displays. For example, active array driven displays reduce ghosting and improve resolution, color scale, viewing angle, contrast, and response time compared to passive array driven displays. [0005] However, the main disadvantages of conventional liquid crystal displays are narrow viewing angles and low contrast, and even the active array driving display viewing angle is still much smaller than that of the cathode ray officer. Specifically, when a viewer located directly in front of the liquid crystal display receives high-quality images, other viewers located on both sides of the liquid crystal display cannot receive high-quality images. Therefore, multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal displays have emerged to enhance the viewing angle and contrast of liquid crystal displays. Fig. 1(a)~1(c) show the basic functions of the vertical alignment liquid crystal display, and for the sake of clarity, the liquid crystal display of the figure only shows a single field (d〇main). Furthermore, the liquid crystal display of Figures 1(a)-1(c) (and Figure 2) is 1338797 in the manner in which the grayscale operation is described. The liquid crystal display 00 includes a first polarizing plate 1〇5, a first substrate 110, a first electrode 120, a first alignment layer 125, a plurality of liquid crystals 130, a second alignment layer 140, and a second electrode 145. Two substrates 15 〇 and a second polarizing plate 155. Generally, the first substrate n 〇 and the second substrate 丨 5 〇 are made of transparent glass, and the first electrode 12 〇 and the second electrode 145 are made of a transparent conductive material such as Indium Tin Oxide. Composition. The first alignment layer 125 and the second alignment layer 14 are usually made of poly-branched amine (ρ〇_'PI) and can vertically align the liquid crystals 13〇. When operating, a light source (not shown) emits a light beam from below the first polarizing plate 1〇5, and the first polarizing plate 105 is attached to the first substrate. The first polarization/plate 〇5 is generally polarized in the first direction, and the polarization directions of the first polarizer 1〇5 and the second sheet 15-5 are perpendicular to each other, and the second polarization μ 155 is attached to the soil. On the board 150, the beam emitted by the 'light source cannot pass through the first polarizing plate at the same time】05 and the second polarizing plate 155 unless the polarization direction of the beam is rotated by %* to the first polarizing plate 1〇5 and the second polarization. The polarization (f) of the sheet (5) is between. In order to clearly show that the image shows only a small amount of liquid crystal in the green, the liquid crystal has a columnar molecular structure in which the liquid crystal diameter is about 2 mm to 25 A. Therefore, in a pixel area of length 300_, ^ in its ^ 3 A, there are more than - ten million liquid crystal points [with] in the figure] (4) in the 'liquid crystal' 30 is vertically arranged, the liquid crystal m under the column The polarization direction of the light source is not rotated, and the emitted light beam cannot pass through the liquid crystal display 100. Autumn ", x When an electric field is applied between the first electrode 120 and the first pole, and between the first pole 145, the liquid crystal 1338797 130 is redirected to the tilting posture. The liquid crystal in the tilting posture rotates the polarization direction of the polarized light passing through the first polarizing plate 105 by 9 turns. So that the light beam can pass through the second polarizing plate 155. The degree to which the liquid crystal is tilted is proportional to the electric field strength and is used to control the amount of light passing through the liquid crystal display (i.e., the brightness of the pixels). In general, a single thin film transistor (TFT) is correspondingly arranged in a single pixel. However, in color display, a single thin film transistor is correspondingly disposed in a single color component such as red, blue and green. [0008] However, for viewers viewing the liquid crystal display 100 at different viewing angles, The beam viewed is not uniform. As shown in Fig. 1(c), since the wide side of the liquid crystal 130 (rotating the polarization direction of the light) is the viewer 172 facing the left, the viewer 172 will see the all-bright pixels. In addition, since the wide side of the liquid crystal 130 is a portion of the viewer 174 ' facing the middle, the viewer 74 can see the gray scale pixels. Relatively, because the liquid crystal 丨 30 has almost no 176 facing the right side of the wide side, the viewer Π 6 will see the full dark enamel. [0009] The development of multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal displays is a problem for improving the viewing angle of Φ single-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal displays. 2 illustrates a single pixel in a multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display (MVA LCD) 200. The multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display 20A includes a first polarizing plate 205, a first substrate 210, a first electrode 220, a first alignment layer 225, a plurality of liquid crystals 235, 237, a plurality of protrusions 260, and a second alignment. The layer 240, the second electrode 245, the second substrate 250, and the second polarizing plate 255, wherein the liquid crystal 235 constitutes the first field of pixels, and the liquid crystal 237 constitutes the second field of the pixel. When an electric field is applied between the first electrode 220 and the second electrode 245, the protrusion 260 causes the liquid crystal 235 and the liquid crystal 237 to be tilted toward different sides 8 (S) 1338797. As a result, the left field (liquid crystal 235) seen by the left-sided viewer 2 72 will be dark, and the right field (liquid crystal 237) will be bright. In addition, the middle viewer 274 will see the two grayscale fields. In contrast, the left-hand field (liquid crystal 235) seen by the right-right viewer 276 will be a bright spot, while the right field (liquid crystal 237) will be a dark spot. In any case, since the area of the individual pixels is very small, the three viewers feel that the state of the pixels is grayscale. As described above, the degree of tilt of the liquid crystal depends on the electric field intensity between the electrode 22G and the second electrode 245, and the degree to which the viewer feels the gray scale is directly related to the degree of tilt of the liquid crystal. Multi-domain vertical alignment LCDs can also be extended to use four areas to divide a single pixel into four areas', providing a wide viewing angle of symmetry in both vertical and horizontal directions. [0010] Although the multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display can provide a symmetrical wide viewing angle effect, the fabrication cost of the multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display 2 is very expensive. The main reason for this is that it is very difficult to make the protrusions A on the upper and lower substrates. It is also very difficult to accurately align the protrusions of the upper and lower substrates, especially a protrusion of the lower substrate must be precisely aligned. In the middle of the two protrusions of the t substrate. In addition, the indium tin oxide trench (ΠΌ Slit) = the other two are used to create a physical morphological feature on the substrate, which can replace the protrusion or bind to the protrusion. However, the production cost of the sulphur tin emulsified material is very high. Furthermore, whether it is a bump = or 7C indium tin oxide trench, it will block the passage of the light beam and reduce the brightness of the multi-channel direct alignment liquid aB display. Therefore, it is necessary to apply a method or system suitable for the field vertical distribution = liquid crystal display, in which the method or system must be able to form a solid such as a protrusion or indium tin oxide 9 (S) 1338797 groove. The topography does not require ultra-precise assembly of the upper and lower substrates. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION [0011] In view of the present invention, a multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display is provided, which does not require fabrication of protrusions or indium tin oxide trenches, so the multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display fabricated in accordance with the present invention The cost will be cheaper than the conventional multi-domain vertical alignment LCD. In particular, a multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display according to an embodiment of the present invention can divide a single pixel into a plurality of color components, and each color component is further divided into a plurality of color dots. These color dots are arranged to enhance the fringe field, where each color dot has a different polarity (electrical p〇[arjty) from its adjacent color. Therefore, the fringe electric field in any color particle causes the liquid crystal of the color dot to fall in different directions to form a multi-domain effect. [0012] For example, in some embodiments of the present invention, the pixel includes a first set of color dots and a second set of color dots, wherein the first set of color dots and the second set of color dots respectively have a first dot polarity (d〇tp〇UHty) and the second particle point polarity, and these color dots having the first particle polarity and the second particle polarity are arranged in a checkerb〇ard pattern. For example, in one embodiment of the present invention, a pixel includes a plurality of color components, wherein a color dot having a first particle polarity is included in the first color component and the third color component, and has a A color point of a particle polarity is included in the second color component. _3] In most embodiments of the present invention, the disc pattern of the heterogeneous particle polarity causes the per-color dot to have a plurality of liquid crystal collars, and the fringe electric field of the phase is a point of the adjacent pixel. t, wide: and if strong. Increasing the edge electric field causes color quality. In order to set the multi-domain effect in the direction of the aa, and to design the multi-domain effect in the entire display screen, it is necessary to use the pattern of the color pattern to be used. . In one embodiment of the present invention, the pixels representing the countable columns and the plurality of pixels corresponding to the even-numbered columns may be the first-decoration pattern, and The first-mass point two: the two-dot point polarity pattern is alternately arranged. Corresponding to the even-numbered column = the same as the prime-pixel pattern' also intersects with the second-point polarity polarity 岐(4)_. The ruthenium can be a second sputum pattern, and alternately arranged in the second two, case (four) two particle polarity (four). In the other aspects of the present invention, the pixels of each of the 巾7 towels are *the dot polarities are alternately repeated. The enthalpies on each of the ridges 4 may be the same particle polarity pattern. These = primes are based on the enamel pattern and will be colored; ^or ^stnbutl〇n)^t, ±^^(electrical distributj〇n) [00M] for the above and Other objects, features, and advantages will be apparent from the following description. [Embodiment] 1338797 [0048] As described above, since the prior art has to fabricate a solid surface such as a protrusion or an indium tin oxide trench to achieve a multi-domain effect in each element, The conventional multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display is very expensive to manufacture. However, the multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display according to the concept of the present invention utilizes a fringe electric field to produce a multi-domain effect, and does not require a solid topography such as a protrusion or an indium tin oxide trench to be provided on the substrate. Moreover, when these physical topography are not required, conventional techniques require that the difficulty of accurately aligning the physical topography on the upper and lower substrates can be eliminated. Therefore, the multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display according to the present invention has higher yield and lower fabrication cost than the conventional multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display. 3(a) and 3(b) illustrate the basic concept of a multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display 300 in accordance with the present invention, wherein the multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display 300 does not require the physical topography on the substrate. Achieve multi-domain effects. Specifically, in FIGS. 3(a) and 3(b), the halogens 3], 320, and 330 are located between the first substrate 305 and the second substrate 355. The first polarizing plate 302 is attached to the first substrate 305, and the second polarizing plate 357 is attached to the second substrate 355. The pixel 310 includes a first electrode 3, a liquid crystal 312, 313, and a second electrode 315, and the halogen 320 includes a first electrode 321, a liquid crystal 322, 323, and a second electrode 325, and the pixel 330 includes a first electrode 33 332, 333 and a second electrode 335, wherein the electrodes are mainly composed of a transparent conductive material such as indium tin oxide. Furthermore, the first alignment layer 307 covers the electrodes on the first substrate 305. Similarly, the second alignment layer 352 covers the electrodes on the second substrate 355. Both the first alignment layer 307 and the second alignment layer 352 can vertically align the liquid crystal. In more detail, the second electric S) Ϊ 338797 poles 315, 325, 335 are maintained at the common voltage (c (10) plane v 〇 ltage) V_C 〇 m, so the second electrodes 315, 325, 335 can be designed for convenience of fabrication. It is a single-structure (as shown in Figures 3(4) and 3(b)). The multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display 300 operates the pixels 3, 320, 330 with alternating polarities. For example, when the polarity of the pixels 310, 330 is positive, the polarity of the pixel 32 is negative. Conversely, when the polarities of the pixels 310, 330 are negative, the polarity of the pixel 320 is positive. In general, the polarity of each element will switch between frames, but the pattern of these alternating polarities will remain the same for a single frame time. In Figure 3 (the illusion, the pixels 310, 320, 330 are in, off) state, that is, the electric field between the first and second electrodes is turned off. However, in the state of being closed, A portion of the residual electric field is distributed between the first and second electrodes. However, the intensity of these residual electric fields is generally insufficient to cause the liquid crystal to fall. [0050] In Fig. 3(b), the pixel is 3 丨〇, 32〇, 33〇 is in, open, and blame, and + and -疋 are used to indicate the state of charge of the electrode, that is, the first Lu electrode 3]1, 331 is in a positively charged state, and the first The electrode 32 is in a negatively charged state. It should be particularly noted that the charging polarity is defined as 2 for the common voltage V_Com, wherein the second substrate 355 and the second electrodes 315, 325, 335 are maintained at the common voltage v. -c〇m, the positive polarity means that the potential of the first electrode is greater than the common voltage v-c〇m, and the negative polarity is the table = the potential of the first electrode is less than the common voltage v-c〇m. The first electrode 32丨The electric field 327 (shown by the power line in the figure) between the first electrodes 325 causes the liquid crystals 322, 323 _. , When no protrusions or other physical features, relying on only the first ligand does not have a fixed vertical tilting direction of the liquid crystal alignment layer 352 or the second alignment layer 307, however, the edge pixels
(S ) I 1338797 處的邊緣電場可用來控制液晶的傾倒方向。舉例而言,第 一電極321與第二電極325之間的電場327在畫素320中 間處是呈垂直狀恕,而在晝素32〇偏左處是呈偏左傾斜的 狀態^且在晝素320偏右處是呈偏右傾斜的狀態。如此— 來,第一電極321與第二電極325之間的邊緣電場會使液 晶323向右傾倒而形成一個領域,並使液晶322向左傾倒 而形成另一個領域。所以,晝素32〇即為多域的晝素,並 具有對稱之廣視角效果。The fringe field at (S) I 1338797 can be used to control the tilting direction of the liquid crystal. For example, the electric field 327 between the first electrode 321 and the second electrode 325 is perpendicular to the middle of the pixel 320, and is leftwardly tilted to the left of the pixel 32〇. The right side of the prime 320 is in a state of being tilted to the right. Thus, the fringing electric field between the first electrode 321 and the second electrode 325 causes the liquid crystal 323 to be tilted to the right to form a field, and the liquid crystal 322 is tilted to the left to form another field. Therefore, the 昼素 32〇 is a multi-domain morpheme with a symmetrical wide viewing angle effect.
Θ [0051 ]類似地,第一電極3】1與第二電極3 i 5之間的 電場(未緣示)亦會產生邊緣電場的效果,使晝素3丨〇右方 之液晶313重新定向而向右傾倒,並使晝素則左方之液 晶312向左傾倒。類似地,第一電極331與第二電極3% 之間的電場(未緣示)亦會產生邊緣電場的效果,使晝素33〇 右方之液晶333向右傾倒,並使畫素33()左方之液晶说 向左傾倒。Similarly [0051] Similarly, the electric field between the first electrode 3]1 and the second electrode 3i5 (not shown) also produces the effect of the fringing electric field, redirecting the liquid crystal 313 on the right side of the alizarin 3丨〇 And tilted to the right, and the liquid crystal 312 on the left side of the halogen is tilted to the left. Similarly, the electric field between the first electrode 331 and the second electrode 3% (not shown) also produces an edge electric field effect, so that the liquid crystal 333 on the right side of the pixel 33 倾 is tilted to the right, and the pixel 33 ( The liquid crystal on the left side is dumped to the left.
[0052]相郝畫素間父替的極性可增強每個畫素的邊緣 電場效應。因此,藉由在列方向的畫素(或行方向的晝素) =重複交替極性的圖案,即可不需設置實體形貌便達成 夕域垂直配向液晶顯示器的效果。更進一步而言,交替極 性的西洋棋盤圖案可用於在每個晝素切成四個領域。 _3卜般而言’邊緣電場效應是相對較小且較弱, 大時,位於畫素邊緣處的邊緣電場便不 ί: Γ*:Ϊ有液晶。如此一來,在大晝素中,沒 = 的液晶便會呈現隨機傾倒的狀態,以致 ' 夕域畫素的效果。—般而言,當晝素大到約 1338797 〇 60μηι日I ’畫素的邊緣電場便無法有效控制液晶的傾倒 =向。所以對於大畫素的液晶顯示器而言,一種新的畫素 分割方式便可祕使晝素料乡域絲。 一'[0052] The polarity of the parental replacement between the elements of the phase can enhance the edge electric field effect of each pixel. Therefore, by repeating the pattern of alternating polarities in the column direction (or pixel in the row direction), the effect of the vertical alignment liquid crystal display can be achieved without setting the physical topography. Furthermore, alternating polar checkerboard patterns can be used to cut into four areas in each element. _3 Bu as usual, the fringe electric field effect is relatively small and weak. When large, the fringe electric field at the edge of the pixel is not: Γ*: There is liquid crystal. In this way, in the big scorpion, the liquid crystal without = will appear in a state of random dumping, so that the effect of the celestial sphere. In general, when the pixel is as large as about 1338797 〇 60μηι I, the edge electric field of I ’ pixels cannot effectively control the tilting of the liquid crystal. Therefore, for the large-pixel liquid crystal display, a new pixel segmentation method can be used to make the plains silk. One'
〜[⑻54]關於彩色液晶顯示器的具體構造而言,晝素通 :,分割成為數個顏色分量(c〇br c〇mp〇nent)。每個顏色分 里疋由则蜀立的開關元件所控制,而此開關元件可為薄 瞑電日日fe(thin-film transistor)。一般而言,這些顏色分量即 為^綠與藍。根據本發明的概念,單—畫素中的各個顏 色分量更可再分割成為數個顏色f點㈣。,)。圖4⑻緣 不依據本發明—實施例之—種新穎的畫素圖樣。具體^ 吕’圖4⑻中的畫素圖樣_是被分割成為三個顏色分量, 2個顏色分量更進—步被分割成為三個顏色質點。為求 >弓邊表不,這些顏色質點是標示為CD χ_γ,1 ^量的序號(對晝素圖樣彻而言為卜—3),^為顏色' 貝點的序號(對畫素圖樣働而·^ 1〜3), 400是由九個顏色質點所構成。顏色質點叫7(即 :顏色分量之第一個顏色質點、CD又丨(即為第二顏色分 置之弟-個顏色質點)、CD—3J(即為第三顏色分量之第一 構1晝素圖樣400的第一列。水平鄰接的顏色 貝點疋間隔-個水平f點間距㈣izG_ dGt spa HDS的大小通常是取決於製程設 備的準確度而約為2_5μη1。在本發明之—實施例中,顏色 =寬度__ width,CD_ ’而水平質點間距 HDS 為 2,。顏色質點 CDJ 2、CD—2 2、 畫素圖樣_的第二列。不過,第二列偏移(他 1338797~[(8)54] Regarding the specific structure of the color liquid crystal display, the pixel is divided into a plurality of color components (c〇br c〇mp〇nent). Each color is controlled by a discrete switching element, which can be a thin-film transistor. In general, these color components are ^ green and blue. According to the concept of the present invention, each color component in the single-pixel can be further divided into a plurality of colors f (four). ,). Figure 4 (8) is a novel pixel pattern not according to the present invention - the embodiment. Specifically, the pixel pattern _ in Figure 4 (8) is divided into three color components, and the two color components are further divided into three color dots. For the sake of > bow edge, these color points are labeled as CD χ γ, 1 ^ quantity number (for the 昼 prime pattern is abundance - 3), ^ is the color 'beet point number (for the pixel pattern)働而·^ 1~3), 400 is composed of nine color dots. The color point is 7 (ie: the first color point of the color component, the CD is 丨 (that is, the second color division - the color point), CD-3J (that is, the first composition of the third color component) The first column of the tilde pattern 400. Horizontally adjacent color 疋 疋 spacing - one horizontal f point spacing (4) izG_ dGt The size of the spa HDS is usually about 2_5μη1 depending on the accuracy of the process equipment. In the present invention - an embodiment Medium, color = width __ width, CD_ 'and the horizontal particle spacing HDS is 2., color dot CDJ 2, CD-2, the second column of the pixel pattern _. However, the second column offset (he 1338797
以使得顏色質點CD—1 一2水平對準顏色質點Cd—2J。第一 列中的顏色質點是與第二列中的顏色質點間隔一個垂直質 點間距(vertical dot spacing,VDS) ’所以垂直鄰接的顏色質 點之間是間隔一個垂直質點間距VDS。一般而言,垂直質 點間距VDS的大小亦是取決於製程設備的準確度而約為 2-5μιη,而在本發明之一實施例中,顏色質點高度(c〇brd〇t height,CDH)為60μηι,且垂直質點間距VDS為3μ〇ι。顏色 質點CD_1—3、CD—2—3、CD—3—3構成畫素4〇〇的第三列, 且第三列是與第一列對齊以使得顏色質點CD—2—3水平對 準顏色質點CD 1 2。 —— [0055]單-個顏色分量中的這些顏色質點是由如薄膜 電晶體之開關元件所控制,所以在—個顏色分量中所有顏 色質點的極性均為相同。許多不同的設計方式可用於在顏 色分量的顏色質點之間產生電性連接。舉例而言,本發明 的^實施例是利㈣光的銦錫氧化物_)作為So that the color dot CD-1 - 2 is horizontally aligned with the color dot Cd - 2J. The color dot in the first column is separated from the color dot in the second column by a vertical dot spacing (VDS)' so that the vertically adjacent color dots are separated by a vertical dot spacing VDS. In general, the vertical particle spacing VDS is also about 2-5 μm depending on the accuracy of the process equipment. In one embodiment of the invention, the color particle height (c〇brd〇t height, CDH) is 60 μηι, and the vertical particle spacing VDS is 3 μ〇ι. The color dots CD_1-3, CD-2-3, CD-3-3 form the third column of the pixel 4〇〇, and the third column is aligned with the first column to align the color dot CD-2-3 horizontally. Color dot CD 1 2. - [0055] These color dots in a single color component are controlled by switching elements such as thin film transistors, so that all color dots have the same polarity in one color component. Many different designs can be used to create an electrical connection between the color points of a color component. For example, an embodiment of the present invention is a photonic indium tin oxide _)
:乂 Γ 一種液晶顯示器、4_局部透視圖,其中 以(Π是應用如圖4⑷之畫素圖樣彻。在圖Μ) 解釋圖4(b) ’且無任何功能上的意義。僅用於 繪示第一基板405以及貼附於第—農^ 。圖4(b) u 1 币暴板405上之黛一γά» ι^_ 片術’而畫素400的顏色質點 扁振 ⑶—2」' CD 2 2、CD 2 3、⑶六1 CD—L2、CDj—3、 是形成於第-基板405的上表面; 顏色質點仍標示為CD X 表示,前述之 --〇形式,而其他畫素中的其他 1338797 顏色質點CD亦是形成於第一基板405上,並以虛線表示。 此外,配向層(未繪示)是覆蓋於這些顏色質點上。圖4(b) 亦繪示晝素圖樣400的開關元件SE_1、SE_2、SE_3。在 本發明之一實施例中,開關元件是採用薄膜技術(thin film technology)而製成之η通道場效電晶體(n-channel Field Effect Transistor),而為求清楚起見,圖4(b)便沒有繪示其 他畫素之開關元件。如圖4(b)所示,這些顏色質點是排列 成網格圖案,其中每個顏色質點是與鄰接的顏色質點間隔 水平質點間距HDS與垂直質點間距VDS。圖4(b)亦顯示列 與列之間的晝素通常會間隔一些空間以配置開關元件,而 這些配置開關元件之空間的高度一般會與顏色質點高度 CDH相同,以保持網格圖案的一致性。本發明之某些實施 例還包括元件裝置區域(device component area)(之後會進 一步詳述)以覆蓋開關元件與儲存電容(storage capacitor)。 開關元件是藉由閘極線G3、G4與源極線S3、S4、S5、S6、 S7、S8所控制,而以晝素圖樣400而言,開關元件SEJ、 SE_2、SE_3之閘極是耦接至閘極線G3,且開關元件SEJ、 SE_2、SE_3之源極是分別耦接至源極線S4、S5、S6。之 後圖4(c)會進一步細說明顯示器450之閘極線與源極線的 使用方式。開關元件SE_1是電性辆接至顏色質點 CD—1_3、CD_1—2、CD_1_1的電極,其中顏色質點CD—1—2 的電極是藉由顏色質點CD_1_3的電極而耦接至開關元 件,且顏色質點CD_1_1的電極是藉由顏色質點CD_1_2、 CD—1—3的電極而耦接至開關元件。類似地,開關元件SE—2 是電性耦接至顏色質點CD_2_3、CD_2_2、CD_2_】的電 S :) 1338797 極’其中顏色質點CD_2—2的電極 々 =亟,至開關元件,且顏色質二 错由顏色質點CD_2__2、CD 2 3 ,--的电極疋 件。開關it件SE 3是電‘_—接至接至開關元 的電極,其===巧、 是藉由顏色質點CD 3 3的電極而杈垃 --2的電極:乂 Γ A liquid crystal display, 4_ partial perspective view, in which (Π is applied to the pixel pattern as shown in Fig. 4(4). In Fig. 4), Fig. 4(b)' is explained without any functional significance. It is only used to show the first substrate 405 and to be attached to the first substrate. Figure 4 (b) u 1 暴 暴 ά ά ά ά ά ά ά 405 而 而 而 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 L2, CDj-3 are formed on the upper surface of the first substrate 405; the color dot is still indicated by CD X, the aforementioned - 〇 form, and the other 1338797 color dot CDs of other pixels are also formed in the first The substrate 405 is shown by a broken line. In addition, an alignment layer (not shown) is overlaid on these color dots. FIG. 4(b) also shows the switching elements SE_1, SE_2, SE_3 of the alizarin pattern 400. In an embodiment of the invention, the switching element is an n-channel Field Effect Transistor made by thin film technology, and for the sake of clarity, FIG. 4(b) ) The switching elements of other pixels are not shown. As shown in Fig. 4(b), these color dots are arranged in a grid pattern in which each color dot is spaced apart from the adjacent color dot by a horizontal dot pitch HDS and a vertical dot pitch VDS. Figure 4(b) also shows that the pixels between the columns and columns are usually spaced apart to configure the switching elements, and the height of the space of these configuration switching elements is generally the same as the color dot height CDH to maintain the uniformity of the grid pattern. Sex. Some embodiments of the invention also include a device component area (described in further detail below) to cover the switching elements and the storage capacitors. The switching elements are controlled by the gate lines G3, G4 and the source lines S3, S4, S5, S6, S7, S8, and in the case of the pixel pattern 400, the gates of the switching elements SEJ, SE_2, SE_3 are coupled. The gate line G3 is connected to the source line S4, S5, and S6. Figure 4(c) will further detail the use of the gate and source lines of display 450. The switching element SE_1 is electrically connected to the electrodes of the color dots CD_1_3, CD_1-2, CD_1_1, wherein the electrode of the color dot CD_1-2 is coupled to the switching element by the electrode of the color dot CD_1_3, and the color The electrode of the dot CD_1_1 is coupled to the switching element by electrodes of the color dots CD_1_2 and CD-1. Similarly, the switching element SE-2 is electrically coupled to the color point CD_2_3, CD_2_2, CD_2_] electric S :) 1338797 pole 'the color of the color point CD_2-2 electrode 々 = 亟, to the switching element, and the color quality two The electrode element of the color dot CD_2__2, CD 2 3 , -- is wrong. The switch unit SE 3 is electrically connected to the electrode connected to the switching element, which is ===, which is the electrode of the color pixel CD 3 3
色質點rn 1 w二—B :電桎耦接至開關元件,且顏 …——的電極疋藉由顏色質點CD_3 2、CD 3 1 的電極而_至開關元件。電—~ 二 氧化一透明導體賴成,且電=方 适己向層(未緣示)。儘管圖4⑻未繪示儲存電容,本 ^ ,貫施例亦可更包括_至顏色f點與開關元件^儲存電 谷’以維持適#的電荷數量(等效於電壓),而儲存電 功能將會於之後的段落再詳加解釋。 .The color point rn 1 w ii-B: the electric 桎 is coupled to the switching element, and the electrode 颜 of the surface —— is turned to the switching element by the color point CD_3 2, the electrode of the CD 3 1 . Electricity - ~ dioxide oxidation of a transparent conductor depends on, and electricity = suitable for the layer (not shown). Although FIG. 4(8) does not show the storage capacitor, the embodiment may further include _ to the color f point and the switching element ^ store the electric valley 'to maintain the amount of electric charge (equivalent to voltage), and store the electric function. It will be explained in detail later in the paragraph. .
[〇〇56]圖4⑷繪示顯示g销的局部,而顯示哭彻 具有如畫素圖樣働之畫素410、42〇、43〇、44〇。在[4] Fig. 4(4) shows a part showing the g pin, and the display shows the pixels 410, 42〇, 43〇, 44〇 which have a pixel pattern. in
中,每個顏色質點的質點極性是標示成,,+,,或,,_,,,而質點 極性會於之後的圖5(a)〜5(c)再詳加解釋。晝素41〇、42〇、 430、440在位置以及極性上是分別等同於'晝素ρ(〇ι)、' P(l,l)、P(0,0)、P⑽,且圖4(c)亦繪示出源極線s〇j、 S0—2、SO」、S1_I、Sl—2、S1—3 以及閘極線 G〇、⑴、G2。 一般而言,標不成sx_z之源極線是用於任—列中之第z ,晝素的第X個顏色分量,而標示成GY之閘極線是用於 ,γ列。電晶體的源極是辑接至源極線,而電晶體的開極 是耦接至閘極線,且電晶體的汲極是耦接至各個顏色質點 的電極β為求說明清楚,特定的電晶體可表示成電晶體 'S ; 1338797 ϋΖ,Γ其中電晶體是耗接至源極線sx~z與閘極線 ς ; 因為電晶體408的源極是耦接至源極線 -且電晶體408的閉極是耗接至閉極線G2,所以 體408即表示為雷a科τ 电日日 圍是以體T(S1」,G2)。此外’每個畫素的範 二:上::ί不’而此陰影僅用於解釋圖4(c),且無任何 厂^ ^義1制於圖4⑷的空間有限,顏色f點是標 —❿有別於其他圖示中的⑶」—κ,不過為求—致 •件eD」—^此外’電性連接構 ^不成粗黑線°舉例而言,在被閘極線G1以及源極 、S〇—2、S〇」所控制的畫素410中,電晶體T(S(M ⑴的汲極是減至顏色質點⑶丄3,而顏色質點⑶^ 又接至顏色質.點CDJ—2,且顏色質點CD—匕2再輕接至 2質點CDJ」。類似地’電晶體聊—2,⑴)的沒極是 色質I2-3,而顏色質點CD-2-3又轉接至顏 色貝占CD—2—2,且顏色質點CD—2—2再耦接至顏色質卷 •二Γ而電二V(so—3,G1)的汲極是轉接至顏色質點 一 ’而顏色為點CD—3一3又耦接至顏色質點CD 3 2, 且顏色質點CD—3_2再耦接至顏色質點cD 3】。 带 晶體 t(S0—u G1)、T(so—2, G1)、丁(s〇—3,叫的麵二 至間極線⑴,而電晶體聊丄叫卿义叫丁^, G1)的源極是分別耦接至源極線S〇 !、s〇 9α〜’ 地,晝素420是耦接至閘極線G1與源極線μ 2 S!—3,而畫素430是耦接至閉極線G〇與源極線s〇-、 = : 素440是減至問極線G〇與源極線 1338797 [0057]每一條閘極線是從顯示器45〇的左邊延伸至右 邊,並控制顯示„琴45〇 t同一列上的所有畫素,且對於任 -列亡的畫素而言,顯示器45G會具有對應的閑極線。此 外,每一條源極線是從顯示器45〇的頂邊延伸至底邊,且 顯示器450具有多條源極線,其中源極線的數量是在任— 歹J上旦素數畺的二倍(亦即一條源極線對應一個畫素的一 個顏色分量)。當顯示器進行操作時,每次僅有一條閉極線 S啟動(active) ’且在此作用的閘極線上的所有電晶體會藉 f正向閘極脈衝(poshive gate jmpube)而呈現導通的^ 態,至於在其他閘極線上的電晶體則會因為接地(gr〇undi%) 的非啟動(n〇n-active)閘極線而呈現斷路的狀態。此外,所 有的源極線均會同時啟動’而每條源極線會提供影像資料 至啟動列(active叫上的電晶體,其中啟動列是由啟動開 極線所控制。所以根據閘極線與源極線的操作方式,閘極 線又被稱為11流排線(bus nne),而源極線亦可稱為資料線 (data line)。電壓會對液晶電容進行充電至一個特定的灰階 (gray scale level),並藉由濾光片而產生色彩。當電晶體在 非啟動下’顏色質點的電極便是處於電性隔離㈣_)的 狀態’而能夠維持電場的強度以控制液晶。然而,寄生漏 電(parasitic leakage)是無法避免的,而最終電荷將會全部流 失。對於列(row)數目不多的小尺寸勞幕而言,因為各列的 電壓是經常在更新,所以漏電不算是個問題。不過對於列 數目較多的大尺寸顯示器而言,各列在兩次更新的時刻之 間必須等待較長的時間。如此一來,本發明的某些實施例 中更可為了顏色質點而配置一個或多個的儲存電容。這些 20 C S > 丄338797 儲存電容是與顏色質點的電容一起充電,並於非啟動列狀 悲下提供所謂的維持(maintenance)電荷。此外,匯流排線 與貧料線之材質可由如鋁或鉻(Cr)之非透光導體 (opaque conductor)所組成。In the color point of each color particle, it is labeled as,,,,, or,, _,,, and the polarity of the particle will be explained in detail later in Fig. 5(a) to 5(c). Alizarin 41〇, 42〇, 430, 440 are equivalent in position and polarity to '昼素ρ(〇ι), 'P(l,l), P(0,0), P(10), respectively, and Figure 4 ( c) The source lines s〇j, S0-2, SO”, S1_I, S1-2, S1—3, and the gate lines G〇, (1), and G2 are also illustrated. In general, the source line labeled sx_z is used for the zth color component of the z-th atom in the any-column, and the gate line labeled GY is used for the gamma column. The source of the transistor is connected to the source line, and the open end of the transistor is coupled to the gate line, and the drain of the transistor is coupled to the electrode β of each color point for clarity, specific The transistor can be represented as a transistor 'S; 1338797 ϋΖ, where the transistor is drained to the source line sx~z and the gate line ς; since the source of the transistor 408 is coupled to the source line - and the transistor The closed pole of 408 is consumed to the closed line G2, so the body 408 is expressed as the Ray a τ electric day and the circumference is the body T (S1", G2). In addition, 'the two of each pixel: upper:: ί not' and this shadow is only used to explain Figure 4 (c), and there is no factory ^ ^ Yi 1 in Figure 4 (4) space is limited, the color f point is the standard —❿ is different from (3)”—κ in other diagrams, but for the purpose of “e-e”—^ in addition to the 'electrical connection structure^ is not a thick black line. For example, in the gate line G1 and the source In the pixel 410 controlled by the pole, S〇-2, S〇, the transistor T (S(M(1)'s drain is reduced to the color point (3)丄3, and the color dot (3)^ is connected to the color quality. CDJ-2, and the color dot CD-匕2 is lightly connected to the 2 dot CDJ. Similarly, the 'electron crystal chat-2, (1)) is the color quality I2-3, and the color dot CD-2-3 Transfer to the color of the Bayu CD-2-2, and the color point CD-2-2 is recoupled to the color volume. 2. The bungee of the second V (so-3, G1) is transferred to the color point. One's color is the point CD-3-3 is coupled to the color dot CD 3 2, and the color dot CD-3_2 is coupled to the color dot cD 3]. The band t(S0-u G1), T(so —2, G1), D (s〇—3, called face 2 to the interpolar line (1), and the transistor is called Qing The source of the terminal D, G1) is coupled to the source line S〇!, s〇9α~' ground, and the halogen element 420 is coupled to the gate line G1 and the source line μ 2 S!-3, The pixel 430 is coupled to the closed line G 〇 and the source line s 〇 -, = : 440 is reduced to the interrogation line G 〇 and the source line 1338797 [0057] each gate line is from the display 45 The left side of the 延伸 extends to the right and controls to display all the pixels on the same column of the 〇 45 〇t, and for any of the pixels that are listed, the display 45G will have a corresponding idle line. In addition, each source The polar line extends from the top edge to the bottom edge of the display 45〇, and the display 450 has a plurality of source lines, wherein the number of source lines is twice the number of the primes of the —J (ie, one source) The line corresponds to a color component of a pixel.) When the display is operated, only one closed line S is active at a time and all the transistors on the gate line acting on this will borrow the f positive gate. The pulse (poshive gate jmpube) exhibits a conducting state, as the transistors on other gate lines are grounded (gr〇undi%) non-starting (n N-active) The gate line is in an open state. In addition, all source lines are activated simultaneously, and each source line provides image data to the startup column (actively called the transistor, where the startup column is It is controlled by the start-up open line. Therefore, according to the operation mode of the gate line and the source line, the gate line is also referred to as an 11-stream line (bus nne), and the source line can also be called a data line (data line). The voltage charges the liquid crystal capacitor to a specific gray scale level and produces color by means of a filter. When the transistor is not activated, the electrode of the color dot is in a state of being electrically isolated (four)_) and the intensity of the electric field can be maintained to control the liquid crystal. However, parasitic leakage is unavoidable and the final charge will be lost. For small-sized screens with a small number of rows, leakage is not a problem because the voltages of the columns are constantly updated. However, for large displays with a large number of columns, each column must wait a long time between the two update times. As such, in some embodiments of the invention, one or more storage capacitors may be configured for color dots. These 20 C S > 338797 storage capacitors are charged with the capacitance of the color dot and provide a so-called maintenance charge in the non-starting column. Further, the material of the bus bar and the lean line may be composed of an opaque conductor such as aluminum or chromium (Cr).
L』收BB •,身示器的晝素佈局(layout)通常會有兩個主 要的方式以置放開關元件與儲存電容,而最常見的是將開 關元件與儲存電谷配置在一起。傳統上,配置開關元件與 儲存電容的區域便稱作為元件裝置區域(device _P〇nen、t area,DCA)’而每個獨立的元件裝置區域是對應晝素甲的單 個顏色/刀里。在習知之畫素中,元件裝置區域是位於畫素 的頂部或底部,不過在本發明的某些畫素圖樣令,元件裝 晝素的中間。在另-種配設方式下,開關元 谷是配置在不同的位置。-般而言,採用此方 素:將開關元件配置於畫素的頂部或底部,而將儲 二晝素的内部。不過,本文並沒有繪示採用此 ,實施例’而為求完整起見,圖咐)、 c ”⑷〜5(c)疋以圖4(a)之畫素圖 有元件裝置區域的情形,曰岡心c〜砑而,.曰不出〆又 圖様為A礎而f 圖 (〇是以圖4⑻之畫素 K } 疋以類似圖4(a)之圭丢闽以u f基礎而繪示出沒有元件裝置區域的“,且圖:圖: 情形。為求簡潔,之後文中所诚上,件褒置區域的 元件裝置區域的情形作說 直素圖樣均會以具有 几件裝置區域的情形均可以適用 〇L 收 收 • • The layout of the display unit usually has two main ways to place the switching elements and storage capacitors, and the most common is to configure the switching elements together with the storage grid. Conventionally, the area where the switching element and the storage capacitor are disposed is referred to as a device device area (device _P〇nen, t area, DCA)' and each individual component device area is a single color/knife corresponding to the element. In conventional pixels, the component device area is located at the top or bottom of the pixel, but in some of the pixel patterns of the present invention, the component is in the middle of the element. In another configuration, the switch valleys are arranged in different positions. In general, this element is used: the switching element is placed on the top or bottom of the pixel, and the interior of the dioxide is stored. However, this article does not describe the use of this embodiment, but for the sake of completeness, Figure 咐), c ′(4) 〜5(c) 疋, the pixel diagram of Figure 4(a) has a component device area,曰 心 心 心 c ~ 砑 , 曰 曰 曰 曰 心 心 心 心 心 心 心 心 心 心 心 心 〆 〆 〆 〆 〆 〆 〆 〆 〆 〆 〆 〆 〆 〆 〆 f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f It shows "there is no component device area", and the figure: Figure: Situation. For the sake of brevity, the content of the component device area in the component area is said to have a few device areas. The situation can be applied 〇
S 21 1338797 [0059]為使圖4(a)之晝素圖樣達成多域的效果,畫素的 第與第二顏色質點是具有相同的極性,而第二顏色質點 是具有相反的極性。此外,鄰接之兩個畫素的極性亦為相 反。以圖4(a)之晝素圖樣為基礎的多域垂直配向液晶顯示 器而言,兩種不同的質點極性圖案(d〇t p〇larity paUern)可應 用於這些晝素上,而圖5(a)與5(b)即分別繪示此兩種質點 極性圖案。在圖5(a)中,是以晝素圖樣51〇_作為第一質點 極性圖案的範例說明,其中符號,,51〇·,,是代表負質點極性 圖案之意。在第-質點極性圖案中,第二顏色分量(即為開 關元件SE—2與顏色質點CD_2」、CD—2—2、CD—2 3)具有 正極性,而第一與第三顏色分量(即為開關元件seJ、se 3 與顏色質點00_1」、〇)丄2、〇)丄3、〇)人卜^[)32—、 ^3—3)具有負極性。在圖5⑻中,是以畫素圖樣別增 為弟一質點極性圖案的範例說明,其十符號”51〇 正質點極性圖案之意。在第二質點極性圖案中 ^ 分量(即為開關元件SE_2與顏色質點CD」丨、C ^、 CD—2—3)具有負極性,而第一盥第二 了二 -—、 件…咖色質點CD、—[T= ⑶—3J、CD—3—2、CD」」)具有正極性7在實 母個晝素會在影像圖框之間反覆切換第—質^:本 第二質點極性圖案1求簡單明瞭 第曰”、 弟顏色貝’,.古為正極性之質點極性圖案而一 質點極性圖案。反之,對於第-顏色分量:第正 為負極性之質點極性圖案而言,便稱之顏色質點 案。所以對於圖4⑷之畫素 “、' 負貝點極性圖 圖5(a)為負質點極 (S > 22 1338797 性圖案’而圖5(b)為正質點極性圖案。 ㈣ΓΓ]應關4⑻之畫相樣,即可將畫伽列成西洋 ^盤圖案’其卜半的晝素是具有正極性,而另—半的竺 負極性,5(⑽示此西洋棋盤圖案,而西洋棋 ^圖案疋由顯示器的晝素p_、p⑽、p(20)、 上:、p(丨,】)、p(2,丨)所組成。為求清楚表示,每個畫素的 犯圍疋用陰影標示,而此陰影僅用於解釋圖⑽,且益任S 21 1338797 [0059] In order to achieve the multi-domain effect of the pixel pattern of Fig. 4(a), the first and second color dots of the pixel have the same polarity, and the second color dot has the opposite polarity. In addition, the polarities of the two adjacent pixels are also opposite. In the multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display based on the enamel pattern of Fig. 4(a), two different particle polarity patterns (d〇tp〇larity paUern) can be applied to these elements, and Fig. 5 (a And 5(b) respectively show the two particle polarity patterns. In Fig. 5(a), the morpheme pattern 51〇_ is taken as an example of the first particle polarity pattern, wherein the symbol, 51〇·, is the meaning of the negative particle polarity pattern. In the first-thickness polarity pattern, the second color component (ie, the switching element SE-2 and the color dot CD_2, CD-2-2, CD-23) has a positive polarity, and the first and third color components ( That is, the switching elements seJ, se 3 and the color dot 00_1", 〇) 丄 2, 〇) 丄 3, 〇) 卜 ^ [) 32 -, ^ 3 - 3) have a negative polarity. In Fig. 5(8), an example of a pixel pattern is added to the pixel-like polarity pattern, and the ten symbol "51" is the positive polarity pattern. In the second particle polarity pattern, the component is the switching element SE_2. And the color point CD "丨, C ^, CD 2-3" has a negative polarity, and the first 盥 second two - -, ... coffee color point CD, - [T = (3) - 3J, CD - 3 - 2, CD"") has a positive polarity 7 in the real mother will be repeatedly switched between the image frame - quality ^: the second particle polarity pattern 1 seeking simple and clear "Di", brother color shell,. It is a positive polarity dot pattern and a dot polarity pattern. Conversely, for the first color component: the polarity polarity pattern which is positively negative, it is called the color dot case. Therefore, for the pixel of Fig. 4(4), Figure 5 (a) is a negative point (S > 22 1338797 pattern) and Figure 5 (b) is a positive point polarity pattern. (4) ΓΓ] should be close to the picture of 4 (8), you can draw The galactic into the Western ^ disk pattern 'the half of the scorpion is positive, while the other half of the 竺 negative polarity, 5 ((10) shows this West The chessboard pattern, and the chessboard pattern is composed of the pixels p_, p(10), p(20), upper:, p(丨,]), p(2, 丨) of the display. The peripheral of the pixels is marked with a shadow, and this shadow is only used to explain the figure (10), and it is beneficial.
意義,⑽所示’畫素p(x,y)是表示為^左 行’且下方算來第μ之畫素,亦即 二此外’畫素 ==圖案’而畫素机”㈣^⑽具有負質點 ,圖::所以在圖5⑷中’當序數χ加上序數y為奇數 T ’則旦素P(x,y)具有負質點極性圖案。相反地,當序數X t上序數y為偶數時,則畫素p(x,y)具有正質點極性圖案。 二宏當!到下一個圖框時’所有的畫素均會變換質點極 ^圖案。如此一來’應用圖4⑻之畫素圖樣的多域垂直配 便;有第一組畫素與第二組畫素,其令第-組書 =ί且一/點圖案’而第二組畫素具有第二質點極 ° 、且a素與第一組畫素排列成西洋棋盤圖案。 西洋===:,=質點亦構成 ^ f對母個具有弟—極性的顏色質點而 :主其祕的四個顏色質點便具有第二極性。舉例而言, 的顏色質點CD—3J具有正極性,且被四個 的顏色質點所包圍。明確地說,顏色質點CD3 i 疋旦素P(0,1)的顏色質點CD—3—3'畫素ρ(ι 〇)的顏色質Meaning, (10) shows that 'pixel p(x, y) is represented as ^left line' and the pixel of the μth is counted below, that is, two other 'pixels==pattern' and the picture machine" (four)^(10) Has a negative mass, Fig.:: So in Figure 5 (4) 'When the ordinal number plus the ordinal number y is an odd number T', the denier P(x, y) has a negative particle polarity pattern. Conversely, when the ordinal number y is the ordinal number y is In the case of even numbers, the pixel p(x, y) has a positive dot polarity pattern. Two macros! When the next frame is used, 'all pixels will change the dot pattern ^. So apply 'Fig. 4 (8) The multi-domain vertical matching of the prime pattern; there is a first set of pixels and a second set of pixels, which makes the first set of books = ί and a / dot pattern ' and the second set of pixels has a second half of the pixel, and The a prime and the first set of pixels are arranged in a western checkerboard pattern. Western ===:, = the mass point also constitutes ^ f to the mother with a brother-polar color point: the main color of the four color points will have a second Polarity. For example, the color dot CD-3J has a positive polarity and is surrounded by four color dots. Specifically, the color dot CD3 i 疋 素 P P(0,1) Particle CD-3-3 'pixels ρ (ι square) color quality
23 S 1338797 點CD—lj以及晝素P(〇,〇)的顏色質點CD 2j、cd_2_2 所包圍。如前所述,相鄰顏色質點間相異的極性會增強顏 色質點中的邊緣電場。由於顏色質點相對較小,所以顏色 質點令的邊緣電場便會於每個顏色質點巾的液晶產生多域 的效果,而達成多域效果的原理已於前述之圖3(a)與圖3(b) 闡釋。為求簡單表示,圖5(c)以及之後類似的圖示均簡化 為僅繪示晝素的排列,而省略開關元件的控制線(閘極線與 源極線)。不過圖4(c)已巨細靡遺地繪示出此等顯示器之控 制線,所以熟悉此項技藝之人當可參造前述說明而由精簡 的敘述中輕易推出控制線的配置方式。 [0062]如前所述而在連續的圖框中,每個畫素的質點 極性圖案會不斷於正質點極性圖案與負質點極性圖案之間 切換。此種極性切換的方式可以預防降低影像品質,而使 得液晶在每個圖框均可扭轉(twist)至相同的方向。然而, 田所有開關元件都具有相同極性時,切換質點極性仍會影 響影像品質,而產生畫面閃爍(flicker)的問題。為了要減少 畫面閃爍,開關元件(即電晶體)是以驅動機制(driving scheme)而排列成具有正負極性。再者,為了降低串音(cr〇ss ㈨1^)現象,正極性以及負極性的開關元件需排列成均勻的 型悲,而此亦使得電性分佈更加均勻。許多開關元件驅動 機芾]均可應用於本發明的實施例令,而三個主要的開關元 件驅動機制分別是開關元件點反轉(p〇im inversi〇n)驅動機 制開關元件列反轉(row inversion)驅動機制以及開關元件 行反轉(co丨umn動機制。在開關元件點反轉驅 動機制中,父替極性的開關元件形成西洋棋盤圖案。在開 24 (S > ==列反_動機制中’同—列上的開件具有相同 上的開闕元件具有相 極性形成二:=:件的 關元件點反轉驅動機制。3 (C)之旦素圖案疋應用開 [:]圖5(d)與圖賴示一種畫素圖樣520,而書素 圖樣^與圖4⑻之畫素圖樣彻具有點排 =是畫素圓樣52”包括元件裝置區域DC:1 於==CA—3 °如前所述’開關元件與儲存電容是配置 m域,不過受限於圖面空間,圖中未緣示儲存 !Γ ’顏色質,點CD-Li(即為第-顏色分量之 第:個顏色質點)、CD义丨(即為第二顏色分量之第一個顏 色貝點)、CD—3」(即為第三顏色分量之第一個顏色質點 構成畫素圖樣520的第一列。顏色質點CD i 2、CD 2 2 ⑺丄2構成畫素圖樣似的第二列。不過,第二列偏移 一列以使得顏色質點CD—1—2水平對準顏色質點CD—2J。 第-列中的顏色質點是與第二财的顏色質點間隔:個 直質點間距VDS。顏色質點CDJ—3、CD 2 3、cd 構成晝素圖樣520的第三列,且第三列是與第—列對齊以3 使得顏色質點CD—2—3水平對準顏色f點⑺」—2。元 置區域DCA J、DCA—2、DCA_3構成晝素圖樣52〇的第二 列’且第四列是與第三列對齊以使得元件裝置區域加八1 水平對準顏色質點CD J —3。此外,開關元件兕」、SE 2〜、23 S 1338797 Point CD-lj and the color points CD 2j, cd_2_2 of the alizarin P (〇, 〇) are surrounded. As mentioned earlier, the different polarity between adjacent color points enhances the fringing electric field in the color point. Since the color dots are relatively small, the edge electric field of the color dot will produce a multi-domain effect on the liquid crystal of each color dot towel, and the principle of achieving the multi-domain effect is as shown in the aforementioned FIG. 3(a) and FIG. 3 ( b) Interpretation. For the sake of simplicity, Fig. 5(c) and the subsequent similar illustrations are simplified to show only the arrangement of the elements, and the control lines (gate lines and source lines) of the switching elements are omitted. However, the control line of these displays has been shown in detail in Figure 4(c), so those skilled in the art can easily introduce the configuration of the control lines from the simplified description when referring to the foregoing description. [0062] As described above, in a continuous frame, the dot polarity pattern of each pixel is continuously switched between the positive dot polarity pattern and the negative dot polarity pattern. This polarity switching method prevents the image quality from being lowered, so that the liquid crystal can be twisted to the same direction in each frame. However, when all the switching elements of the field have the same polarity, switching the polarity of the dots will still affect the image quality, which will cause flicker problems. In order to reduce flickering of the picture, the switching elements (i.e., transistors) are arranged to have positive and negative polarities in a driving scheme. Furthermore, in order to reduce the crosstalk (cr〇ss (9) 1^) phenomenon, the positive and negative polarity switching elements need to be arranged in a uniform pattern, which also makes the electrical distribution more uniform. A plurality of switching element driving devices can be applied to the embodiments of the present invention, and the three main switching element driving mechanisms are respectively switching element point inversion (p〇im inversi〇n) driving mechanism switching element column inversion ( Row inversion) drive mechanism and switching element row inversion (co丨umn motion mechanism. In the switching element point inversion driving mechanism, the parent polarity switch element forms a checkerboard pattern. At 24 (S > == column inverse In the moving mechanism, the opening member on the same column has the same opening element with phase polarity forming two: =: the closing point of the component is reversed. The 3 (C) dard pattern is applied [: Fig. 5(d) and Fig. show a pixel pattern 520, and the pixel pattern of Fig. 4 and Fig. 4(8) has a dot row = a pixel circle 52" including the component device area DC: 1 at == CA-3° As mentioned above, 'switching elements and storage capacitors are configured with m-domains, but they are limited by the picture space. The storage is not shown in the figure! Γ 'Color quality, point CD-Li (that is, the first-color component) The first: a color point), CD 丨 (that is, the first color of the second color component), CD- 3" (ie, the first color dot of the third color component constitutes the first column of the pixel pattern 520. The color dot CD i 2, CD 2 2 (7) 丄 2 constitutes the second column of the pixel pattern. The two columns are offset by one column such that the color dot CD_1-2 is horizontally aligned with the color dot CD-2J. The color dot in the first column is spaced from the color dot of the second fiscal: a straight dot spacing VDS. Color dot CDJ - 3. CD 2 3, cd constitutes the third column of the tilde pattern 520, and the third column is aligned with the first column to 3 so that the color dot CD 2-3 is horizontally aligned with the color f point (7) ”. The area DCA J, DCA-2, DCA_3 constitutes the second column '' of the elementary pattern 52'' and the fourth column is aligned with the third column such that the component device area is horizontally aligned with the color dot CD J-3. Switching element 兕", SE 2~,
25 『:S 1338797 SE—3是分別位於元 内,而 Η 奶、^ 區域 DCA」、DCA-2、DCA—3 CD 1 SE—丨是耗接至顏色質點CD丄1、 質點⑶2白Π極,且開關元件—是搞接至顏色 ^ ® Γ»6® 5(d)(^ l ^^ ®# 520 ^ ^ ^ t ^ 性圖案。且體而:不^圭圖樣52〇(標示為52〇_)的負質點極 第1、V D ’在旦素圖樣520之負質點極性圖案中, ΓίΤΛ二為開關元件兕-2與顏色質點⑶—2丨、 為HM-、杜\又3)具有正極性’而第一與第三顏色分量(即 CD 3 ;,J、SE-3 與顏色質_丄1,—" =晝素圖樣啊標示一正》=案圖二 ㈣與顏色質點二巧^ :雜’而第一與第三顏色分量(即為開關元件π :、有負3 與顏色質點CD」J、⑶丄2、CDJ_3、CD」rd f CD_3—3)具有正極性。在實際操作巾,每個晝素會在影 ^框之間反覆切換第—質點極性圖案與第二質點純圖 _5]應關5(d)與目5(e)之畫素圖樣,即 列成西洋《圖案,其中—半㈣素是具有正極性旦^ 一半的畫素是具有負極性。目5_示此西 而西洋棋盤圖案是由顯示器550的畫 二案 ⑽)、_、机丨卜咐)所組成。為求清楚表;;,)每25 『:S 1338797 SE-3 is located in the yuan, and Η milk, ^ area DCA”, DCA-2, DCA-3 CD 1 SE—丨 is consumed to the color point CD丄1, mass point (3)2 white Π And the switching element - is connected to the color ^ ® Γ»6® 5(d)(^ l ^^ ®# 520 ^ ^ ^ t ^ sexual pattern. And the body: not ^ 圭 pattern 52 〇 (labeled as 52负_) Negative mass point 1st, VD' In the negative polarity pattern of the dinon pattern 520, ΓίΤΛ2 is the switching element 兕-2 and the color dot (3)-2丨, HM-, DU\3) Positive polarity' and the first and third color components (ie CD 3;, J, SE-3 and color quality _ 丄 1, -" = 昼 图 啊 啊 标示 标示 = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Qiao ^ : Mis' and the first and third color components (that is, the switching element π:, negative 3 and color dot CD "J, (3) 丄 2, CDJ_3, CD" rd f CD_3 - 3) have positive polarity. In the actual operation of the towel, each element will repeatedly switch between the image frame and the second particle point _5] should close the pixel pattern of 5 (d) and 5 (e), that is, the column Into the Western "pattern, where - half (four) is a positive polarity ^ Half pixel having a negative polarity. 5_ mesh shown here is a checkerboard pattern and West ⑽ two cases by the display 550 of Videos), _, Shu machine commanded Bu) composed. For the sake of clarity; ;,)
26 S 且rf的顧是㈣此陰影❹於解釋圖5(0, 為H ^上的意義。如圖5⑴所示,畫素p(x,y)是表示 辛^〇t x行,且下方算來第y列之畫素,亦即書 位於左下角。此外’畫素鲁鲁 負、圖案’而晝素机心哪广似狀有 A ^極性圖案。所以在圖5⑴中,當序數X加上序數 時貝,J畫素p(x,y)具有負質點極性圖案。相反地,26 S and rf are (4) This shadow is in the interpretation of Figure 5 (0, the meaning of H ^. As shown in Figure 5 (1), the pixel p (x, y) is the symplectic ^ 〇 tx line, and the calculation below The picture in the yth column, that is, the book is located in the lower left corner. In addition, 'painting Lulu negative, pattern' and the venetian movement has a wide pattern like A ^ polarity pattern. So in Figure 5 (1), when the ordinal number X plus In the upper ordinal time, the J pixel p(x, y) has a negative particle polarity pattern. Conversely,
:性园:加ί序數y為偶數時’則晝素p(x,y)具有正質點 =案'然而,當換到下一個圖框時,所有的畫素均會 2、貝點極性圖案。如此一來,應用圖5(d)與圖5⑷之苎 ::樣的多域垂直配向顯示器便具有第一組畫素與第二組 旦素’其中第-組晝素具有第一質點極性圖案,而第二也 畫素具有第二質點極性圖案,且第一組畫素與第二組畫素 排列成西洋棋盤圖案。: Sex Garden: When the ί ordinal y is even, 'the 昼 prime p(x, y) has a positive particle = case' However, when switching to the next frame, all the pixels will be 2, the dot pattern of the polarity . In this way, applying FIG. 5(d) and FIG. 5(4): the multi-domain vertical alignment display has a first group of pixels and a second group of elements, wherein the first group of pixels has a first dot polarity pattern. And the second pixel also has a second dot polarity pattern, and the first group of pixels and the second group of pixels are arranged in a western checkerboard pattern.
。[〇〇66]顯示器55〇與顯示器5〇〇的差別僅在於元件裝 置區域。如果元件裝置區域夠小,則構成西洋棋盤圖案之 f色質,便可維持增強的邊緣電場。然而,本發明的某些 實施例是藉由較大的元件裝置區域以使各個區域中的顏色 質點彼此獨立。在這些實施例中,在每個區域内部的顏色 質點的極性仍可構成西洋棋盤圖案,不過卻不必然可擴展 到整個顯示區。舉例來說,顯示器550可將西洋棋盤圖案 佈滿整個顯示區。然而’當元件裝置區域足夠大時,本發 明之其他實施例可將畫素p(〇,〇)、p(1,〇)、p(2,〇)的極性反 轉。 [0067]在圖5(c)與圖5(1)中,在畫素中之任一顏色分量. [〇〇66] The difference between the display 55A and the display 5A is only in the component device area. If the component device area is small enough to form the f color of the western checkerboard pattern, the enhanced fringe electric field can be maintained. However, certain embodiments of the present invention utilize larger component device regions to separate color dots in each region from each other. In these embodiments, the polarity of the color dots within each region may still constitute a checkerboard pattern, but may not necessarily extend to the entire display area. For example, display 550 can wrap the checkerboard pattern throughout the display area. However, other embodiments of the present invention can reverse the polarities of pixels p(〇, 〇), p(1, 〇), p(2, 〇) when the component device area is sufficiently large. [0067] In FIG. 5(c) and FIG. 5(1), any color component in the pixel
27 :S 1338797 9這了顏色貝點疋呈現出鑛齒圖案(zbzag Paitern),所以上 下相郝兩晝素中之特定顏色分量的顏色質點會於畫素的邊 界上鄰接。舉例而言,在顯示器500巾,畫素P(〇,l)之顏 色貝點CD_1_3便位於畫素p⑴⑴之顏色質點cdjj的正 上方。因此在本發明之某些實施例令,結合兩種畫素圖樣 的液晶顯7^ 11具有更對稱的顏色分佈效果。® 6(a)-6(b)緣 示畫素圖樣610的質點極性圖案,而晝素圖樣6i〇是應用 圖5⑻與圖5(b)之畫素圖樣以使多域垂直配向顯示器具有 更對稱的顏色分佈效果。 — [0068]在圖6(a)中’畫素圖樣61〇具有三個顏色分量’ 而每個顏色分量又分割成三個顏色質點,且同個顏色分量 ,的顏色質點的電極是彼此耦合。顏色質點CD-丨—丨(即為 第-顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、CD—2—1(即為第二顏色 分量之第一個顏色質點)、CD—3J(即為第三顏色分量^第 一個顏色質點)構成晝素圖樣61〇的第一列。顏色質點 CD丄2 CD—2—2、CD_3—2構成畫素圖樣610 #第二列。 不過,第二列偏移第一列以使得顏色質點CD」」鄰接於 顏色質點CD—2一2。如前所述,在此所述的顏色質點通常會 間隔鄰接的顏色質點一個垂直(或水平)質點間距。顏色二 點CD—〗_3、CD—2—3、CD一3—3構成畫素圖樣6丨〇的第三列、, 且第三列是與第一列對齊以使得顏色質點CD—1—3鄰接於 顏色質點CD_2—2。此外,晝素610更包括開關元件犯^、 SE一2、SE—3,其中開關元件SEJ、SE—2、SE 3是分別紅 接至顏色質點CD丄3、CD—2_3、CD人3。再者,開關= 件SEJ、SE—2、SE」亦構成一列’並與晝素61〇之第二27 :S 1338797 9 This color has a zbzag Paitern, so the color of the specific color component of the upper and lower phases will be adjacent to the boundary of the pixel. For example, in the display 500, the color point CD_1_3 of the pixel P(〇, l) is located directly above the color dot cdjj of the pixel p(1)(1). Thus, in some embodiments of the invention, the liquid crystal display 7^11 incorporating the two pixel patterns has a more symmetrical color distribution effect. ® 6(a)-6(b) is the particle polarity pattern of the pixel pattern 610, and the pixel pattern 6i〇 is the pixel pattern of Figure 5(8) and Figure 5(b) to make the multi-domain vertical alignment display more Symmetrical color distribution effect. - [0068] In Fig. 6(a), the 'pixel pattern 61 has three color components' and each color component is divided into three color dots, and the same color component, the electrodes of the color dots are coupled to each other. . Color dot CD-丨-丨 (that is, the first color dot of the first color component), CD-2-1 (that is, the first color dot of the second color component), CD-3J (ie, the third The color component ^the first color dot) constitutes the first column of the pixel pattern 61〇. The color dot CD丄2 CD—2—2, CD_3—2 constitutes the pixel pattern 610 #second column. However, the second column is offset by the first column such that the color dot CD"" is adjacent to the color dot CD-2-2. As previously mentioned, the color dots described herein typically have a vertical (or horizontal) dot spacing between adjacent color dots. The color two-point CD-〗 _3, CD-2-3, CD-3-3 constitute the third column of the pixel pattern 6丨〇, and the third column is aligned with the first column to make the color dot CD-1— 3 is adjacent to the color dot CD_2-2. In addition, the halogen element 610 further includes a switching element, a SE 2, and a SE-3, wherein the switching elements SEJ, SE-2, and SE 3 are respectively reded out to the color dot CD丄3, CD-2_3, and CD human 3. Furthermore, the switch = pieces SEJ, SE-2, SE" also constitute a column 'and the second with the element 61
28 列對齊。開闕元件SE丨是#接 —的電極,其質點CD η的;^ 疋稭由顏色質點CD i 2、CD 1 3 μ带 ~〜的毛極 二且顏色質,:2的電極-:== 關元件=mmeD-2-a電極,而開 CD 3 1从;,相接顏色質.點CD-3」、CD 3 2、 ιυ—j—丨的電極。前述 #之間各種不同的遠=開闕凡件與顏色質點電極 定實施如,母個圖示均代表本發明之特 輕本項技藝者當可依據本發明的概念而 K勿摧出免些連結關係。 的!:。6?在圖6⑷令’畫素圖樣61〇-為負質點極性圖案 元件\ε 2 質點極性圖案^ ’第二顏色分量(即為開關 j SE—2與顏色質點CD_2」、cd又2、cd 2狀有正 「而第一與第三顏色分量(即為開關元件SE卜SE 3 •=色質點 CD」— 1、CD j—2、CDJ 3、CD—3—丨、-cd」—2-、 -—3)具有負極性。在圖6(b)中,畫素圖樣⑽+為正質 ,極性圖案的範例°在此正質點極性圖案中,第二顏色分 量(即為開關元件SE—2與顏色質點CD_2_1、CD_2_2、 CD—2—3)具有負極性’而第一與第三顏色分量(即為開關元 件SEJ、SE-3與顏色質點CD—1卜CD】2、CD ! 3、 CD 3 1 一 — 一 — ——_、CD—3_2、CD_3—3)具有正極性。在實際操作中, 每個畫素會在影像圖框之間反覆切換正質點極性圖案與負 質點極性圖案。 [0070]對於同時應用圖4、5(a)、5(b)之晝素圖樣與圖28 columns aligned. The opening element SE丨 is the electrode of #接—the mass of the CD η; ^ 疋 straw by the color point CD i 2, CD 1 3 μ with the ~ 2 of the hair pole and the color quality, 2 electrode -:= = Off element = mmeD-2-a electrode, and open CD 3 1 from;, connected to the color quality. Point CD-3", CD 3 2, ιυ-j-丨 electrode. Various different distances between the above and the color point electrode are implemented. For example, the parent figure represents the special light of the present invention, and the subject can be destroyed according to the concept of the present invention. Link relationship. of!:. 6? In Fig. 6 (4), the 'pixel pattern 61〇- is the negative dot polarity pattern element \ ε 2 dot polarity pattern ^ 'the second color component (that is, the switch j SE-2 and the color dot CD_2), cd 2, cd The 2 shape has positive "and the first and third color components (ie, the switching element SE, SE 3 == color point CD) - 1, CD j-2, CDJ 3, CD-3, 丨, -cd" - 2 -, -3) has a negative polarity. In Fig. 6(b), the pixel pattern (10)+ is a positive color, an example of the polarity pattern is in the positive dot polarity pattern, and the second color component (ie, the switching element SE) -2 and color dots CD_2_1, CD_2_2, CD2-3-3) have negative polarity ' and the first and third color components (ie, switching elements SEJ, SE-3 and color dot CD-1 CD) 2, CD! 3, CD 3 1 - one - _, CD - 3_2, CD_3 - 3) has a positive polarity. In actual operation, each pixel will repeatedly switch between the positive dot polarity pattern and the negative particle between the image frames. Polar pattern. [0070] For the simultaneous application of the pixel patterns and figures of Figures 4, 5(a), 5(b)
29 S 1338797 之晝素圖樣的多域垂直配向液晶顯示器的畫素而 言’其應以交替列的方式排列成為交替的質點極性圖案。 舉例而言,奇數列的晝素便應用圖4、5⑻、5(b)之畫素圖 樣’而偶數列的畫素便應用圖6⑷、6(b)之畫素圖樣,且每 列中的晝素具有交替的質點極性圖案。^ 6⑷繪示顯示哭 6〇〇的局部,而顯示器_便是具有以交替列的方式排= 之交替的質點極性圖案。具體而言,顯示器_包括畫素 p_、P(1,G)、P(2,G)、、p(u)、似】)。為求清一楚 母個畫素的範圍是用陰影標示,而此陰影僅用於解釋圖 6(c),且無任何功能上的意義。由於每行上的開關元件呈有 相同的極性’所以圖6⑷需要採用開關元件行反轉驅動機 制,亦即為相鄰兩行之開關元件的極性是彼此相反。畫素 Ρ(〇,〇) Ρ(1,0)、ρ(2,0)疋應用gj 6⑻·6⑼之畫素圖樣,而晝 素ρ(〇,υ、ρ(ι,ι)、ρ(2,ι)是應用圖4、5⑷、5⑻之畫素圖 樣。具體而言,晝素ρ_、ρ(2,0)是如圖6⑻之負質點極 性圖案’而晝f Pn’G)是如圖6⑻之正f點極性圖案。類 似地’晝素P(0,1)、p(2,l)是如圖5(a)之負質點極性圖案, 而畫素P〇,l)是如圖5(b)之正質點極性圖案。如此一來, 圖6⑷之顯示器_便具有第-經畫素、第二組晝素、第 ^組晝素以及第四組晝素’其中第一組晝素是應用第一種 旦素圖樣並具有第-質點極性圖案,而第二組畫素亦是庫 用第-種畫素圖樣但具有第二質點極性圖案,且第三組晝 素是應用弟二種畫素圖樣並具有第一質點極性圖案,又第 =組畫素亦是應用第二種畫素圖樣但具有第二質點極性圖 案。換句活說,® 6⑻的質點極性圖案是以行反覆交替排 30 (S :> 1338797 列。舉例而言,在某一圖框中,偶數行的畫素是具有正質 點極性圖案’而奇數行的畫素便具有負質點極性圖案。在 下一圖框中,偶數行的畫素便具有負質點極性圖案,而奇 數行的畫素是具有正質點極性圖案。29 S 1338797 The pixels of the multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display of the alizarin pattern are arranged in an alternating column to form alternating dot polarity patterns. For example, the pixels of the odd-numbered columns apply the pixel patterns of Figures 4, 5(8), and 5(b), and the pixels of the even-numbered columns apply the pixel patterns of Figures 6(4) and 6(b), and in each column. Alizarin has alternating pattern of particle polarity. ^ 6 (4) shows the part of the crying 6 ,, and the display _ is an alternate dot polarity pattern with alternating rows. Specifically, the display_ includes pixels p_, P(1, G), P(2, G), p(u), and like). For the sake of clarity, the range of the parent pixel is indicated by a shadow, and this shadow is only used to explain Figure 6(c) without any functional significance. Since the switching elements on each row have the same polarity ', Fig. 6(4) requires the switching element row inversion driving mechanism, that is, the polarity of the switching elements of the adjacent two rows is opposite to each other. Ρ素Ρ(〇,〇) Ρ(1,0), ρ(2,0)疋 Apply the gyr pattern of gj 6(8)·6(9), and 昼素ρ(〇,υ,ρ(ι,ι),ρ( 2, ι) is the pixel pattern of Figure 4, 5 (4), 5 (8). Specifically, the 昼 ρ 、, ρ (2, 0) is the negative particle polarity pattern of Figure 6 (8) and 昼 f Pn 'G) is as Figure 6 (8) shows the positive f-point polarity pattern. Similarly, 'Pseudoprime P(0,1), p(2,l) is the negative particle polarity pattern as shown in Fig. 5(a), and the pixel P〇, l) is the positive particle polarity as shown in Fig. 5(b). pattern. In this way, the display of FIG. 6(4) has a first-peripherin, a second set of halogens, a second set of halogens, and a fourth set of halogens, wherein the first set of elements is the first type of elemental pattern and Having a first-particle polarity pattern, and the second group of pixels is also a library-first pixel pattern but having a second particle polarity pattern, and the third group of pixels is a two-dimensional pixel pattern and has a first particle The polarity pattern, and the second group of pixels, is also a second pixel pattern but has a second dot polarity pattern. In other words, the particle polarity pattern of ® 6(8) is alternately arranged in rows (S:> 1338797. For example, in a frame, even-numbered rows of pixels have a positive dot polarity pattern) The pixels of the odd rows have a negative dot polarity pattern. In the next frame, the even rows of pixels have a negative dot polarity pattern, while the odd rows of pixels have a positive dot polarity pattern.
〇7】]虽再細看圖6(c)後,不同極性的顏色質點亦構 f西洋棋盤圖案4即對每個具有第—極性的顏色質點而 έ ’其鄰接的四個顏色質點便具有第二極性。舉例而十, 畫素ρ(〇,〇)的顏色質點CD丄i具有負極性,且被四個;有 ,極性的顏色質點所包圍。明確地說,顏色質點CD 3 ! Ξ由的顏色#點CD~2 —卜晝素P(1,1)的顏色質 ,,’〜-以及晝素p〇,〇)的顏色質點CD_1J、CD 1 2 來’無論在畫素的内部或是邊界,每個顏 齒圖案,所以相較於圖5⑷而言,本實施例 2 I不杰具有更對稱的顏色分、〇7]] After looking at Figure 6(c), the color dots of different polarities also form the western checkerboard pattern 4, that is, for each color particle having the first polarity, and the four color points adjacent to it have Second polarity. For example, the color point CD丄i of the pixel ρ(〇,〇) has a negative polarity and is surrounded by four; Specifically, the color dot CD 3 ! Ξ 的 # # ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 1 2 'every in the interior or boundary of the pixel, each tooth pattern, so compared to Figure 5 (4), this embodiment 2 I have a more symmetrical color score,
的顏色質點CD !卜—⑶l 以及畫素_ 然而,本發明之某些」」則構成鋸齒圖案。 這是因為圖5(c)是採^二乃:用如® 5⑷之畫素圖案, 是採_元件行反轉:動:制點=機圖,) 動機制相較於開關元件行反轉 * ” 70件點反轉驅 分佈。亦即相較於採用開關元件1]具有更均勻的電性 示器而言’採用開闕元件點反轉機制的液晶顯 有較均勾的電性分佈,而金:機制的液晶顯示器具 升影像的品質。 _ a面閃蝶與串音現象以提 [0072]圖 6(c〇-6(e)繪 畫素圖樣620 的質點極性圖The color dot CD - (3) l and the pixel _ However, some of the "" of the present invention constitute a sawtooth pattern. This is because Figure 5(c) is a ruthenium pattern: using a pixel pattern such as о 5(4), which is the _ component line reversal: motion: system point = machine diagram,) the motion mechanism is compared to the switching element row reversal * ” 70-point reversal drive distribution. That is to say, compared with the use of switching element 1], the liquid crystal with the dot reversal mechanism has a more uniform electrical distribution. And gold: the mechanism of the liquid crystal display device to enhance the quality of the image. _ a face flash butterfly and crosstalk phenomenon to mention [0072] Figure 6 (c〇-6 (e) paint prime pattern 620 particle polarity map
(.S 31 UJ8797 ,二J素圖樣㈣是應用圖5(d)與5⑻之晝素圖樣以使 ’ “ Si向顯不☆具有更對稱的顏色分佈效果。在圖咐) 素圖樣㈣具有三個顏色分量,而每個顏色分量又 刀=二個顏色質點,且同個顏色分量中的顏色質點的電 二=!^合°顏色—CDJ —1(即為第—顏色分量之第(.S 31 UJ8797, the second J-pattern (4) is the use of the alizarin pattern of Figures 5(d) and 5(8) to make the 'Si direction not ☆ have a more symmetrical color distribution effect. In the figure 素) the prime pattern (four) has three Color components, and each color component is knife = two color dots, and the color of the color component in the same color component is equal to the color of the color - CDJ - 1 (that is, the first - the color component)
質點)J C D貝Γ ί、C D:2:1 (即為第二顏色分量之第一個顏色 佥去——(即為第二顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)構成 里素圖樣620的第一列。顏色質,點CD—1—2、CD_2_2、 ⑶3」構成晝㈣樣㈣的第二列。不過,第二列偏移第 二Γ 1貞色f點CDJ J鄰接於顏色質點CD 2 2。顏 色貝點CD丄3、CD又3、cd」—3構成畫素圖樣㈣的第 列是與第一列對齊以使得顏色質點 SE i : t色質點⑶―2—2。此外,畫素㈣更包括開關元件 ~~2、SE-3,其中開關元件 SE—1、SE—2、S£ 3 是 为別輕接至顏色質點CDJ」、cd—2—3、cd f 3,且 $=件裝置區域DCA」、DCA_2、DCAy。元件裝置區 二外' DCA-2、DCA-3構成畫素圖樣620的第四列, 件^四^是與第二列對齊。此外’如圖6(d)所示,開關元 疋辆接至顏色質點cd」」、cdj—2 cd】 =,其中顏色質.點的電極是藉由顏色質點 CD —Λ J—3的電極而耗接至開關元件,且顏色質點 關元件。類:是藉門由點⑶丄3的電極而搞接至開 CD23、CD22 ^牛犯―2是電性相接至顏色質點), JCD Γ, ί, CD: 2:1 (that is, the first color of the second color component —— - (that is, the first color point of the second color component) constitutes the first of the tiling pattern 620 Column. Color quality, point CD-1-2, CD_2_2, (3)3" constitutes the second column of 昼(4)-like (4). However, the second column is offset by the second Γ 1 贞 color f point CDJ J is adjacent to the color dot CD 2 2 The color of the dots CD 丄 3, CD and 3, cd" - 3 constitute the pixel pattern (four) of the column is aligned with the first column to make the color point SE i : t color point (3) - 2 - 2. In addition, the pixel (4) It further includes switching elements ~~2 and SE-3, wherein the switching elements SE-1, SE-2, and S£3 are not lightly connected to the color dot CDJ", cd-2.3, cdf3, and $ = device area DCA", DCA_2, DCAy. Component device area 2 outside 'DCA-2, DCA-3 constitutes the fourth column of the pixel pattern 620, the piece ^4 is aligned with the second column. In addition, 'Figure 6 (d), the switch element is connected to the color dot cd"", cdj-2 cd] =, where the color quality dot electrode is consumed by the electrode of the color dot CD - Λ J-3 Component, and color quality is off Component: Class: It is connected by the electrode of point (3) 丄3 to open CD23, CD22 ^ cattle criminal - 2 is electrically connected to the color point
:— ——CD—2J的電極,而開關元件SEJ 輕接至顏色質點CD」-3、CD—3—2、CD—3 J的電極。 32 (S ) 的」,073—]在圖6(d)令’畫素圖樣620_為負質點極性圖案 元Zp此負貝點極性圖案中,第二顏色分量(即為開關 與顏色質點 cd—2j、cd_2_2、cd—2_mm 盘;第一與第三顏色分量(即為開關元件SE 1、SE 3 =質,點 CDJJ、CDj—2、CDj 3、cm 稿有負極性。在圖6(e)中,畫素圖樣620+為正質 的範例。在此正質點極性圖#,第二顏色分 ^ 9 ’"關兀件SE~2與顏色質點CD—2」、CD—2—2、 件S—E—?具ί負極性’而第一與第三顏色分量(即為開關元 二1、SE—3與顏色質點CD丄】、CD— 每個書辛具有正極性。在實際操料, 質點極象圖框之間反覆切換正質點極性圖案與負 6⑷同時應用® 5(d)、1⑷之畫素圖樣與圖 ▲ 旦素圖樣的多域垂直配向液晶顯示器的書素而 二,其應以交替列的料排列成為交替的質 圖而 舉例而言’奇數列的晝素便應用圖5= 而偶數列的晝素便應用圖6⑷、6(e)之書素圖樣Γ且^ ’ 的畫素具有交替的質點極性圖案。圖二二中 的局部,而領干哭^总曰a 一 ’顯不咨650 替的質點極性圖荦。^而、^方式排列之交 丨)、ρ(丨,υ ,)4== 旦素的範圍是用陰影標示,而此陰影 無任何功能上的意義。由於每行上的開關= 相同的極性,所關仙需要採用開關元件行反轉驅動= 33 1 制,亦即為相鄰兩行之開關元件的極性是彼此相反。畫素 P(0,0)、P(1,0)、P(2,0)是應用圖6⑷姻之畫素圖樣,=畫 素⑽,υ、p(u)、p(2,1R應用圖5(d)、5(e)之晝素圖樣: 具體而言’晝素P_、p(2,())是如圖6⑻之負質點極性圖 案,而畫素P(1,0)是如圖6(e)之正質點極性圖案。類似地, 晝素P(〇’l)、P(2,l)是如圖5(d)之負質點極性圖案,而畫素 P(l,l)是如® 5⑷之正質點極性圖#。然而,在下一=框 • 中,所有的畫素便會切換質點極性圖案。如此一來,圖6(f) 之顯示器、650便具有第一組畫素、第三組畫素、第三組晝 素以及第四組畫素,其中第一組畫素是應用第一種畫素圖 樣並具有第一質點極性圖案,而第二組畫素亦是應用第一 種畫素圖樣但具有第二質點極性圖案,且第三組畫素是應 用第一種畫素圖未ϋ具有第一質點才蛋性圖案,又第四組畫 素亦是應用第二種晝素圖樣但具有第二質點極性圖案'。二 句話說,圖6⑴的質點極性圖案是以行反覆交替排列。舉 _ 例而s,在某一圖框中,偶數行的畫素是具有正質點極性 圖案,而奇數行的畫素便具有負質點極性圖案。在下一圖 框中’ j禺數行的畫素便具有負質點極性圖帛,而奇數行的 畫素是具有正質點極性圖案。 [0075]當再細看圖6⑺後,不同極性的顏色質點亦構 成西洋棋盤圖案。亦即對每個具有第一極性的顏色質點而 言,其鄰接的四個顏色質點(忽略沒有極性的元件裝置區域) =具有第二極性。舉例而言,畫素p(〇,〇)的顏色質點CD_3」 具有負極性,且被四個具有正極性的顏色質點所包圍。明 確地#兄’顏色質點CD—3—i是由畫素以丨,〗)的顏色質點:— ——The electrode of CD—2J, and the switching element SEJ is lightly connected to the electrode of color dot CD”-3, CD—3—2, CD—3 J. 32 (S ) of ", 073 -] in Figure 6 (d), 'the pixel pattern 620_ is the negative dot polarity pattern element Zp, the negative point polarity pattern, the second color component (that is, the switch and the color dot cd - 2j, cd_2_2, cd - 2_mm disc; first and third color components (ie, switching elements SE 1 , SE 3 = quality, point CDJJ, CDj-2, CDj 3, cm draft have negative polarity. In Figure 6 ( In e), the pixel pattern 620+ is a positive example. Here, the positive dot polarity map #, the second color is divided into ^ 9 '" the closing element SE~2 and the color dot CD-2", CD-2 - 2, the piece S-E-? has ί negative polarity' and the first and third color components (ie, switch element 2, SE-3 and color point CD丄), CD - each book has positive polarity. In actual operation, the particle point is like the reverse switching between the positive dot polarity pattern and the negative 6 (4) simultaneously applying the 5 (d), 1 (4) pixel pattern and the ▲ 旦 图 pattern of the multi-domain vertical alignment LCD display. Second, it should be arranged in alternating columns to become alternate texture maps. For example, 'the odd-numbered columns are applied to Figure 5= and the even-numbered columns are applied to the pixel patterns of Figures 6(4) and 6(e). And the pixels of ^ ' have alternating pattern of particle polarity. In the part of Figure 22, the collar is crying ^ total 曰 a 显 不 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 ), ρ(丨,υ ,)4== The range of the denier is indicated by the shadow, and this shadow has no functional meaning. Since the switch on each line = the same polarity, the switch needs to use the switching element row. Inverted drive = 33 1 system, that is, the polarity of the switching elements of two adjacent rows is opposite to each other. The pixels P(0,0), P(1,0), P(2,0) are the application Figure 6(4) The picture of the marriage, = pixel (10), υ, p (u), p (2, 1R application of Figure 5 (d), 5 (e) of the alizarin pattern: specifically - 昼 P P, p (2 , ()) is the negative particle polarity pattern as shown in Fig. 6 (8), and the pixel P (1, 0) is the positive dot polarity pattern as shown in Fig. 6 (e). Similarly, the halogen P (〇'l), P ( 2, l) is the negative particle polarity pattern as shown in Figure 5(d), and the pixel P(l, l) is the positive particle polarity map # as in 5 (4). However, in the next = box, all pixels The particle polarity pattern is switched. As a result, the display of Figure 6(f) and the 650 have the first group. The third group of pixels, the third group of pixels, and the fourth group of pixels, wherein the first group of pixels is the first pixel pattern and has the first dot polarity pattern, and the second group of pixels is The first pixel pattern is applied but has a second dot polarity pattern, and the third group of pixels is applied to the first pixel image, and the first group of pixels is also applied. Two kinds of halogen patterns but having a second dot polarity pattern'. In other words, the particle polarity patterns of Fig. 6(1) are alternately arranged in a row. For example, in a frame, even-numbered rows of pixels have a positive dot polarity pattern, while odd-numbered pixels have a negative dot polarity pattern. In the next frame, the pixels of the j禺 line have a negative particle polarity map, and the pixels of the odd line have a positive dot polarity pattern. [0075] When looking closely at Figure 6 (7), color dots of different polarities also form a checkerboard pattern. That is, for each color dot having the first polarity, its adjacent four color dots (ignoring the component device region having no polarity) = having the second polarity. For example, the color dot CD_3" of the pixel p (〇, 〇) has a negative polarity and is surrounded by four color dots having positive polarity. Clearly #兄' color dot CD_3—i is the color point of the pixel, 〗)
34 S 1338797 CD丄3(忽略晝素P(1Jm元件裝置區域)、 色質點⑶又I以及畫素P(I,0)的顏色質點c(d〇,〇_ CDJ—2所包圍。如此一來’無論在晝素的内部或是尺、 每個顏色分量均為鑛齒圖案,所以相較於圖^ ’ 實施例之顯不器具有更對稱的顏色分佈效果^本 晝素P(〇,l)的顏色質點CDJ卜⑶! 2、cd J而吕, 素P(0,0)的顏色質點CD—丨_】、CD】2、c 厂—以及畫34 S 1338797 CD丄3 (Ignore the color point c (d〇, 〇_ CDJ-2) surrounded by the pixel P (1Jm component device area), the color point (3) and the pixel P (I, 0). Come 'either in the interior of the element or the ruler, each color component is a mineral tooth pattern, so it has a more symmetrical color distribution effect than the display of the embodiment ^^昼素P(〇, l) color point CDJ Bu (3)! 2, cd J and Lu, color P (0,0) color dot CD-丨_], CD] 2, c factory - and painting
齒圖案。然而,本發明之某些實施例仍沿用如圖3 素圖案,這是因為圖5攸採射元件點反_動^^ 而圖ό⑴疋採用開關元件行反轉驅動機制,其令 點反轉驅動_減於關元件行反轉驅關 勻的電性分佈。亦即相較於採用開關元件行反轉驅制 的液晶顯示器而言,採用開關元件點反轉驅動機制的液a 顯不器具有較均勻的電性分佈,而可降低晝面閃爍與串: 現象以提升影像的品質。 曰 [0076]如前所述,當液晶顯示器的畫素變大時 電場會變的相對較小’ *使得有必要將晝素進—步分割。 圖7(a)-7(b)為依據本發明另—實施例之晝素圖樣71〇之質 點極性圖案。在圖7⑷中,每個晝素圖樣710之顏色分量 是分割成四個顏色質點,而且同個顏色分量中的顏色質點 的電極是彼此搞合。此外’對絲個顏色分量,畫素圖樣 71〇會具有一個元件裝置區域。在本發明之許多實施例中, 開關元件是位於元件裝置區域。在這些實施例中’元件裝 置區域可與對應之顏色分量的顏色質點以對角、水平或垂 直的方式鄰接,以減少開關元件與顏色質點之間的導線長 35 (S ) 1338797 度。更進一步而言,在本發明之某些實施例中,元件裝置 區域是非透光的,而在本發明之其他實施例中,元件裝置 區域可進行著色以產生特定的顏色效果。儘管圖5⑷、 5(b)、5(c)、6(a)、6(b)、6(c)並未繪示元件裝置區域,本發 明之其他實施例仍可應用與晝素圖樣51〇、6丨〇之相同的顏 色貝點配置,並為每個顏色分量配置一個元件裝置區域。.Tooth pattern. However, some embodiments of the present invention still use the prime pattern as shown in FIG. 3, because FIG. 5 攸 攸 元件 点 点 而 而 而 而 而 而 而 而 ό 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 开关 开关 开关 开关 开关 开关 开关 开关 开关 开关 开关 开关 开关 开关 开关 开关 开关The drive_decreases the electrical distribution of the component line to reverse the drive. That is to say, compared with the liquid crystal display using the switching element row reversal driving, the liquid a display using the point reversal driving mechanism of the switching element has a relatively uniform electrical distribution, and can reduce the flicker and string of the face: Phenomenon to improve the quality of the image. [0076] As described above, when the pixel of the liquid crystal display becomes large, the electric field becomes relatively small. * * It is necessary to divide the pixel into steps. Figures 7(a)-7(b) are particle polarity patterns of a ruthenium pattern 71〇 in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention. In Fig. 7 (4), the color component of each of the pixel patterns 710 is divided into four color dots, and the electrodes of the color dots in the same color component are fitted to each other. In addition, for the color component of the silk, the pixel pattern 71 has a component device area. In many embodiments of the invention, the switching element is located in the component device area. In these embodiments, the 'element device area can be contiguous with the color dots of the corresponding color component in a diagonal, horizontal or vertical manner to reduce the wire length 35 (S) 1338797 degrees between the switching element and the color dot. Still further, in some embodiments of the invention, the component device regions are non-transmissive, while in other embodiments of the invention, the component device regions can be colored to produce a particular color effect. Although FIGS. 5(4), 5(b), 5(c), 6(a), 6(b), 6(c) do not show the component device region, other embodiments of the present invention can be applied to the pixel pattern 51.相同, 6丨〇 The same color Bayes configuration, and configure a component device area for each color component. .
[0077]在晝素圖樣71〇中’顏色質點(即為第一 顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、CD—2—丨(即為第工顏色分量 之第-個顏色質點)、CD—3j(即為第三顏色分量之第一個 顏色貝點)構成晝素圖樣710的第一列。顏色質點cd 1 2、 CD_2_2、CD—3—2構成畫素圖樣710的第二列。不過,第 二列偏移第一列以使得顏色質點CDJ—2水平對準顏色質 點CD_2_1。顏色質點CD—丨—3、CD—2—3、CD—3—3構成晝 素圖樣71G的第三列,且第三列是與第—列對齊以使得顏 色質點CD一2一3水平對準顏色質點CDj一2。亦即顏色質點 CD_2_3水平對準顏色質點CDj_2,並與顏色質點j 垂直間隔一個垂直質點間距VDS (未繪示)。顏色質點 CD_1 一4、CD—2—4、CD—3—4構成晝素圖樣710的第四列, 且第四列是與第二列對齊以使得顏色質點CD—l—4鄰接於 顏色質點CD—2_3。元件裝置區域DCA—卜DCA j、DCA 3 構成畫素圖樣710的第五列,且第五列是與第四列(以及第 二列)對齊以使得元件裝置區域DCAj鄰接於顏色質點 CD-丨-4。此外,開關元件SE_J、SE—2、SE—3是分別位於 元件裝置區域DCA—丨、DCA一2、DCA」,而開關元件SEJ 是耦接至顏色質點 CD_l_l、CD_1_2、CD_1_:3、CD 1 4 36 (s 1338797 的電極,其中顏色質點cD】丨的Φ CD 1 2 . ΓΠ 1 ^ nr, 的電極疋错由顏色質點 ~ ~ ——、〜丨-4的電極而耦接至開關元件,而 ,色貝點CDJ—2的電極是藉由顏色質點⑶】3、cd η 的電極而耦接至開關元件,且顏 ^ -- _ 二而轉接至開關元件。類似地, 開關το件SE—2疋耗接至顏色質點CD 2卜[0077] in the enamel pattern 71 ' 'color point (ie, the first color point of the first color component), CD 2 - 丨 (that is, the first color point of the color component of the work), CD - 3j (i.e., the first color point of the third color component) constitutes the first column of the tilde pattern 710. The color dots cd 1 2, CD_2_2, and CD-3-2 constitute the second column of the pixel pattern 710. However, the second column is offset by the first column such that the color dot CDJ-2 is horizontally aligned with the color dot CD_2_1. The color dot CD—丨—3, CD—2—3, and CD—3—3 constitute the third column of the pixel pattern 71G, and the third column is aligned with the first column to make the color dot CD 2-3 level Quasi-color point CDj-2. That is, the color dot CD_2_3 is horizontally aligned with the color dot CDj_2 and vertically separated from the color dot j by a vertical dot pitch VDS (not shown). The color dots CD_1-4, CD-2-4, CD-3-4 constitute the fourth column of the pixel pattern 710, and the fourth column is aligned with the second column such that the color dot CD_1-4 is adjacent to the color dot. CD—2_3. The component device region DCA-b DCA j, DCA 3 constitutes the fifth column of the pixel pattern 710, and the fifth column is aligned with the fourth column (and the second column) such that the component device region DCAj is adjacent to the color dot CD-丨-4. In addition, the switching elements SE_J, SE-2, SE-3 are respectively located in the device device area DCA_丨, DCA-2, DCA", and the switching element SEJ is coupled to the color dots CD_l_l, CD_1_2, CD_1_:3, CD 1 4 36 (the electrode of s 1338797, in which the color dot cD) Φ Φ CD 1 2 . ΓΠ 1 ^ nr, the electrode error is coupled to the switching element by the electrode of the color dot ~ ~ ——, ~ 丨-4, However, the electrode of the color point dot CDJ-2 is coupled to the switching element by the electrodes of the color dot (3) 3, cd η, and the transistor is switched to the switching element. Similarly, the switch τ ο SE-2 consumption is connected to the color point CD 2
CD—2—3、CD又4的電極,又開關——至-色 質點CD丄丨、0>_3_2、⑶」_3、CD_3」;^至顏色 [0078]圖7(a)同時檢干屮全 圖索…,素圖樣710-之負質點極性 _辄例。在負質點極性圖案中,第二顏色 關凡件 SE—2 與顏色質.點 CD—2J、CD—2_2、CD—2,3 : CD-2—4)具有正極性,而第一盘棠一 % $ 件SF1 Mu* 弟與弟二顏色分置(即為開關元 牛J、SE—3與顏色質點CDJ J、Cd ⑶丄4、CD」J、⑶人2、CD义3、CD——3 4)具〇—j負3極 7_會示出畫素圖樣71〇+之正質點極性的 例。在正質點極性圖荦中,筮一 茶的軌 …與顏色質點CD2V二 具有負極性,而第一盥坌一 曰 ·~— --) SF ^ ^ ”苐二顏色分置(即為開關元件SE】、 SE-3與顏色質點CD」J、CD丄2、CDJ—3、CD丨:、 CD一3」、CD—3__2、CD」—3、CD—3—4)具有正極性。—— ’79]應用目7⑷與7⑻之畫素 ,的圖案’亦即偶數行與奇數行的畫责二;= 。圖7(c)緣示由畫素_、ρ(ί 〇)、叩川、 (,)(’⑴叩山組成的交替行圖案❶為求清楚 母個畫素的㈣是用陰影標示,而此陰影僅用於CD—2-3, CD and 4 electrodes, and switch-to-color point CD丄丨, 0>_3_2, (3)”_3, CD_3”; ^ to color [0078] Figure 7 (a) Simultaneous inspection The whole picture..., the negative pattern polarity of the prime pattern 710-辄 example. In the negative dot polarity pattern, the second color is the positive polarity of the SE-2 and the color quality. The dots CD-2J, CD-2_2, CD-2, 3: CD-2-4), and the first disk is One% $ pieces SF1 Mu* brother and brother two color separation (that is, switch Yuan Niu J, SE-3 and color point CDJ J, Cd (3) 丄 4, CD" J, (3) person 2, CD meaning 3, CD - —3 4) 〇—j negative 3 pole 7_ will show an example of the positive dot polarity of the pixel pattern 71〇+. In the positive dot polarity map, the track of the 筮一茶... and the color dot CD2V have a negative polarity, and the first 盥坌一曰·~— --) SF ^ ^ 苐 颜色 two color separation (that is, the switching element SE], SE-3 and color dot CD"J, CD丄2, CDJ-3, CD丨:, CD-3", CD-3__2, CD"-3, CD-3-4) have positive polarity. —— '79] Applying the pixels of items 7(4) and 7(8), the pattern 'is the rule of even and odd lines; = . Fig. 7(c) shows that the alternating line pattern consisting of pixels _, ρ(ί 〇), 叩川, (,) ('(1) 叩山❶ is used to find the parent pixel (4) is shaded, and This shadow is only for
37 (S 1338797 7⑷且無任何功能上的意義。如 P(0J)、P(2,0)、P(2 η且古备〜L U 斤不畫素 P(o,o)37 (S 1338797 7(4) and has no functional significance. For example, P(0J), P(2,0), P(2 η, and ancient 〜~L U 斤不相素 P(o,o)
Ii(2,】)具有負質點極性圖案, ρ(ι’υ具有正質點極性圖案。亦即,當,素/⑽’ P(x,y)可為第-質點極性圖案。相反地畫素 素W,y)可為第二質點極性圖案。圖7(e)之晝素=畫 mi元件行反轉驅動機制’而如同前述,在ϋ固圖 所有的晝素均會切換質點極性圖案。 ®王可,Ii(2,]) has a negative dot polarity pattern, and ρ(ι'υ has a positive dot polarity pattern. That is, when the prime/(10)' P(x, y) can be the first-particle polarity pattern. The prime W, y) may be a second particle polarity pattern. The pixel in Fig. 7(e) = the mi element line inversion driving mechanism'. As in the foregoing, all the elements in the stencil map switch the particle polarity pattern. ® Wang Ke,
_〇]在本發明之某些實施例中,_ 用於取代開關元件行反轉驅動機制’其中開關元 :點反轉驅動機制可使開關元件的極性構成西洋楫盤圖 f,而開關s件行反轉驅動機制可使開關^件的極 ^替行圖案。開關元件點反轉驅動機制可提供較均勾的電 ,分佈’而降低晝面關與串音現象以提升影像的品質。 J使開關元件的極性構成西洋棋盤圖案,應用圖7⑻與了⑻ 畫素圖案之另一種畫素圖案亦被提出。圖7⑷與7⑷分別 、、曰示此晝素圖樣730之負質點極性圖案(標示為73〇_)與正 質點極性圖案(標示為730+),其中晝素圖樣73〇具有;^二 ,顏色質點。如圖7(d)所示,畫素圖樣73〇之每個顏色分 量分割成四個顏色質點。顏色質點CD—1 —1(即為第一顏色 分置之第一個顏色質點)、CD—2一1(即為第二顏色分量之第 一個顏色質點)' CD_3_1(即為第三顏色分量之第一個顏色 貝點)構成晝素圖樣730的第一列。顏色質點cD 1 2、 CD〜2—2、CD_3_2構成畫素圖樣730的第二列D不過,第 二列偏移第一列以使得顏色質點CD_2J2鄰接於顏色質點 CD〜1 — 1。亦即顏色質點CD—2_2是水平對準顏色質點 38 1338797_〇] In some embodiments of the present invention, _ is used in place of the switching element row inversion driving mechanism 'where the switching element: the dot inversion driving mechanism can make the polarity of the switching element constitute the western disk diagram f, and the switch s The line inversion driving mechanism can make the poles of the switch pieces alternate. The switching element dot inversion driving mechanism can provide a more uniform electrical distribution, which reduces the phenomenon of cross-talk and crosstalk to improve image quality. J makes the polarity of the switching element form a checkerboard pattern, and another pixel pattern using the pixel pattern of Fig. 7 (8) and (8) is also proposed. 7(4) and 7(4) respectively show the negative dot polarity pattern (labeled as 73〇_) and the positive dot polarity pattern (labeled as 730+) of the elementary pattern 730, wherein the elementary pattern 73〇 has; Particles. As shown in Fig. 7(d), each color component of the pixel pattern 73 is divided into four color dots. Color dot CD-1 - 1 (that is, the first color dot of the first color component), CD - 2 - 1 (that is, the first color dot of the second color component) 'CD_3_1 (that is, the third color) The first color of the component is the first column of the tilde pattern 730. The color dot cD 1 2, CD 〜2-2, CD_3_2 constitutes the second column D of the pixel pattern 730. However, the second column is offset from the first column such that the color dot CD_2J2 is adjacent to the color dot CD 〜1 -1. That is, the color dot CD-2_2 is the horizontal alignment color point 38 1338797
CD—1_1,並與顏色質點CDJ一 1垂直間隔一個垂直質點間 距VDS。顏色質點CDJ—3、CD—2_3、CD—3—3構成畫素 圖樣730的第三列,且第三列是與第一列對齊以使得顏色 質點CD_I—3鄰接於顏色質點CD_2_2。顏色質點CDJ_4、 CD—2一4、CD—3_4構成畫素圖樣730的第四列,且第四列 是與第二列對齊以使得顏色質點CD—2」鄰接於顏色質點 CDJ—3。元件裝置區域DCAJ、DCA—2、DCA—3構成晝 素圖樣730的第五列,且第五列是對齊於第一列盥第三 列。此外’開關元件SEJ、SE_2、SE」是分別位ς元& 裝置區域DCAJ、DCA一2、DCA—3,而開關元件SEj是 耦接至顏色質點CDJJ、〇)_】—的 電極’其中顏色質,點CD丄1的電極是藉由顏色質點 CDJ—2、CD—1_3、CD—1—4的電極而耗接至開關元件,而 顏色質點CD—1—2的電極是藉由顏色質點CDJ—3 cd—t 4 J電極而耦接至開關元件,且顏色質點CDj—3—的電極是 =顏色質點CD丄4的電極而轉接至開關元件。類似地, 開關元件SE—2是耦接至顏色質點cd_2j、cD2 2、 、CD—2〜4的電極’又開關元件s ,⑶人 1、CD—3—2、CD_3—3、CD」 :色 開關元件SE〗、SF 9、ςρ 1 θ丹者 CD 1 4 ΓΓι 1 λ ~ —疋为別耦接至顏色質點 〜_4、CD—2」、CD_3—4的電極。 [0081]圖7(d)繪示畫素圖樣73() 在負質點極性圖荦中m^極性圖案。 CD S^2 極性 —— 一 D-2-2、CD-2-3、CD—2—4)具有正 ”第二顏色分量(即為開關元件SEJ、SE 3CD-1_1, and is vertically spaced from the color dot CDJ-1 by a vertical dot-to-space distance VDS. The color dots CDJ-3, CD-2_3, CD-3-3 constitute the third column of the pixel pattern 730, and the third column is aligned with the first column such that the color dot CD_I-3 is adjacent to the color dot CD_2_2. The color dots CDJ_4, CD-2-4, CD-3_4 constitute the fourth column of the pixel pattern 730, and the fourth column is aligned with the second column such that the color dot CD-2" is adjacent to the color dot CDJ-3. The component device regions DCAJ, DCA-2, DCA-3 constitute the fifth column of the pixel pattern 730, and the fifth column is aligned with the third column of the first column. Further, the 'switching elements SEJ, SE_2, SE' are respectively the bit unit & device area DCAJ, DCA-2, DCA-3, and the switching element SEj is the electrode coupled to the color dot CDJJ, 〇)_]. The color quality, the electrode of the CD 丄1 is consumed by the electrodes of the color dots CDJ-2, CD-1_3, CD 1-4, and the electrodes of the color dot CD 1-2 are by color The dot CDJ-3 cd-t 4 J electrode is coupled to the switching element, and the electrode of the color dot CDj-3 is the electrode of the color dot CD丄4 and is switched to the switching element. Similarly, the switching element SE-2 is an electrode coupled to the color dots cd_2j, cD2 2, CD-2~4, and the switching element s, (3) human 1, CD-3-2, CD_3-3, CD": Color switching elements SE, SF 9, ς ρ 1 θ Dan CD 1 4 ΓΓι 1 λ ~ — 疋 are electrodes that are not coupled to color dots ~4, CD-2”, CD_3-4. [0081] FIG. 7(d) shows the m^polar pattern of the pixel pattern 73() in the negative particle polarity map. CD S^2 polarity - one D-2-2, CD-2-3, CD-2 - 4) has a positive "second color component (ie, switching elements SEJ, SE 3)
39 (S 1338797 與顏色質點CD—i bCDj—2、CD丄3、CD i 4、⑶3卜 CD_3—2、CD_3—3、CD—3_4)具有負極性。圖聊會示出書 素圖樣730+之正質點極性圖案。在正質點極性圖^中,= 广二色分量(即為開關元件SE—2與顏色質點CD 2〗、 2 2、CD丄3、CD又4)具有負極性—愈第-色分量(即為開關元件SEJ、SE—3與顏色質點⑶^顏 CD丄2、CD丄3、CD—L4、⑶力、cd 3 -- CD_3—4)具有正極性。 —— u-*3-·339 (S 1338797 and color dot CD-i bCDj-2, CD丄3, CD i 4, (3) 3 CD CD_3-2, CD_3-3, CD-3_4) have a negative polarity. The graph will show the positive dot polarity pattern of the book pattern 730+. In the positive dot polarity map ^, the wide two-color component (that is, the switching element SE-2 and the color dot CD 2 , 2 2, CD 丄 3, CD 4) has a negative polarity - the first color component (ie The switching elements SEJ, SE-3 and the color dots (3) ^ 丄 CD 丄 2, CD 丄 3, CD - L4, (3) force, cd 3 - CD_3 - 4 have positive polarity. —— u-*3-·3
:2]圖職示顯示器75〇的局部,而顯示器一 J 二 P(2,G)、Ρ((Μ)、p(u)、ρ(2,υ 構成西 年棋盤!素極性圖荦〇 士口图7〆·^^ . 闺杀如圖7⑴所不,晝素ρ(〇 〇)、 Ρ(2,〇)是應用圖7(d)與圖7(e)之畫素圖樣,而, ㈣、p⑽、⑽)具有負質點極性圖案,而 =(2,:^ : 、旦素(x,y)具有第—質點極性圖案(如圖7(f) 圖案)。相反地,如果x與 ㈣八有弟—質點極性圖案(如圖7(f)所示之正質 性圖案)。然而’再下一個圖框時,所有的書辛將合切 案=而言’圖袖之多域垂直配向:;晶 “,,員不為具有弟-組晝素、第二組畫素、第三 Μ素是應用第-種畫素圖樣並具ΐ 樣但1右^案’而第二組畫素亦是應用第—種畫素圖 全圖案’且第三經晝素是應用第二種 旦素圖樣亚具有弟-質點極性圖案,又第四組晝素亦是應:2] The picture shows the part of the display 75〇, and the display one J 2 P(2, G), Ρ ((Μ), p(u), ρ(2, 构成 constitutes the chessboard of the West Year!士口图7〆·^^ . Killing as shown in Figure 7(1), 昼素ρ(〇〇), Ρ(2,〇) are the pixel patterns of Figure 7(d) and Figure 7(e), and (4), p(10), (10)) have a negative dot polarity pattern, and =(2,:^:, d (y, y) has a first-particle polarity pattern (as shown in Figure 7(f)). Conversely, if x And (four) eight brothers - the polarity pattern of the particle (the positive pattern shown in Figure 7 (f)). However, when the next frame, all the books will be combined with the case = the multi-domain of the sleeve Vertical alignment:; crystal ",, the staff is not for the brother-group, the second group of pixels, the third element is the application of the first type of pixel pattern and has the same type but 1 right ^ case' and the second group The pixel is also the application of the first pattern of the full picture of the picture and the third element is the application of the second pattern of the sub-pattern with the polarity of the younger-particles, and the fourth group of elements is also
40 S 料=種晝素《但具有第二質點極性_。更進一步而 畫素與第二組列向之書辛,心具有弟一組列向之 铁今墙β ^ 其甲弟—組列向之畫素是由交 各Η山Γ且旦素與第二組晝素所構成’而第二組列向之畫 '、疋β父替之第三組畫素與第四組畫素所構成。最後,這 ^列疋由第-組列向與第二組列向交替排列而成。如此一 A圖7(f)之晝素㈣便可應用開關元件點反轉驅動機制。40 S material = species of sputum "but with the second particle polarity _. Further, the pixels and the second group of books are listed in the book, and the heart has a group of brothers to the iron wall. The second group consists of 'the second group of paintings', the third group of pixels and the fourth group of pixels. Finally, the column is alternately arranged from the first group to the second group. Such a pixel (4) of Fig. 7(f) can apply the switching element dot inversion driving mechanism.
[0083]依據本發明之概念,熟悉此項技藝者當可輕易 f出其他形式的畫素圖樣。舉例而言,如前述之相同方式, 每個顏色刀里可分割為五個或更多的顏色質點。不過,由 於晝素的設計應該要相對簡單,㈣多的·質點會降低 開口率(aperture rati0),所以除非在行數亦同時增加的情況 下’否則在單-畫素中超過六列畫素質點的設計是不被建 議的。[0083] In accordance with the teachings of the present invention, other forms of pixel design can be readily derived by those skilled in the art. For example, in the same manner as described above, each color knife can be divided into five or more color dots. However, since the design of the alizarin should be relatively simple, (4) the mass point will reduce the aperture ratio (aperture rati0), so unless the number of lines is also increased at the same time, 'otherwise than the six-picture quality in the single-pixel The design of the point is not recommended.
[0084]特別是在大尺寸或是高亮度的螢幕中,本發明 =某些實施例會具有四個顏色分量。在大部份的應用中, 乂四個顏色分量分別是紅、綠、藍與白以用來提高顯示單 元的亮度與對比。不過在其他的應用中,第四個顏色分量 亦可為另外三個顏色分量其中之一。舉例而言,在許多軍 事應用上,這四個顏色分量分別是紅、綠、藍與綠。圖8(旬 與8(b)為依據本發明另一實施例之晝素圖樣81〇 (標示為 與810+)之質點極性圖案。畫素圖樣8]〇包括四個顏色 分I ’而每個顏色分量再分割成六個顏色質點以形成兩個 鑛齒行向。顏色質點CD_1 J、CD—2」、CD_1_2、CD 2 2、 、CD丄 1、CD—3—2、CD—4—2 構成畫素圖樣 _81〇 41 (s 1338797 的第一列。顏色質點 CD_1_3、CD_2_3、CD_1_4、CD__2_4、 CD—3_3、CD一4_3、CD_3—4、CD人4 構成晝素圖樣 810 的第二列。不過,第二列偏移第一列以使得顏色質點 CD—1—3鄰接於顏色質點CD-2—1。顏色質點CD_1_5、 CD—2 5、CD 1—6、CD 2—6、CD—3—5、CD 4—5、CD 3 6、 CD一4一6構成晝素圖樣810的第三列,且第三列是與第一列 對齊以使得顏色質點CD一2—5鄰接於顏色質點CD_1_3。畫 素圖樣810亦包括元件裝置區域dCa卜DCA 2、DCA 3、 — —— _ DCA—4,而為了對稱排列起見,每個元件裝置區域的寬度 等於兩個顏色質點的寬度加上一個水平質點間距HDS。元 件裝置區域DCA_】、DCA—2、DCA_3、DCA—4構成畫素圖 樣810的第四列,且第四列是對齊於第一列與第三列。此 外’開關元件SEJ、SE—2、SE—3、SE一4是分別位於元件 裝置區域 DCA—1、DCA—2、DCA—3、DCA—4 1 關元件 SE一 1是耦接至第一顏色分量的六個顏色質點(即顏色質點 CD—1一1〜CD—1—6)。類似地,開關元件SE—2是耦接至第二 顏色分量的六個顏色質點(即顏色質點: CD—2_6),而開關元件SE-3是耦接至第三顏色分量的―六個 顏色質點(即顏色質點CD—〜CD 3 6),且 SE—4是耦接至細顏色分㈣六個顏色質物 ^ CD_4_1 〜CD—4一6)。 ^ [0085]圖8(a)输示畫素圖樣之負質點極性 在負質:極二圖案中’第二與第四顏色分量(即為開關元件 SE_2、SE_4 與顏色質點 cd_2J、CD_2J、cd 2 3 CD—2_4、CD—2—5、CD又6、CD—4—卜 CD—:〜2、cd “、 42 (s CD 4 4 ^ CD 4 5 . c〇 色分量(即為開闕元件s f :正極性’而第-與第三顏 一 件SE—丨、SE—3與顏色質點⑶1卜 -3、CD 1 4、Ρπ 1 c 八 一 --4 LD」—5、CDJ—6、CD 3 卜 」、CD 3 4、rn 1 c ^ 性。圖8⑻緣示晝素圓样:in U-3-5、CD-3-6)具有負極 點極性圖荦H+之正f點極性圖案。在正質 …與顏色丄與[0084] In particular in large size or high brightness screens, the present invention = some embodiments will have four color components. In most applications, the four color components are red, green, blue, and white to increase the brightness and contrast of the display unit. However, in other applications, the fourth color component can be one of the other three color components. For example, in many military applications, the four color components are red, green, blue, and green. 8 (b) and 8 (b) are particle dot polar patterns of a ruthenium pattern 81 〇 (labeled as 810+) according to another embodiment of the present invention. The pixel pattern 8] 〇 includes four color points I′ and each The color components are further divided into six color dots to form two ore teeth. Color dots CD_1 J, CD-2", CD_1_2, CD 2 2, CD丄1, CD-3-2, CD-4 2 constitutes the pixel pattern _81〇41 (s first column of 1338797. Color dot CD_1_3, CD_2_3, CD_1_4, CD__2_4, CD-3_3, CD-4_3, CD_3-4, CD 4 constitutes the second of the elementary pattern 810 However, the second column is offset from the first column such that the color dot CD-1 - 3 is adjacent to the color dot CD-2 - 1. The color dots CD_1_5, CD-25, CD 1-6, CD 2-6, CD-3—5, CD 4-5, CD 3 6 , CD 4-6 constitute the third column of the altar pattern 810, and the third column is aligned with the first column so that the color dots CD 2-4 are adjacent. The color dot CD_1_3. The pixel pattern 810 also includes the component device region dCa, DCA 2, DCA 3, ——— _ DCA-4, and for the symmetric arrangement, the width of each component device region is equal to The width of the color dot plus a horizontal dot spacing HDS. The component device regions DCA_], DCA-2, DCA_3, DCA-4 form the fourth column of the pixel pattern 810, and the fourth column is aligned with the first column and the first column In addition, the 'switching elements SEJ, SE-2, SE-3, SE-4 are located in the component device area DCA-1, DCA-2, DCA-3, DCA-4, respectively. The closing element SE-1 is coupled. Up to six color dots of the first color component (ie, color dot CD-1 to CD-1-6). Similarly, the switching element SE-2 is a six color dot coupled to the second color component (ie, Color dot: CD-2_6), and switching element SE-3 is a "six color dot (ie, color dot CD - ~ CD 3 6) coupled to the third color component, and SE-4 is coupled to a fine color (4) Six color traits ^ CD_4_1 ~ CD - 4 - 6) ^ [0085] Figure 8 (a) shows the negative pixel polarity of the pixel pattern in the negative: pole two pattern 'second and fourth color components (ie, switching elements SE_2, SE_4 and color dots cd_2J, CD_2J, cd 2 3 CD-2_4, CD-2-5, CD-6, CD-4-CD-: 2, cd ", 42 (s CD 4 4 ^ CD 4 5 . c 〇 color component (ie opening element sf : positive polarity ' and first - third face piece SE - 丨, SE - 3 and color point (3) 1 -3, CD 1 4, Ρ π 1 c Bayi - 4 LD" - 5, CDJ-6, CD 3 Bu", CD 3 4, rn 1 c ^ sex. Fig. 8(8) shows that the alizarin circle: in U-3-5, CD-3-6) has a positive polarity point pattern 荦H+ positive f point polarity pattern. In the right quality... and color
CD 2 5、CD 2 6 Γ;」CD-2-2、CD-2-3、CD—2—4、 Γη 4—ς r ~ - CD-4J、CD-4-2、CD_4—3、CD 4 4、 Γη關具有負極性’而第一與第三顏色分量(即 --CD—3—5、CD—3_6)具有正極性。CD 2 5, CD 2 6 Γ;"CD-2-2, CD-2-3, CD-2-4, Γη 4-ς r ~ - CD-4J, CD-4-2, CD_4-3, CD 4 4. ΓηOff has a negative polarity' and the first and third color components (ie, CD-3-5, CD-3_6) have positive polarity.
CDJ—2、CD CD—3—2、CD _6]應用圖8⑷與8⑻之畫素圖樣之畫素需排列成 父曰列的圖案’亦即偶數列與奇數列的畫素是具有相反的 貝點極性圖案。亦即,當y為奇數時,畫素P(x,y)可為第 一質點極性圖案。相反地,當y為偶數時,畫素ρ(χ,…即 為第二質點極性圖案。圖8(c)繪示應用此圖案之顯示器8〇〇 之局部。具體而言,畫素P(0,0)是位於第一列,而晝素ρ(〇,υ 是位於下一列,其令畫素Ρ(0,0)具有正質點極性圖案,而 畫素Ρ(0,1)具有負質點極性圖案。然而,當換到下一個圖 框時’所有的晝素均會變換質點極性圖案。此外,圖8(c) 之畫素圖案是應用開關元件點反轉驅動機制。 [0087]如圖8(c)所示,此交替列之圖案會導致非對稱的 顏色分佈。舉例而言,畫素Ρ(0,1)之顏色質點CD_1〜5是鄰 接於晝素P(0,0)之顏色質點CD—1_1,所以本發明之某些實CDJ-2, CD CD-3-2, CD_6] The pixels of the pixel patterns of Figures 8(4) and 8(8) should be arranged in the pattern of the parent column, that is, the pixels of the even column and the odd column are opposite. Point polarity pattern. That is, when y is an odd number, the pixel P(x, y) may be the first dot polarity pattern. Conversely, when y is an even number, the pixel ρ(χ, . . . is the second dot polarity pattern. FIG. 8(c) shows a portion of the display 8〇〇 to which the pattern is applied. Specifically, the pixel P ( 0,0) is in the first column, and the pixel ρ(〇,υ is in the next column, which makes the pixel Ρ(0,0) have a positive dot polarity pattern, while the pixel Ρ(0,1) has a negative The dot polarity pattern. However, when switching to the next frame, all the pixels will change the dot polarity pattern. In addition, the pixel pattern of Fig. 8(c) is the application of the switching element dot inversion driving mechanism. [0087] As shown in Fig. 8(c), the pattern of the alternating columns causes an asymmetrical color distribution. For example, the color points CD_1~5 of the pixel Ρ(0,1) are adjacent to the pixel P(0,0). ) the color dot CD-1_1, so some of the invention
(S 43 1338797 施,亦會採用有別於畫素圖樣81〇之其他畫素圖樣以使顯 示為具有更佳對稱的顏色分佈。具體而言,圖8⑷與阶) 為依據本&明另一貫施例之畫素圖樣謂的質點極性圖 案。 、旦_8]晝素圖樣83〇 &括四個顏色分量,而每個顏色 刀1再刀成個顏色質點以形成兩個鑛齒行向。顏色質 點 CDJJ、CD_2 J、CD」—2、CD—2—2、CD—3J、CD—4J、 CD-CD—4—2構成畫素圖樣830的第一列。顏色質點 CD丄3、CD 2—3、CD—1—4、CD—2—4、CD_3_3、CD—4—3、 CD-3-4 CD_4_4構成畫素圖樣830的第二列。不過,第 二列偏移第一列以使得顏色質點CD 2 3鄰接於顏色質% CD丄丨。顏色質點CD丄5、CD_2—;、-⑶丄‘^^ CD—3:5、CD_4_5、CD—3—6、CD—4—6 構成晝素圖樣 83〇 的第一列,且第二列是與第一列對齊以使得顏色質點 CDJ—5鄰接於顏色質點CD_2—3。畫素圖樣83〇亦包括元 件裝置區域DCA—】、DCA—2、DCA—3、DCA_4,而為了對 稱排列起見,每個元件裝置區域的寬度等於兩個顏色質點 的寬度加上一個水平質點間距HDS。元件裝置區域 DCA J、DCA—2、DCA—3、DCA_4 構成畫素圖樣 83〇 的第 四列,且第四列疋對齊於第二列D此外,開關元件S £ 1、 SE—2、SE—3、SE—4是分別位於元件裝置區域dca ]、 〇0八—2、〇€八_3、〇匸八_4。開關元件兕—1是耦接至第一 顏色分量的六個顏色質點(即顏色質點CD丨丨〜 CD—1—6)。類似地,開關元件SE_2是耦接至第二顏色分量 的六個顏色質點(即顏色質點CD_2_l〜CD_2-6),而開關^(S 43 1338797, other pixel patterns different from the pixel pattern 81〇 will be used to make the display have a better symmetrical color distribution. Specifically, Figure 8(4) and order) are based on this & The pattern of the particle pattern is consistently the pattern of the pixel. , _8] 昼 prime pattern 83 〇 & includes four color components, and each color knife 1 is further processed into a color dot to form two ore teeth. The color dot CDJJ, CD_2 J, CD"-2, CD-2-2, CD-3J, CD-4J, CD-CD-4-2 constitute the first column of the pixel pattern 830. The color dot CD 丄 3, CD 2-3, CD 1-4, CD 2-4, CD_3_3, CD-4-3, CD-3-4 CD_4_4 constitute the second column of the pixel pattern 830. However, the second column is offset by the first column such that the color dot CD 2 3 is adjacent to the color quality % CD丄丨. The color dots CD丄5, CD_2—;, —(3)丄'^^ CD—3:5, CD_4_5, CD—3—6, CD—4—6 constitute the first column of the 83-inch enamel pattern, and the second column It is aligned with the first column such that the color dot CDJ-5 is adjacent to the color dot CD_2-3. The pixel pattern 83〇 also includes the component device regions DCA—], DCA-2, DCA-3, and DCA_4, and for symmetric alignment, the width of each component device region is equal to the width of two color dots plus a horizontal dot. Spacing HDS. The component device regions DCA J, DCA-2, DCA-3, DCA_4 constitute the fourth column of the pixel pattern 83〇, and the fourth column 疋 is aligned with the second column D. In addition, the switching elements S £ 1 , SE — 2, SE —3, SE—4 are located in the component device area dca], 〇0-8-2, 〇€8_3, 〇匸8_4. The switching element 兕-1 is a six color dot coupled to the first color component (i.e., color dot CD丨丨~CD-1-6). Similarly, the switching element SE_2 is a six color dot coupled to the second color component (i.e., color dots CD_2_1 to CD_2-6), and the switch ^
44 (S 1338797 :^^至3第6,顏色分量的六個顏色質點(即顏色質 多八旦μ— / ——),且開關元件SE-4是耦接至第四顏 色^的六個顏色質點(即顏色質點CD—4J〜CD—46)/頁 89]圖8(d)繪示畫素圖樣83〇 在負質點極性圖料^ νθ ? _案 SE2、SE4 ^ 與弟四顏色分量(即為開關元件 C〇_2_4 ^ CD^5 . Cd_2_6 ^ CD:4 J ^ c〇- 2 ^ cDd ^ ^44 (S 1338797: ^^ to 3 sixth, six color points of the color component (ie, the color quality is more than eight denier μ - / -), and the switching element SE-4 is coupled to the sixth color ^ six Color dot (ie color dot CD-4J~CD-46)/page 89] Figure 8(d) shows the pixel pattern 83〇 in the negative particle polarity map ^ νθ ? _ case SE2, SE4 ^ and the four color components (ie, switching element C〇_2_4 ^ CD^5 . Cd_2_6 ^ CD: 4 J ^ c〇- 2 ^ cDd ^ ^
Γ又Y、CD」'5、CD-4-6)具有正極性,而第-與第i顏 /刀莖(即為開關元件SEJ、SE—3與顏色質點 了 ⑶丄2、CD丄^」」、…」、…-- CD」—2、CD—3—3、CD—3—4、CD—3—5、cd ;有3」 性。圖8⑷繪示畫素圖樣請+之正質點極性圖案。、在正 點極性圖案中,第二與第四顏色分量(即為開關元件SE 2 '、 SE—4 與顏色質點 CD—2J、CD—2—2、c〇—2」、⑶ 2 -*、 CD—2一5、CD—2—6、CD—4_】' CD 4 2、CD—4 3 cD:4:4 =D_4—5、CD—4—6)具有負極性’而第一與第三顏色分量(即 為開關兀件SE—1、SE—3與顏色質點cd_u、cd 1 2、 CD丄3、CDJ 4、CD丄5、CD J—6、%3」、cd ”、 CD_3_3、CD—3—4、CD_3_5、CD—3 6)且有正極 η " ,時應用圖8⑷與_)的晝素圖樣以及圖柳 與8⑷的畫素圖樣之這些畫素需排列成交替列的圖案,亦 即偶數列之晝素可為第一種畫素圖樣,而奇數列之畫素可 為第二種晝素圖樣。圖8⑴繪示應用此圖案之顯示^/85〇 之局部。具體而言,畫素P(0,0)是位於第一列,而晝素p 是位於下-列,其中畫素P(〇,〇)是應用圖柳與8⑷的畫素ΓY, CD"'5, CD-4-6) have positive polarity, and the first and the ith face/knife (that is, the switching elements SEJ, SE-3 and the color point (3) 丄 2, CD 丄 ^ "",...",...--CD"-2, CD-3-3, CD-3-4, CD-3-5, cd; 3". Figure 8 (4) shows the pixel pattern please + Particle polarity pattern. In the punctual polarity pattern, the second and fourth color components (ie, switching elements SE 2 ', SE-4 and color dot CD-2J, CD-2-2, c〇-2), (3) 2 -*, CD-2-5, CD-2-6, CD-4_]' CD 4 2, CD-4 3 cD: 4:4 = D_4-5, CD-4-6) has a negative polarity' First and third color components (ie, switch element SE-1, SE-3 and color dot cd_u, cd 1 2, CD丄3, CDJ 4, CD丄5, CD J-6, %3), cd ”, CD_3_3, CD—3—4, CD_3_5, CD—3 6) and with positive η ", the pixel patterns of Figure 8 (4) and _) and the pixel elements of Figure 8 and 4 (4) should be arranged. The pattern of alternating columns, that is, the elements of the even columns may be the first pixel pattern, and the pixels of the odd columns may be the second element pattern. 8(1) shows the portion of the display ^/85〇 to which this pattern is applied. Specifically, the pixel P(0,0) is located in the first column, and the pixel p is located in the lower-column, where the pixel P (〇, 〇) is the application of Figure Liu and 8 (4) pixels
45 (S 1338797 Γ】Γ。: 7素_)是應用圖8(a)與8⑻的畫素圖樣 所 卜在同一個圖框時’所有的畫素均會呈有相同的 =極2案。圖咖兩個畫素均為負質點極性圖案。 =性】Γ下一個圖框時’所有的晝素均會變換成正質 第!來,當4奇數時,畫素p(x,y)可為 第-:辛反地,當'為偶數時’畫素p(x,y)可為45 (S 1338797 Γ Γ : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 是 是 是 是 是 是 是 是 是 是 是 是 是 是 应用 应用 应用 应用 应用 ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ Both pixels of the grapha are negative particle polarity patterns. = Sexuality] When the next frame is framed, 'all the elements will be transformed into a positive number! Come, when 4 odd numbers, the pixel p(x, y) can be the first -: 'Pixel p(x, y) can be
弟—旦素圖樣。亦即,圖8(f)的畫素圖案是採 行反轉驅動機制。 ㈤開關7L件 [_1]儘#相較於圖8(e)之畫素騎 ====:本發明之某些二 以、里素圖案替換® 8(0之畫素圖案,其中圖 之較制_元件^反轉__,而圖si =旦素圖案疋採用開關元件行反轉驅動機制。這是= 機制之畫面_或是串音現象的情二::反轉驅動 [_2]圖9⑷與9(b)為依據本發明另一實施 點極性圖案。具體而言,畫素圖樣910 = :色ί二' :每個顏色分量再分割成四個顏色質點。 CD_2J(即為第二顏色分量之 (即為第三顏色分旦 皙 CD 4 \(np . 里之第一個顏色質點) 樣二:四顏色分量之第-個顏色質點構咸書辛E co 4—2構成畫素圖樣9丨〇 一列以使得相έ # 弟—列。不過,弟二列偏移I 歹以使仔顏色質點CD_L2鄰接於顏色質點⑶ -—1 $] Έί 個顏色質Brother - the original pattern. That is, the pixel pattern of Fig. 8(f) is a reverse driving mechanism. (5) The switch 7L piece [_1] is # compared to the picture element riding of Fig. 8(e) ====: Some of the two of the invention, the lining pattern replaces the -8 (0 pixel pattern, wherein the figure Compared with the device _ component ^ inversion __, and the figure si = denier pattern 疋 using the switching element row inversion driving mechanism. This is = the mechanism of the picture _ or the crosstalk phenomenon of the second:: inversion drive [_2] 9(4) and 9(b) are polar patterns according to another embodiment of the present invention. Specifically, the pixel pattern 910 =: color ί2': each color component is further divided into four color dots. CD_2J (ie, The second color component (that is, the third color is divided into 4CD 4 \(np. the first color point in the color) sample 2: the fourth color component of the first color of the texture of the salty book Xin E co 4-2 composition The prime pattern is 9 丨〇 column to make the phase 。. However, the second column is offset by I 歹 so that the color point CD_L2 is adjacent to the color point (3) -1 $] 个
46 色質點CD丄3、CD_2_3、CD_3—3、CD_4_3構成畫素圖 樣910的第三列,且第三列是與第一列對齊以使得顏色質 點CD—2」鄰接於顏色質點CD_1 一2。顏色質點CD—1—4、 、CD_3—4、CD_4_4構成畫素圖樣910的第四列,The 46 color dots CD丄3, CD_2_3, CD_3-3, and CD_4_3 constitute the third column of the pixel pattern 910, and the third column is aligned with the first column such that the color dot CD-2" is adjacent to the color dot CD_1-2. The color dots CD—1-4, CD_3—4, and CD_4_4 form the fourth column of the pixel pattern 910.
且四列是與第二列對齊以使得顏色質點cd_1_4鄰接於 顏色質點CD—2」。晝素圖樣910亦包括元件裝置區域 DCA—1 ' dCa—2、DCA—3、DCA—4,而元件裝置區域 DCA—1、Df A—2、DCA—3、DCA—4構成晝素圖樣9丨〇的第 五列’且第五列是與第四列水平對齊。此外,開關元件 犯―1、SE—2、SE_3、SE_4是分別位於元件裝置區域 、〇CA—2、DCA—3、DCA-4,其中開關元件 SE」 疋耗接至顏色質點CD丄卜CDj 2、CDj」、cDy4And the four columns are aligned with the second column such that the color dot cd_1_4 is adjacent to the color dot CD-2". The pixel pattern 910 also includes component device regions DCA-1' dCa-2, DCA-3, DCA-4, and component device regions DCA-1, Df A-2, DCA-3, and DCA-4 form a pixel pattern 9 The fifth column of the ' and the fifth column is horizontally aligned with the fourth column. In addition, the switching element commits -1, SE-2, SE_3, SE_4 are located in the component device area, 〇CA-2, DCA-3, DCA-4, respectively, wherein the switching element SE" 疋 is connected to the color dot CD 丄 CDj 2, CDj", cDy4
電極而開關元件SE—2是搞接至顏色質點CD又】、 姐—2 CD—2_3、CD—2」之電極,且開關元件SEThe electrode and the switching element SE-2 are connected to the electrodes of the color dot CD, the sister-2 CD-2_3, the CD-2, and the switching element SE
,顏色質點 CD—3j、CD丄2、CD—3_3、cd—3-4 : 二二’,又開關兀件SE_4是耦接至顏色質點CD—4 1、 CD—4—2、CD_4—3、CD—4—4 之電極。 ~ ~ =3]圖9(_示畫素圖樣9⑻之負質點極性圖案。 SE2m?f 第顏色分量(即為開關元件 SE—2、SE—4與顏色質點CD—2j、cd」2c 件 CD—2—4、CD_4—I、CD 4 2、CD 4 3 m ~ ~、 性,而第-盘—第—-心又〜D-4-3、CD」-4)具有正極 顏色質辱⑶、f 為開關元件SEJ、SE 3愈 =貝點 CD」J、CD-〗-2,丄3、CD “、c〇 ; /、 ㈣9—,2、CD_3」、CD」~4)具有負極性。圖金音 圖樣910+之正質點極性圖案。在正質點極性圖(案)/,、=素 47 1338797 與第四顏色分量(即為開關元件 叫CD又2,、叫^^ Γ-4-3、CD人4)具有負極性,而第-與第;顏色分;即 為開關元件SEJ、SE—3與顏色質點c〇 =刀里即 。〇丄3、CD丄43—1、CD—3—2、CD ^ 具有正極性。 —~ CD-3-4) + Λ二 ⑷與圖9(b)之畫素圖樣之顯示器而, color dot CD—3j, CD丄2, CD—3_3, cd—3-4: two two', and the switch element SE_4 is coupled to the color dot CD—4 1 , CD—4—2, CD_4—3 , CD-4-4 electrode. ~ ~ =3] Figure 9 (_ shows the negative polarity pattern of the pixel pattern 9 (8). SE2m?f The first color component (that is, the switching element SE-2, SE-4 and the color dot CD-2j, cd) 2c CD —2—4, CD_4—I, CD 4 2, CD 4 3 m ~ ~, sex, and the first disk—the heart—and the D-4-3, CD”-4) have positive color humiliation (3) , f is the switching element SEJ, SE 3, more = bedding CD"J, CD-〗-2, 丄3, CD ", c〇; /, (4) 9-, 2, CD_3", CD"~4) have negative polarity . Figure gold tone Pattern 910+ positive dot polarity pattern. In the positive particle polarity map (case) /, = = 47 1338797 and the fourth color component (that is, the switching element is called CD 2, called ^ ^ Γ -4-3, CD 4) has a negative polarity, and the first - and the first; color points; that is, the switching elements SEJ, SE-3 and the color point c〇 = knife. 〇丄3, CD丄43—1, CD—3—2, CD ^ have positive polarity. —~ CD-3-4) + Λ二 (4) and the pixel of Figure 9(b)
:幸圖框時’所有畫素會具有相同的質點極性 ί如=中的所有顏色質點構成西洋棋盤圖 牵夕鬥+'名、連續的顯不圖框會不斷於兩種質點極性圖 案間刀換。舉例而言’圖9(翁示顯示器_的局部, ,顯示器鶴之畫素p_、Ρ(0,1)、ρ(1,0)、ρ(1,υ均具有 、貝點極性圖案。然而,當換到下_個圖框時,所有的畫 ,均會文換成正質點極性圖案。此外’圖9(e)之畫素圖案 是採用開關元件行反轉驅動機制。 〃: Fortunately, when the frame is framed, all the pixels will have the same particle polarity. For example, all the color points in the = composition will form a checkerboard pattern. The name will be continuous, and the continuous frame will continue to be between the two dot patterns. change. For example, 'Figure 9 (the part of the display _, the display crane picture p_, Ρ (0,1), ρ (1,0), ρ (1, υ have, Bayesian polarity pattern. However When changing to the next frame, all the paintings will be replaced with positive polarity patterns. In addition, the pixel pattern of Fig. 9(e) is a reverse rotation driving mechanism using switching elements.
金[〇〇95]在本發明之某些實施例中,採用不同質點極性 之畫素可具有較均勻的電性分佈,因此本發明之這些實施 例會採用有別於圖9(a)與9(b)之畫素圖樣910之其他晝素 圖樣。圖9(d)-9(e)為依據本發明另一實施例之畫素圖樣93〇 巧點極性圖案。具體而言,畫素圖樣93G包括四個顏色 刀里,而每個顏色分量再分割四個顏色質點。顏色質點 CD—1_1(即為第一顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、 —2—1(即為第二顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、 CD—3_丨(即為第三顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、 CD-4-1 (即為第四顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)構成畫素圖 (S ) 48 1338797 樣930的第一列。顏色質點CDJ—2、CD—2—2、CD 3 2、 CD—4_2構成畫素圖樣91G的第二列。不過,第二列偏移第 一列以使得顏色質點〇)又2鄰接於顏色質點⑶η。顏 CD—U ' CD—2」' CD」—3、CD—4—3 構成畫素圖 ’ 30的第二列’且第三列是與第一列對齊以使得顏色質 .'占CD-1-3郝接於顏色質點CD_2—2。顏色質點CD—1—4、 CD_2_4、CD」_4、CD—4_4構成畫素圖樣930的第四列, • 且第四列是與第二列對齊以使得顏色質點CD—2—4鄰接於 顏色質.點CD」」。畫素圖樣930 ,亦包括元件裝置區域 1、DCA_2、DCA—3、DCA—4,而元件裝置區域 A_1 DCA—2、DCA一3、DCA—4構成畫素圖樣930的第 ^列’且第五列是水平對齊於第一列與第三列。此外,開 關元件 SE_1、SE 2、SE 3a β、 ΠΓΔ l_nr^ — — SE」疋分別位於元件裝置區 二、2、DCA-3、DCA-4,其中開關元㈣ 1 疋耦接至顏色質點CDJJ、CD1_2、CD】3、CD「 •=電極’而開關元件sE_2是柄接至顏色質點CD2Y; 2—2、CD又3、CD_2—4之電極’且開 耗接至顏色質點CD」_卜⑶―3_2、CD33 cd3-^ 二極’又開關元件SE_4是轉接至顏色質點CD “、 CD—4—2、CDj—3、CD—4—4 之電極。 —~ 在倉繪示畫素圖樣93〇~之負質點極性圖案。 =,生,第二與第四顏色分量(即為 、SE—4 與顏色質點 CD—2J、cd 2 2 CD 2 4 ' CD 4 1 . rn 4 ? m , 〜 ~2'3 ' 性了而第-斑Y — —3、CD」」)具有正極 弟”弟二顏色分量(即為開關元件犯」、se 3盥 49 1338797 顏色質點 CD—1_卜 CD_1_2、CD_1_3、CDJ 4、CD 3 1、 CD—3_2、CD—3—3、CD_3—4)具有負極性。圖9(e)繪示畫素 圖樣93 0+之正質點極性圖案。在正質點極性圖案中,第二 與第四顏色分量(即為開關元件SE—2、SE_4與顏色質點 CD—2 J、CD—2—2、CD_2_3、CD—2—4、CD—4—1、CD—4_2、 CD—4一3、CD_4—4)具有負極性,而第一與第三顏色分量(即 為開關元件SE_1、SE_3與顏色質點CD_1J、CD 1 2、 φ CD—l—3、CD—1—4、CD—3J、CD_3—2、CD 3—3、CD_3—4) 具有正極性。 ~ — [0097]同時應用圖9(幻與9(b)的晝素圖樣9l〇(即第— 畫素圖樣)以及圖9(d)與9(e)的畫素圖樣930(即第二畫素圖 樣)之這些晝素需排列成交替列的圖案,其令在同一=中= 畫素均具有相同的質點極性圖案,而在相鄰兩列上的苎素 是,有相異的質點極性圖案。圖9⑴繪示應用此圖案:顯 不器950之局部。具體而言,晝素以叫卜叩^是位於 一列上,並應用圖9(a)與9(b)的畫素圖樣9丨0,且均為 點極性圖案。然而,如前所述,在連續的圖框下,晝二 p(〇,l)、P(l,l)是於負質點極性圖案與正質點極性圖案之門 不斷切換。類似地,晝素"(^…、以^…是位於第二列上曰, 並應用圖9(d)與9(e)的畫素圖樣9丨〇,且具有愈全 ⑽,I)、P( 1,1)相反的質點極性圖案。相較於圖八^去 :口目9(f)之畫素圖案具有較均勻的電性分佈,以 減>、晝面閃爍與串音現象而提升光學品質,ά中 晝素圖案是採用開關^件行反轉驅動機制, 素圖案是採用開關元件點反轉驅動機制。 ·®·Gold [〇〇95] In some embodiments of the present invention, pixels having different particle polarities may have a relatively uniform electrical distribution, and thus these embodiments of the present invention may be different from those of Figures 9(a) and 9 (b) Other elemental patterns of the prime pattern 910. Figures 9(d)-9(e) are diagrams showing a pixel pattern of a pixel pattern according to another embodiment of the present invention. Specifically, the pixel pattern 93G includes four color knives, and each color component is further divided into four color gradations. Color dot CD-1_1 (that is, the first color dot of the first color component), -2-1 (that is, the first color dot of the second color component), CD_3_丨 (that is, the third color) The first color particle of the component), CD-4-1 (that is, the first color particle of the fourth color component) constitutes the first column of the pixel map (S) 48 1338797. The color dot CDJ-2, CD-2-2, CD32, CD-4_2 constitute the second column of the pixel pattern 91G. However, the second column is offset by the first column such that the color dot 〇) and 2 are adjacent to the color dot (3) η. Yan CD-U 'CD-2' 'CD'-3, CD-4-3 constitutes the second column of the picture '30' and the third column is aligned with the first column to make the color quality. 'CD- 1-3 Hao is connected to the color point CD_2-2. The color dots CD-1-4, CD_2_4, CD"_4, CD-4_4 constitute the fourth column of the pixel pattern 930, and the fourth column is aligned with the second column such that the color dot CD-2-4 is adjacent to the color. Quality. Click CD". The pixel pattern 930 also includes component device regions 1, DCA_2, DCA-3, and DCA-4, and the component device regions A_1, DCA-2, DCA-3, and DCA-4 constitute the column '' of the pixel pattern 930' and The five columns are horizontally aligned in the first column and the third column. In addition, the switching elements SE_1, SE 2, SE 3a β, ΠΓΔ l_nr^ — — SE 疋 are respectively located in the component device area 2, 2, DCA-3, DCA-4, wherein the switching element (4) 1 疋 is coupled to the color dot CDJJ , CD1_2, CD] 3, CD "•=electrode' and the switching element sE_2 is the handle to the color dot CD2Y; 2-2, CD 3, CD_2-4 electrode 'and open to the color point CD" (3) ―3_2, CD33 cd3-^ Two-pole' and the switching element SE_4 is the electrode that is transferred to the color dot CD “, CD—4—2, CDj—3, CD—4—4. Pattern 93〇~The negative dot polarity pattern. =, raw, second and fourth color components (ie, SE-4 and color dot CD-2J, cd 2 2 CD 2 4 ' CD 4 1 . rn 4 ? m , ~ ~2'3 'sexuality and the first - spot Y - 3, CD"") has the positive brother "two color components (that is, the switch element is committed), se 3盥49 1338797 color dot CD-1_b CD_1_2, CD_1_3, CDJ 4, CD 3 1, CD-3_2, CD-3-3, CD_3-4 have negative polarity. Fig. 9(e) shows the positive dot polarity pattern of the pixel pattern 93 0+. In the positive dot polarity pattern, the second and fourth color components (ie, switching elements SE-2, SE_4 and color dot CD-2 J, CD-2-2, CD_2_3, CD-2-4, CD-4) 1. CD-4_2, CD-4-3, CD_4-4) have negative polarity, and the first and third color components (ie, switching elements SE_1, SE_3 and color dot CD_1J, CD 1 2, φ CD-1) 3. CD—1-4, CD-3J, CD_3—2, CD 3—3, CD_3—4) have positive polarity. ~ - [0097] At the same time, Figure 9 (the phantom and 9 (b) morpheme pattern 9l 〇 (ie the first pixel pattern) and the 9 (d) and 9 (e) pixel pattern 930 (ie the second The pixels of the pixel pattern need to be arranged in a pattern of alternating columns, so that in the same = medium = pixels have the same pattern of particle polarity, and the pixels in the adjacent two columns are different particles. Polarity pattern. Figure 9 (1) shows the application of this pattern: part of the display 950. Specifically, the pixel is located in a column, and the pixel patterns of Figures 9 (a) and 9 (b) are applied. 9丨0, and both are point polarity patterns. However, as mentioned above, in the continuous frame, 昼2p(〇,l), P(l,l) are negative polarity polarity pattern and positive particle polarity The door of the pattern is constantly switched. Similarly, 昼素"(^...,^^ is located in the second column, and applies the pixel pattern of Figures 9(d) and 9(e), and has The more complete (10), I), P (1, 1) opposite particle polarity patterns. Compared to Figure 8: the pixel pattern of the mouth 9 (f) has a more uniform electrical distribution, to reduce > The surface is flickering and crosstalk, which enhances the optical quality. ^ Is the case using switching element row inversion driving scheme, a pixel pattern using switching element point inversion driving scheme. · ® ·
50 c S 1338797 [0098]圖i〇(a)-i〇(b)為依據本發明另一實施例之具有 :個顏色分量之晝素圖樣1010之質點極性圖案。具體而 一顏色分量可再分割成四個顏色質點。附帶一提的 疋每列上的顏色質點以及元件裝置區域均水平對齊, 使ί于里素圖冑1G1()之形狀為矩形。元件裝置區域 —DCA—2、DCA—3 ' DCA—4 構成畫素圖樣 1〇1〇 的50 c S 1338797 [0098] Figures 〇(a)-i〇(b) are particle dot polar patterns having a color component of a tilde pattern 1010 in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention. Specifically, a color component can be subdivided into four color dots. Incidentally, the color dots on each column and the component device area are horizontally aligned, so that the shape of the lignin 胄1G1() is a rectangle. Component device area - DCA-2, DCA-3 'DCA-4 constitutes a pixel pattern 1〇1〇
於:二ϋΓ:元件SE-1、SE-2、SE-3、se〜4是分別位 *件裝置區域〇匚八—1、〇〇八_2、00八_3、1)(:八—4。顏色 二^丄1(即為第-顏色分量之第-個顏色—質點;、 Γί第二顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、 ~ - ( Ρ為第二顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、 顏色分4之卜個顏色質點)構成晝素圖 樣1〇的弟二列。顏色質點CD—4—2、CD」_2、CD 2 2 ϋ構成晝素圖樣igig的第三列,且顏色質點c—d。 疋鄰接於顏色質點CD丄卜顏色質點CD—L3、CD 2一3—、 3構成晝素圖樣1G1G的第四列,且顏色質 i 4 : L 於顏色質點CD-4-2。最後,顏色質點 的第五--4、CD'2-4、CD」-4構成晝素圖樣1010 CD 1 3 2顏色質點CD-4-4是鄰接於顏色質點 二’開關元件SEJ是輕接至顏色質點 沾—2 —二―I D-L3、CD丄4之電極,關關元件 £-2疋耦接至顏色質點cD_2j ' cD 2 2、 "f; "c〇 Γ; SE-3 SE 4 θ ^ 〜CD—3 j、CD_3—4之電極,又開關元件 SE」疋耦接至顏色質點⑶―4—!、⑶―4—2、cd * 3、 丄338797 CD_4_4之電極。 [〇〇99]圖10⑻繪示畫素圖樣1010-之負質點極性圖 〃。在負質點極性圖案中,第二與第四顏色分量(即為開關 兀件SE_2、SE—4與顏色質點CD2卜⑶2 2CD 2 3、 CD 2 4、CD 4 卜 CD 4 9m … —— & 一 — — 一 ~4-2 CD—4—3、CD_4—4)具有正極 性,而第-與第三顏色分量(即為開關元件se」、se—3與 顏色質點 CD—1J、CD—1」、CDl」、CD一 14、CD—3—t、 CD—3—2、CD_3_3、CD—3—4)具有負極性。1〇⑻綠示主 素圖樣謂+之正質點極性圖案。在正質點極性圖案/ 弟二與第四顏色分量(即為開關元件se 2、兕 點⑶-2」、CD 义 2,3、CD—2—4:CD4^ CD」」、CD_4_4)具有負極性,而第一與第-三顏色分量 為開關元件SE-卜SE-3與顏色質點CDJ卜CD 1 2 CD—U3、CD丄4、CD—3 卜 CD」—2、cd 3 3、cd - 具有正極性。 —— } …_00]以應用圖U)⑻與圖1〇(b)之畫素圖樣職之 不器而言’在-個顯示圖框時’所有畫素會具有 質 Γ性㈣,錢得顯㈤巾的财顏色質點構成西洋i 盤圖案。如前所述’連續的顯示圖框將會不 點 極性圖案之間切換。 5 [00101]圖10(CH0(d)為依據本發明另一實施例之 四個顏色分量之畫素圖樣咖之質點極性圖宰 2 圖樣麵’畫素圖樣顧同樣具有水平對齊的列向2 矩形的形狀。70件裝置區域dCaj、D(:A_2、D : DCA—4構成畫素圖樣删的第―列,且開關元件se-卜 52 SE_2、SE—3、SE—4是分別位於元件裝置區域DCAj、 DCA—2、DCA一3、DCA_4。顏色質點 CD—L1(即為第:顏 色分量之第-個顏色質點)、CD_2J(即為第二顏色分量之' 第-個顏色質點)、CD」」(即為第三顏色分f之第一個顏 色質點)、CD—4_1(即為第四顏色分量之第一個顏色質點; 構成畫素圖樣刪的第二列。顏&fliCD_2_2、cD I·,/ CD—4_2、CD丄2構成畫素圖樣1〇3〇的第三列且顏色柄 ,CD义2是鄰接於顏色f^CDj」。顏色質點cd i 3貝、 、CD」_3、CD—”構成畫素圖樣1〇3〇的第四列, =色質點CD丄3是鄰接於顏色f fi(:D 2 2 样〗μ i — — ~4—4、CD_3—4構成晝素圖 =3的第五列,且顏色f點CD_2—4是鄰接 =十、。此外,開關元件SE」是輕接至顏色質二 SE 一2' 厂⑶力⑶-^之電極^開關元件 —2,接至顏色質點cd_2j、cd—Hu =十,’且開關元件SE—3是轉接-質于:二ϋΓ: Components SE-1, SE-2, SE-3, se~4 are respectively * device area 〇匚8-1, 〇〇8_2, 008_3, 1) (:8 —4. Color 2^丄1 (ie the first color of the first-color component—the particle; Γί the first color of the second color component), ~ - ( Ρ is the first of the second color component The color point), the color is divided into 4 colors, and the color point is the second column of the 昼 图 pattern. The color dot CD-4-2, CD"_2, CD2 2 ϋ constitutes the third column of the igig pattern igig, and the color dot c-d.疋 Adjacent to the color dot CD, the color dot CD-L3, CD 2-3, 3 constitute the fourth column of the alizarin pattern 1G1G, and the color quality i 4 : L is the color dot CD-4-2. Finally, the fifth --4, CD'2-4, CD"-4 of the color dot constitutes the alizarin pattern 1010 CD 1 3 2 color dot CD-4-4 is adjacent to the color dot two 'switching element SEJ is lightly connected To the color point of the stain - 2 - 2 - I D-L3, CD 丄 4 electrode, the closing element £-2 疋 coupled to the color point cD_2j ' cD 2 2, "f;"c〇Γ; SE- 3 SE 4 θ ^ ~ CD—3 j, CD_3—4 electrode, and the switching element SE”疋 is coupled to the color particle (3)—4—!, (3)—4—2, cd*3, 丄338797 CD_4_4 electrode. [〇〇99] Fig. 10(8) shows the negative dot polarity map of the pixel pattern 1010-. In the negative dot polarity pattern, the second and fourth color components (ie, the switch element SE_2, SE-4 and the color dot CD2b (3) 2 2CD 2 3, CD 2 4, CD 4 CD CD 4 9m ... - & One - one ~ 4-2 CD - 4 - 3, CD_4 - 4) has positive polarity, and the first and third color components (ie, switching element se), se-3 and color dot CD-1J, CD- 1", CDl", CD-14, CD-3-t, CD-3-2, CD_3_3, CD-3-4 have negative polarity. 1〇(8) The green color pattern is the positive dot polarity pattern of +. In the positive dot polarity pattern / the second and fourth color components (that is, the switching element se 2, the point (3)-2", the CD meaning 2, 3, CD-2 - 4: CD4 ^ CD"", CD_4_4) has a negative electrode Sex, while the first and third-th color components are switching elements SE-b SE-3 and color dot CDJ Bu CD 1 2 CD-U3, CD丄4, CD-3 CD-2-2, cd 3 3, cd - Has positive polarity. —— } ... _ 00] In the application of Figure U) (8) and Figure 1 〇 (b) of the picture of the picture of the job, in the case of a display frame, all pixels will be qualitative (4), money The color of the color of the (5) towel constitutes the Western i disk pattern. As mentioned above, the continuous display frame will not switch between the polarity patterns. [00101] FIG. 10 (CH0(d) is a pixel pattern polarity of a pixel component of four color components according to another embodiment of the present invention. 2 Pattern surface of the pixel pattern is also horizontally aligned to the column 2 The shape of the rectangle. 70 pieces of device area dCaj, D (: A_2, D: DCA-4 constitute the first column of the pixel pattern, and the switching elements se-b 52 SE_2, SE-3, SE-4 are located in the element Device area DCAj, DCA-2, DCA-3, DCA_4. Color dot CD-L1 (ie, the first color particle of the color component), CD_2J (ie the first color component of the second color component) , CD"" (that is, the first color point of the third color point f), CD - 4_1 (that is, the first color point of the fourth color component; constitute the second column of the pixel pattern deletion. Yan & fliCD_2_2, cD I·, / CD—4_2, CD丄2 constitute the third column of the pixel pattern 1〇3〇 and the color handle, CD meaning 2 is adjacent to the color f^CDj”. Color dot cd i 3 shell, , CD"_3, CD-" constitutes the fourth column of the pixel pattern 1〇3〇, = the color point CD丄3 is adjacent to the color f fi(:D 2 2 like μ μ — — 4-4, CD_3 — 4 composition The fifth column of the prime map = 3, and the color f point CD_2-4 is adjacent = ten. In addition, the switching element SE" is lightly connected to the color quality two SE 2' factory (3) force (3) - ^ electrode ^ switch Component-2, connected to color dot cd_2j, cd-Hu = ten, 'and switching element SE-3 is transit-quality
Ev'r-3-2'CD-3'CD-3-4^^-^^; E4耗接至顏色質點CD人卜⑶“ CD”、 LD—4—4 之電極。 — —一 [〇〇102]圖10(c)繪示全去同& 案。在負質點極性圖案中:ί圖:V。30-之負質點極性圖 元件w、SE_4與顏色fsJc—=㈣顏色分量(即為開關 c^4,cd_41.cd 性,而第-與第三顏色分量 ^HD-4-4)具有正極 顏色質點CD H、CD i 2 3開關凡請少犯-3與 —— —」CDj—3、ct) 1 4、CD 3 】、 — __ *Ev'r-3-2'CD-3'CD-3-4^^-^^; E4 is used to charge the color dot CD person (3) "CD", LD-4-4 electrode. - 1 [〇〇102] Figure 10 (c) shows the all-in-one & In the negative particle polarity pattern: ί: V. 30-negative dot polarity map elements w, SE_4 and color fsJc—= (four) color components (ie, switch c^4, cd_41.cd, and first- and third color components ^HD-4-4) have positive color The dot CD H, CD i 2 3 switch should be less committed -3 and - "CDj-3, ct) 1 4, CD 3 】, — __ *
53 1338797 點 CD_4J、CD_3J、CD—4—2、CD丄2 構成畫素圖樣 ι110 的弟二列,且顏色夤點CD—4一1是鄰接於顏色質點 CDJ_1。顏色質點 CD—1 一3、CD—2_3、CD—1—4、CD 2 4 構成晝素圖樣1110的第四列,且顏色質點CD一丨一3是鄰接 於顏色質點CD一4—1。最後,顏色質點CD_4_3、CD 3 3、 CD_4_4、CD—3_4構成畫素圖樣1〗1 〇的第五列,且顏色質 點CD一4—3是鄰接於顏色質點CDj)。此外,開關元件 SE—1是耦接至顏色質點CD_1_1、CD—1 2、CD 1 3、 CD—1—4之電極,而開關元件SE—2是耦接至53 1338797 Points CD_4J, CD_3J, CD—4—2, CD丄2 constitutes the two columns of the pixel pattern ι110, and the color point CD—4-1 is adjacent to the color point CDJ_1. The color dots CD-1-3, CD-2_3, CD-1-4, and CD24 constitute the fourth column of the tilapia pattern 1110, and the color dot CD 丨3 is adjacent to the color dot CD 4-1. Finally, the color dots CD_4_3, CD 3 3, CD_4_4, and CD_3_4 constitute the fifth column of the pixel pattern 1 〖1 ,, and the color dot CD 4-1 is adjacent to the color dot CDj). In addition, the switching element SE-1 is coupled to the electrodes of the color dots CD_1_1, CD-1 2, CD 1 3, CD-1-4, and the switching element SE-2 is coupled to
Cd_2J、CD—2—2、CD—2—3、CDW[_= SE-3是耦接至顏色質點CD_3 J、CD_3 2、CD 3 3、 CD—3—4之電極,又開關元件SE—4是耦接至顏色質點 CD_4—】、CD 4—2、CD 4 3、CD 4—4 之電極。 、… [001〇5]圖11⑻繪示晝素圖樣111〇(標示為U】〇 )之 質點極性圖案。在負質點極性圖案中,第二與第四紅分 量(即為開關元件SE—2、SE—4與顏色質點cd 2卜 =_2、CD又3、CD—2—4、CD 4_!、CD42 ⑶;3 件性’而第—與第三顏色分量(即為開關元 + E—1、SE—3與顏色質點CD丨卜c CDJ—4、CD」」、CD --」LD-丨」、 性。- — — ---CD—3—4)具有負極 性圖i。在正:不晝素圖樣111〇(標示為111〇+)之正質點極 1:【件點極性圖案中,第二與第四顏色分量(即為 SE—4與顏色: CD 2 3、ΓΓ) 〇 / π -/」、CD 2—2 ' 具有 W —4J、CD」—2、CD—4」、CD_4_4) 、,而第-與第三顏色分量(即為開關元件SEJ、 55 £ SE_3與顏色質點CD—)」、CD」」、CD—】3、】—4、 CD—3J、CD—3—2、CD丄3、CD—3_4)具有正極性。 [00106]以應用圖11(a)與圖1丨(b)之畫素圖樣in〇之顯 不器而言,在一個顯示圖框時,所有畫素會具有相同的質 點極性圖案,而使得顯示器中的所有顏色質點構成西洋棋 盤圖案。如前所述,連續的顯示圖框將會不斷於兩種質點 極性圖案之間切換。 [00】07]圖I2(a)_i2(b)為依據本發明另一實施例之具有 :個顏色分1之畫素圖樣丨2〗〇之質點極性圖案。具體而 a ’畫素圖樣121G之任-顏色分量可再分割成三個顏色質 ••占顏色貝.點CD丄1(即為第一顏色分量之第一個顏色質 點)、CD—2_1(即為第二顏色分量之第一個顏色質點卜 CD—3—1(即為第三顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、Cd_2J, CD—2—2, CD—2-3, CDW[_=SE-3 is the electrode coupled to the color dot CD_3 J, CD_3 2, CD 3 3, CD—3—4, and the switching element SE— 4 is an electrode coupled to the color dot CD_4—], CD 4-2, CD 4 3, CD 4-4. [001〇5] Figure 11 (8) shows the particle polarity pattern of the enamel pattern 111〇 (labeled U 〇). In the negative dot polarity pattern, the second and fourth red components (ie, switching elements SE-2, SE-4 and color dot cd 2b = _2, CD 3, CD 2-4, CD 4_!, CD42) (3); 3 pieces of 'the first and third color components (ie, switch element + E-1, SE-3 and color point CD丨c c CDJ-4, CD"), CD --" LD-丨" , Sex.------CD-3-4) has a negative polarity diagram i. In the positive: non-defective pattern 111〇 (labeled as 111〇+), the positive point of the pole 1: [point polarity pattern, Second and fourth color components (ie SE-4 and color: CD 2 3, ΓΓ) 〇/ π -/", CD 2-1 'has W-4J, CD"-2, CD-4", CD_4_4 ), and the first and third color components (ie, switching element SEJ, 55 £ SE_3 and color dot CD-), CD"", CD-]3,]-4, CD-3J, CD-3- 2. CD丄3, CD—3_4) have positive polarity. [00106] In the case of applying the pixel of Fig. 11 (a) and Fig. 1 (b), in the case of displaying a frame, all pixels will have the same dot polarity pattern, All color dots in the display form a checkerboard pattern. As mentioned earlier, the continuous display frame will continue to switch between the two particle polarity patterns. [00] 07] Figure I2(a)_i2(b) is a particle polarity pattern having a pixel pattern of 1 color in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention. Specifically, the color component of a 'pixel pattern 121G can be subdivided into three color qualities. • The color of the shell. The point CD丄1 (that is, the first color point of the first color component), CD-2_1 ( That is, the first color dot of the second color component is CD-3-1 (that is, the first color dot of the third color component),
56 2^S!'2 CD_2J ^ 質點CD 3 l:〇) 3二極’且開關元件SE—3是耦接至顏色 一—lu—3一2、CD ^ 〇 是耗接至顏色質點⑶:—之電極,又開·件SE一4 [⑻丨〇8]圖12⑷絡示' —4~2、CD-4-3之電極。 案。在負質點極性圖ΐ2ι〇_之負質點極性圖 元件SΜ、SE_4與顏色f : ^第四量(即為開關 CD」J、CD—4_2、CD 4 ^ - ~2、CD-2-3、 色分量(即為開關元件‘/二^ ^3與顏色質點CDJJ、 性。圖12(b)!會示金辛ϋ D」~2、CD'3-3)具有負極 質點極性圖宰中,7- i】正f點極性圖案。在正 SE_2 ^ SE 4 ^. & ^ ^ ( ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ Γη / ,— 貝點 CD-2」、CD—2—2、CD 2 3、 色二^Γ—4—2、⑶人3)具有負極性,而第—與第—三顏 刀置(即為開關元件SEJ、SE〜3與顏色質點cd 里查用圖12⑷與12(b)的畫素圖樣⑵〇之顯示器 二_a :應以乂替列的方式排列成為交替的質點極性圖案, 查、即當偶數列的晝素具有第—質點極性圖案時,奇數列的 ^素則具有第二質點極性圖案。,然而,如前所述,連續的 ‘”,員示圖框將會不斷於兩種質點極性圖案 ⑷ 率列上,並為負極性態樣(negative polarity type)(亦即為 負質點極性圖案),而畫素,,…叩⑼便位於第二列上,56 2^S!'2 CD_2J ^ dot CD 3 l: 〇) 3 two poles' and the switching element SE-3 is coupled to the color one - lu - 3 - 2, CD ^ 〇 is consumed to the color point (3): - the electrode, and open SE SE 4 [(8) 丨〇 8] Figure 12 (4) shows the electrode of '-4~2, CD-4-3. case. Negative particle polarity map ΐ2ι〇_ negative particle polarity map elements SΜ, SE_4 and color f: ^ fourth quantity (ie switch CD) J, CD-4_2, CD 4 ^ - ~ 2, CD-2-3, The color component (that is, the switching element '/ two ^ ^ 3 and the color dot CDJJ, sex. Figure 12 (b)! will show Jin Xinyi D" ~ 2, CD '3-3) has a negative polarity point map, 7-i] positive f-point polarity pattern. In positive SE_2 ^ SE 4 ^. & ^ ^ ( ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ Γη / , - Bay Point CD-2", CD-2-2, CD 2 3, color 2^Γ—4—2, (3) person 3) has a negative polarity, and the first and the third-three-knife set (ie, the switching elements SEJ, SE~3 and the color dot cd are used in Figures 12(4) and 12(b) The picture of the pixel (2) 显示器 display _a: should be arranged in an alternate way to become an alternating particle polarity pattern, check, that is, when the even-numbered columns have the first-particle polarity pattern, the odd-numbered columns Has a second dot polarity pattern. However, as described above, the continuous '", the frame of the member will continue to be on the two particle polarity pattern (4) rate, and is a negative polarity type (negative polarity type) ( That is, negative particle polarity pattern), while painting Prime, ... 叩 (9) is located in the second column,
57 S 並為正極性態樣(亦即為正質點極性圖案)。如此一來,當 y為偶數時,晝素p(x,y)便具有第一極性態樣,而當y為奇 數時,畫素P(X,y)便具有第二極性態樣。此外,圖12(幻之 畫素圖案是採用開關元件點反轉驅動機制。 [00110]然而,圖12(C)之顯示器在相鄰兩列的邊界上會 出現不對稱的顏色分佈’所以本發明之某些實施例會進一57 S is a positive polarity (ie, a positive dot polarity pattern). Thus, when y is an even number, the pixel p(x, y) has a first polarity aspect, and when y is an odd number, the pixel P(X, y) has a second polarity aspect. In addition, Fig. 12 (the phantom pixel pattern is a switching element dot inversion driving mechanism. [00110] However, the display of Fig. 12(C) exhibits an asymmetrical color distribution on the boundary of two adjacent columns. Certain embodiments of the invention will advance
步同時應用另-種晝素圖樣以及圖12⑻與12(b)之畫素圖 樣。圖12(d)-12(e)為依據本發明另一實施例之具有四個顏 色分篁之畫素圖樣1230之質點極性圖案。具體而言,畫素 圖樣123G之任-顏色分量可再分贼三麵色質點。顏色At the same time, another morphological pattern and the pixel patterns of Figs. 12(8) and 12(b) are applied. Figures 12(d)-12(e) are particle dot patterns of a pixel pattern 1230 having four color bifurcations in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention. Specifically, the color component of the pixel pattern 123G can be divided into three color points of the thief. colour
質點CDJ一 1(即為第一顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、 CD—2一 1(即為第二顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、 CD—3一丨(即為第三顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、 CD—4_1(即為第四顏色分量之第—個顏色質點)構成晝素圖 樣丨230的第一列。顏色質點CD—1-2、CD_2一2、CD—3—2、 D_4一2構成畫素圖樣123〇的第二列。不過,第二列偏移 第一列以使得顏色質點CD又2鄰接於顏色質點CD丨卜 顏色質點CDJ—3、CD_2_3、CD—3—3、CD」—3構成晝素 f樣1230的第三列’且第三列是與第-列對齊以使得顏色 ^點CD—L3鄰接於顏色質.點CD—2—2。畫素圖樣1230亦 包括形成一列之元件裝置區域DCA_1、DCA_2、DCA 3、 DCA—4二而崎些元件裝置區域構成畫素圖樣的第四 列’且第四列是與第二列對齊。此外,開關元件SE」、 SE_2、SE—3、SE—4是分別位於元件裝置區域、 DC:A—2 ' DCA〜3、DCA-4,其中開關元件SEJ是搞接至The dot CDJ-1 (that is, the first color dot of the first color component), CD-2-1 (that is, the first color dot of the second color component), and CD-3 (ie, the third color) The first color particle of the component, CD-4_1 (i.e., the first color particle of the fourth color component) constitutes the first column of the elementary pattern 丨230. The color dot CD-1-2, CD_2-2, CD-3-2, D_4-2 constitute the second column of the pixel pattern 123〇. However, the second column is offset from the first column such that the color dot CD 2 is adjacent to the color dot CD, the color dot CDJ-3, CD_2_3, CD-3-3, CD"-3 constitutes the first element of the pixel 1230. The three columns 'and the third column are aligned with the first column such that the color ^ point CD - L3 is adjacent to the color quality. The dot CD - 2 - 2. The pixel pattern 1230 also includes a row of component device regions DCA_1, DCA_2, DCA 3, DCA-4, and a portion of the component device region that constitutes the fourth column of the pixel pattern and the fourth column is aligned with the second column. In addition, the switching elements SE", SE_2, SE-3, SE-4 are respectively located in the component device area, DC: A-2 'DCA~3, DCA-4, wherein the switching element SEJ is connected to
c S 58 UJ8797 顏色負點 CD 1 1、CD 1 9、rn ϊ。 SP 9…' - - CDJ-3之電極,而開關元付 SE—2疋耦接至顏色質點CD—2J、cd 2 2、c ,’且開關元件SE_3是輕接至顏色質點⑶—" 質以 貝,‘,.占 CD」J、CD—4_2、CD一4—3 之電極。 荦。i〇〇=J广)繪示畫素圖樣1230·之負質點極性圖 元件SE 2 ^ 第顏色分量(即為開關 件 SE_2、SE—4 與顏色質點 CD—2J、CD—2j、c CD—4J、CD_4 2、CD—4—3)具有正極性第第: 性;圓12::1:3佥了-3-1、3-2、⑶-3-3)具有負極 質點==第圖^ SE2、SF4: 第四顏色分量(即為開關元件 —2 SE—4與顏色質點CD—2J、%2 2、⑶ ?:4二卜CD人2、CD丄3)具有負極性,而第一盘第-三顏 '夏(即為開關元件SEJ、SE」與顏色質點⑶丄丨:、 性厂一、CD—L3、CD—3」、CD-3-2、CD-3」)具有正極 ⑵〇=2]ΐΓ同時應用圖12⑷、12⑻之畫素圖樣 第樣则12⑷、i2(e)之畫相樣⑽(即 :一素圖樣)的顯示器的晝素而言,其應以交替( 二:ΐ交替的質點極性圖案’且同-列上的畫素是且i 而:干圖案。圖12(0緣示顯示器1250的局部, 的應用前述之圖案。為求清楚,每個書素 、巳疋用陰影標不,而此陰影僅用於解釋圖⑽,且益c S 58 UJ8797 Color negative point CD 1 1, CD 1 9, rn ϊ. SP 9...' - - The electrode of CDJ-3, and the switch element pay SE-2 is coupled to the color dot CD-2J, cd 2 2, c, 'and the switching element SE_3 is lightly connected to the color point (3) -" The quality is in the shell, ',. Occupy CD' J, CD-4_2, CD 3-4 electrode. Hey. I〇〇=J Guang) painted pixel pattern 1230· negative particle polarity map element SE 2 ^ color component (ie, switch parts SE_2, SE-4 and color dot CD-2J, CD-2j, c CD- 4J, CD_4 2, CD—4—3) have positive polarity: first; round 12::1:3 -3- -3-1, 3-2, (3)-3-3) with negative particle == ^ SE2, SF4: The fourth color component (that is, the switching element - 2 SE - 4 and the color dot CD - 2J, % 2 2, (3) ?: 4 2 CD CD 2, CD 丄 3) has a negative polarity, and the A plate of the first - San Yan 'summer (that is, switching elements SEJ, SE) and color points (3) 丄丨:, sex factory one, CD-L3, CD-3", CD-3-2, CD-3") has The positive electrode (2) 〇 = 2] ΐΓ simultaneously applies the pixel elements of Fig. 12 (4), 12 (8), and then 12 (4), i2 (e), the similarity of the display (10) (ie: a prime pattern) of the display element, which should be alternated (2: ΐ alternating particle polarity pattern ' and the pixels on the same-column are and i: dry pattern. Figure 12 (0 indicates the part of the display 1250, the application of the aforementioned pattern. For clarity, each book Prime, 巳疋 use the shadow to mark, and this shadow is only used to explain the figure (10), and benefits
59 S 1338797 任何功能上的意義。具體而言,畫素P(〇,丨)、p^59 S 1338797 Any functional meaning. Specifically, pixels P (〇, 丨), p^
第-列上’並應用圖】2⑷、】2(b)之畫素圖樣121/位於 ,負質點極性圖案。然而,如前所述而在連續的圖框=均 每個晝素的質點極性圖案會不斷於正質點極性圖案: 點極性圖案之間切換。晝素P(0,0)、P(!,〇)是位於第二列貝貝 並應用圖12(d)、12(e)之畫素圖樣1230,且亦為負讲愛上, :圖案。圖12(f)之畫素圖案是採用開關元件行反轉::: [00113]儘管相較於圖12(c)之畫素圖案而言圖丨 之畫素圖案具有較佳的色彩分佈,不過本發明之某些實 例仍應用圖12(c)之畫素圖案以替換圖〗2(f)之畫素g案匕 其中圖12⑷之畫素圖案是採用開關元件點反轉驅動機 制’、而圖〗2(f)之畫素圖案是採關關元件行反轉驅動機 制。14是因為相較於開關元件行反轉驅動機制而言,開關 元件點反轉驅動機制可減少畫面閃爍或是串音現 光學品質。 # [00114]本發明之許多實施例可製作為7英吋(丨叫1^寬 巧WVGA 800x480解析度規袼之彩色顯㈣,而此顯示 器是採用開關元件點反轉驅動機制。此寬螢幕顯示器之解 析度在水平方向的解析度為800個畫素,且在垂直方向為 彻個畫素。此外,此彩色畫素的尺寸是高丨9〇>且寬 1 曰90#m。每個畫素可利用彩色濾光材料而分成三個顏色分 里(即紅、綠與藍色)。如此一來,寬視頻圖像陣列在水平 方向的解析度為2400(800x3)個顏色分量,且在垂直方向為 480個顏色分量。每個顏色分量的理論尺寸是寬且In the first column, and the application map] 2(4), 2(b), the pixel pattern 121/ is located, and the negative dot polarity pattern. However, as described above, in the continuous frame = the pattern of the particle polarity of each element will continue to switch between the positive dot polarity pattern: the dot polarity pattern. Alizarin P(0,0), P(!,〇) is the pixel of the second column and applies the pixel pattern 1230 of Fig. 12(d), 12(e), and is also negative for love, : pattern . The pixel pattern of Fig. 12(f) is inverted by the switching element row::: [00113] Although the pixel pattern of the figure has a better color distribution than the pixel pattern of Fig. 12(c), However, some examples of the present invention still apply the pixel pattern of FIG. 12(c) to replace the pixel case of FIG. 2(f), wherein the pixel pattern of FIG. 12(4) is a switching element dot inversion driving mechanism', The pixel pattern of Fig. 2(f) is the reverse driving mechanism of the component. 14 is because the switching element dot inversion driving mechanism can reduce the flickering of the picture or the optical quality of the crosstalk as compared with the row inversion driving mechanism of the switching element. # [00114] Many embodiments of the present invention can be fabricated in 7 inches (a squeaking 1^ wide WVGA 800x480 resolution color display (4), and this display is a switching element dot inversion driving mechanism. This wide screen The resolution of the display has a resolution of 800 pixels in the horizontal direction and a complete pixel in the vertical direction. Further, the size of the color pixel is 丨9〇> and the width is 1 曰90#m. The pixels can be divided into three color fractions (ie, red, green, and blue) using color filter materials. Thus, the resolution of the wide video image array in the horizontal direction is 2400 (800 x 3) color components. And in the vertical direction is 480 color components. The theoretical size of each color component is wide and
60 (S 1338797 高190.5 μπι,不過,有部份區域是要用於設置為元件裝置 區域。此外,顯示器共有480列,且每一列向上共有2400 個開關元件。元件裝置區域是由開關元件(薄膜電晶體)與 儲存電容所組成,且元件裝置區域的理論尺寸是寬63.5μηι 且高38.0μηι。然而,考量垂直與水平質點間距的因素後’ 元件裝置區域的實際尺寸是寬55.5μηι且高35.0μπι。 [00115]在顯示面板的製作過程中,可使用默克公司 (Merck)所生產的垂直配向液晶,如型號MLC-6884之具有 負介電異向性(negative dielectric anisotropy)特性之垂直配 向液晶。日本日產化學工業株式會社(Nissan Chemical Industrial Limited)生產型號 SE-5300 之聚亞醢胺(p〇丨yimide, PI)可用於達成無預傾角的垂直液晶配向效果,且無需要進 行摩擦配向(rubbing)的步驟。其他型號之垂直配向聚亞醯 胺亦可達到垂直液晶配向的效果,諸如日產之垂直配向聚 亞醯胺 SE-121 卜 SE-7511L、RN-1566、RN-1681 以及日本 合成橡膠株式會社(Japan Synthetic Rubber Corporation, JSR)之垂直配向聚亞醯胺 AL1H659、AL60101、 JALS688-R11、JALS-2096-R14。其他由默克公司所生產的 垂直配向液晶的型號尚包括MLC-6008、MLC-6609、 MLC-6610、MLC-6882、MLC-6883、MLC-6885、 MLC-6886。相較於其他採用突起物或是銦錫氧化物溝槽幾 何形狀之多域垂直配向液晶顯示器而言,本發明之面板的 製作過程是無需進行摩擦配向的步驟,且上下基板在對組 時亦無需高精準的對位。此外,在不同顏色質點與元件裝 置區域之間的連接導線(可為銦錫氧化物材質)的寬度為 (S ) 1338797 3 μιη ’而上下偏振片是貼附於而起p 距__約略介於2.0μηι〜'3^。且―般的液晶層間 [〇〇m]在本發明之-個特巧__,_ 圖7⑷_7(b)以及圖7⑷_7⑷之畫素圖樣、質點極性圖= 畫素排列方式,其中每個顏色分量示分割成四個顏色/質 點。如此-來,每個顏色f點的理論尺寸是寬63 一且高 38.1μηι。然而,考量垂直與水平質點間距的因素後,60 (S 1338797 is 190.5 μπι high, however, some areas are used to set the component device area. In addition, there are 480 columns in the display, and there are 2400 switching elements in each column. The component device area is made up of switching elements (film The transistor is composed of a storage capacitor and the theoretical size of the component device area is 63.5 μm and 38.0 μm. However, considering the factor of the vertical and horizontal dot spacing, the actual size of the component device area is 55.5 μm and 35.0 higher. [00115] In the manufacturing process of the display panel, a vertical alignment liquid crystal produced by Merck, such as the vertical alignment of the negative dielectric anisotropy characteristic of the model MLC-6884, can be used. Liquid crystal. Nissan Chemical Industrial Limited produces polyacetamide (PI) of model SE-5300 to achieve vertical liquid crystal alignment without pretilt angle, and no need for friction alignment (rubbing) steps. Other models of vertical alignment polyamines can also achieve vertical liquid crystal alignment. For example, Nissan's vertical alignment polyamines SE-121, SE-7511L, RN-1566, RN-1681, and Japan Synthetic Rubber Corporation (JSR), vertical alignment polyamines AL1H659, AL60101, JALS688 -R11, JALS-2096-R14. Other models of vertical alignment liquid crystal produced by Merck include MLC-6008, MLC-6609, MLC-6610, MLC-6882, MLC-6883, MLC-6885, MLC- 6886. Compared with other multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal displays using protrusions or indium tin oxide trench geometries, the fabrication process of the panel of the present invention is a step without friction alignment, and the upper and lower substrates are in pairs. There is no need for high-precision alignment. In addition, the width of the connecting wire (which can be indium tin oxide) between the different color dots and the device device area is (S) 1338797 3 μιη ' and the upper and lower polarizers are attached. Therefore, the distance p from __ is approximately between 2.0 μηι and '3^. And the general liquid crystal layer [〇〇m] is in the present invention - a special trick __, _ Fig. 7 (4) _7 (b) and Fig. 7 (4) _ 7 (4) Prime pattern, particle polarity map = pixel arrangement Wherein each color component shown divided into four color / quality point so -., The theoretical size of each color dot is f and a width of 63 high 38.1μηι However, considerations horizontal and vertical dot pitch, the
裝置區域的實際尺寸是寬55.5Rm且高35丨pm。The actual size of the device area is 55.5 Rm wide and 35 pm high.
[00117]在本發明之另—個特定實施例中,顯示器是應 用圖5(d)_5(f)之畫素圖樣、f點極㈣案與畫素排财 式,其中每個顏色分量示分割成四個顏色質點。如此一來, 每個顏色負點的理論尺寸是寬63.5μπι且高47 8μηι。然而, 考里垂直與水平鲁.點間距的因素後,元件裝置區域的實際 尺寸是1 55.5μΓη且尚44·8μπι。在5伏特的外加電壓下, 依據本發明概念之顯示器可達到高於7〇〇對比度之顯示效 果。再者,此顯示器具有非常廣的視角(對比度大於5之範 圍),且此視角尚需依據貼附於面板上的偏振片而定。本發 明眾多的實施例主要是使用四種類型的偏振片:一般線性 偏振片(不含多域垂直配向廣視角光學補償膜),多域垂直 配向廣視角偏振片(貼附多域垂直配向廣視角光學補償 膜)’ 一般圓偏振片(不含多域垂直配向廣視角光學補償膜) 以及多域垂直配向廣視角圓偏振片(貼附多域垂直配向廣 視角光學補償膜)。多域垂直配向廣視角光學補償膜(〇ptical compensation film)具有負雙折射之單軸(uniaxial)以及雙軸 (biaxial)薄膜’造成總共約_i〇〇nm〜-3〇〇nm的延遲值 (:S ) 62 1338797 (retardation)。具體而言,以使用一般線性偏振片且不含多 域垂直配向廣視角光學補償膜之顯示器而言’其水平或垂 直方向區域的視角是大於土85。’而兩個對角線方向區域的 視角亦大於±50 。此外,以使用多域垂直配向廣視角偏振[00117] In another specific embodiment of the present invention, the display is applied to the pixel pattern of FIG. 5(d)_5(f), the f-point pole (four) case, and the pixel-depleting formula, wherein each color component is shown. Split into four color dots. As a result, the theoretical size of each color negative point is 63.5 μm wide and 47 8 μηη high. However, after the vertical and horizontal Lu and dot spacing factors of the test, the actual size of the component device area is 1 55.5 μΓ and still 44·8 μm. At an applied voltage of 5 volts, the display according to the inventive concept can achieve a display effect of higher than 7 〇〇 contrast. Furthermore, the display has a very wide viewing angle (contrast ratio greater than 5), and this viewing angle depends on the polarizing plate attached to the panel. The numerous embodiments of the present invention mainly use four types of polarizing plates: general linear polarizing plates (excluding multi-domain vertical alignment wide viewing angle optical compensation film), multi-domain vertical alignment wide viewing angle polarizing plates (attached to multi-domain vertical alignment) Viewing angle optical compensation film) 'General circular polarizing plate (excluding multi-domain vertical alignment wide viewing angle optical compensation film) and multi-domain vertical alignment wide viewing angle circular polarizing plate (attached multi-domain vertical alignment wide viewing angle optical compensation film). Multi-domain vertical alignment wide viewing angle optical compensation film (unipolar) and biaxial film with negative birefringence cause a total delay value of about _i〇〇nm~-3〇〇nm (:S ) 62 1338797 (retardation). Specifically, the viewing angle of the horizontal or vertical direction region of the display using a general linear polarizing plate and containing no multi-domain vertical alignment wide viewing angle optical compensation film is larger than the soil 85. 'The angle of view of the two diagonal directions is also greater than ±50. In addition, to use a multi-domain vertical alignment for wide viewing angle polarization
片搭配多域垂直配向廣視角光學補償膜之顯示器而言,其 各方向區域的視角均是大於士 85。。另外,相較於線偏振片 而言’圓偏振片可增加兩倍的光穿透率…ptical transmission)。亦即,使用多域垂直配向圓偏振片之顯示器 可同時提升光穿透率與視角。For a display with a multi-domain vertical alignment wide viewing angle optical compensation film, the viewing angle in each direction region is larger than ±85. . In addition, the 'circular polarizer can increase the light transmittance by twice as compared to the linear polarizer. That is, a display using a multi-domain vertical alignment circular polarizing plate can simultaneously improve light transmittance and viewing angle.
[〇〇丨18]儘官開關元件點反轉驅動機制可降低畫面閃 爍與串音現象,可是相較於開關元件列反轉驅動機制或開 關凡件行反轉驅動機制而言,採用開關元件點反轉驅動機 制之顯不器會消耗較多的切換功率(switching p〇wer),並具 有較问的驅動積體電路(lntegrated Circuit, IC)成本與製作 複雜度。所以,為減少前述之缺點’本發明亦有提出可採 用開關元件行反轉驅動機制之畫素圖案(如前所述)以及採 用開關元件列反轉驅動機制之晝素圖案(將會於後說明)。 相較於開關71:件订反轉驅動機制而言,採關關元件點反 轉驅動機制之顯示器可於較低電壓下驅動以消耗較少的切 換電源,並具有較低的驅動積體電路成本,不過會有 的畫面閃爍與串音現象。 [〇=9]圖13⑻為依據本發明另—實施例之一種 畫素《⑽。擴展畫素㈣於前述之畫素便在於 汽广μ之顏色貝點疋向外擴展,以使得這些擴展畫素可 以彼此交錯(丨_丨叫。具體心圖丨軟擴展畫素圖 63 < S ) 色質:二? 而每個顏色分量又分割為四個 =。顏色質點CDJJ(即為第一顏色分量之第一個 顏色貝點,亦可稱為第一序—顏色質點)、CD 2 1(即為第 二顏色分量之第—個顏色質點,亦可稱為第序二顏色;[〇〇丨18] The function of the point switching inversion of the switching element can reduce the flicker and crosstalk of the picture, but the switching element is used compared to the column inversion driving mechanism of the switching element or the row inversion driving mechanism of the switch. The display of the dot inversion driving mechanism consumes more switching power and has a higher cost and complexity of the integrated integrated circuit (IC). Therefore, in order to reduce the aforementioned disadvantages, the present invention also proposes a pixel pattern (as described above) which can adopt a switching element row inversion driving mechanism and a pixel pattern using a switching element column inversion driving mechanism (will be later) Description). Compared with the switch 71: part inversion driving mechanism, the display of the off-point component inversion driving mechanism can be driven at a lower voltage to consume less switching power, and has a lower driving integrated circuit. Cost, but there will be flickering and crosstalk. [〇=9] Fig. 13 (8) shows a pixel "(10) according to another embodiment of the present invention. The extended pixels (4) in the above-mentioned pixels are spread out in the color of the scalloped μ, so that these expanded pixels can be interlaced with each other (丨_丨叫. The specific heart map 丨 soft expanded pixel map 63 < S) Chroma: two? And each color component is divided into four =. The color point CDJJ (that is, the first color point of the first color component, which may also be referred to as the first order color point), and CD 2 1 (that is, the first color point of the second color component, may also be called For the second order color;
㈣為第三顏色分量之第-個顏色質點IS 冉·’、·序二顏色質點)構成畫素圖樣π⑺的第一列。不 過這些顏色質點彼此至少間隔—個顏色質點的寬度,以使 其他畫素的顏色質點可以穿插至其t。顏色ffiCDj〜2、(4) The first column of the pixel pattern π(7) is formed by the first color point IS 冉·', the second color point of the third color component. However, these color dots are at least spaced from each other by the width of a color dot so that the color pixels of other pixels can be interspersed to their t. Color ffiCDj~2
CD—2—2、CD」_2(亦可分別稱為第二序一顏色質點、第二 顏色質點、第二序三顏色質點)構成畫素圖樣i3i〇的 第一列h同第一列之顏色質點,顏色質點cd—】—2、 CD—3_2彼此至少亦間隔一個顏色質點的寬度。 再者’擴展晝素圖樣1310之第二列偏移第—列以使得顏色 質點CD—2—2鄰接於顏色質點CD—丨」、CD」」之間的空 隙。擴展畫素圖樣1310之第三列為元件裝置區域列向,並 且是由元件裝置區域DCA—卜DCA_2、DCA—3所構成。為 求,稱排列’每個元件裂置區域的寬度等於兩個顏色質點 的莧度加上水平質點間距。不過本發明之某些實施例是應 用畫素圖樣1210的變形,而其元件裝置區域之寬度便與顏 色質點的寬度相同(稍後會再詳述)。開關元件SE_卜SE_2、 SE—3是分別位於元件裝置區域DCA」、DC、2、dca_3。 顏色質點CD一 1—3、CD_2_3、CD_3_3(亦可分別稱為第三序 一顏色質點、第三序二顏色質點、第三序三顏色質點)構成 畫素圖樣1310的第四列,而且彼此至少亦間隔一個顏色質 點的寬度。第四列是與第一列對齊以使得顏色質點CDJ_3CD—2—2, CD”_2 (also referred to as second order-one color point, second color point, second-order three-color point, respectively) constitutes the first column h of the pixel pattern i3i〇 and the first column The color dot, the color dot cd—]-2, CD-3_2 are at least spaced apart from each other by the width of one color dot. Furthermore, the second column of the expanded tilde pattern 1310 is offset from the first column such that the color dot CD-2-2 is adjacent to the gap between the color dots CD-丨, CD"". The third column of the extended pixel pattern 1310 is the element device region column direction, and is composed of the device device regions DCA-b DCA_2, DCA-3. For the sake of the arrangement, the width of the arrangement of each element is equal to the width of the two color points plus the horizontal particle spacing. However, some embodiments of the present invention apply a variation of the pixel pattern 1210, and the width of the component device area is the same as the width of the color dot (more details will be described later). The switching elements SE_b, SE_2, SE-3 are located in the component device regions DCA", DC, 2, and dca_3, respectively. The color points CD 1-3, CD_2_3, CD_3_3 (also referred to as the third order one color point, the third order two color point, and the third order three color point respectively) constitute the fourth column of the pixel pattern 1310, and each other At least the width of one color dot is also spaced. The fourth column is aligned with the first column to make the color dot CDJ_3
(S 64 丄JJO/y/ C是水平對齊於顏色質點CDJJ。顏色質點cd丄4、 序一—_^3—4(亦可分別稱為第四序—顏色質點、第四 ^色貝點、第四序三顏色質點)構成畫素圖樣mo的 列3盘笛而彼此至少亦間隔—個顏色f‘_寬度。第五 列對齊以使得顏色質點%2—4是鄰接於顏色 匕位--3、CD-2-3之間的空隙。此外,開關元件SE一 1 a 匕貝占 J、CDJ—2、CD—1_3、CD—l_4(這(S 64 丄JJO/y/ C is horizontally aligned to the color dot CDJJ. Color dot cd丄4, sequence one—_^3—4 (may also be called fourth order—color dot, fourth color bake point The fourth sequence of three color dots) constitutes the column 3 flute of the pixel pattern mo and is at least spaced apart from each other by a color f'_width. The fifth column is aligned such that the color dot %2-4 is adjacent to the color clamp - -3, the gap between CD-2-3. In addition, the switching element SE-1a mu occupies J, CDJ-2, CD-1_3, CD_l_4 (this
可稱為序一顏色質點)之電極,而開-關元件 SE_2疋耦接至顏色質點、cD_2_2、cD_2 3、 CD一2_4(足些顏色質點亦可稱為序二顏色質點)之電極,且 開關元件SE—3是耗接至顏色質點CD—3J、C[)义2、 CD—3—3、CD丄4(這些顏色質點亦可稱為序三顏色質 之電極。An electrode of the order-color element), and the on-off element SE_2疋 is coupled to an electrode of a color dot, cD_2_2, cD_2 3, CD-2_4 (some color dots may also be referred to as a two-color dot), and The switching element SE-3 is consumed by the color dots CD-3J, C[), 2, CD-3, and CD4 (these color dots may also be referred to as the electrodes of the three colors).
曰[00120]換句話說’擴展晝素圖樣l3l〇之第一顏色分 里具有四個顏色質點,其中顏色質點CD—丨」、CD—丨—2構 成第一右左鋸齒圖案,而顏色質點CD—】一3、CDj—4構成 第二右左鋸齒圖案,且第一右左鋸齒圖案、第二右左鋸齒 圖案又可稱為序-鋸齒圖案。此處之右左鋸齒圖案意為第 二個顏色質點(即顏色質點CDJ一2、CDJ_4)是位在第一個 顏色質點(即顏色質點CD_l_l、CD一匕3)的左下方。第一右 左鋸齒圖案是與第二右左鋸齒圖案水平對齊,但被元件裝 置區域DCA_l垂直分離。類似地’擴展畫素圖樣丨3丨〇之 第二顏色分量與第三顏色分量亦分別具有四個顏色質點, 其中這四個顏色質點構成兩個水平對齊之右左鋸齒圖案, 且這兩個右左鋸齒圖案是被元件裝置區域垂直分離,又這曰[00120] In other words, 'the first color of the expanded enamel pattern l3l〇 has four color points, of which the color dot CD-丨, CD-丨-2 constitutes the first right-left zigzag pattern, and the color dot CD - 3 - CDj - 4 form a second right-left zigzag pattern, and the first right-left zigzag pattern and the second right-left zigzag pattern may also be referred to as a sequence-sawtooth pattern. The right-left zigzag pattern here means that the second color dot (ie, the color dot CDJ-2, CDJ_4) is located at the lower left of the first color dot (ie, the color dot CD_l_l, CD 匕3). The first right-left zigzag pattern is horizontally aligned with the second right-left zigzag pattern, but is vertically separated by the component device area DCA_1. Similarly, the second color component and the third color component of the 'extended pixel pattern 丨3丨〇 respectively have four color dots, wherein the four color dots constitute two horizontally aligned right-left zigzag patterns, and the two right-left The sawtooth pattern is vertically separated by the component device area, and this
65 (.S 1338797 些右左鋸齒圖案又可分別對應稱為序二鋸齒圖案以及序三 鋸齒圖案。在晝素圖樣1310中,這些顏色分量是垂直: 齊,並水平偏移至少一個顏色質點的寬度。 _21]畫侧樣131〇的這魏色質點是分佈於 =圖錢同i色中。此__主要優點便在於擴展 旦素圖樣1310的全部顏色質點的極性均為相同。圖 即為擴展畫素圖# 1310之正質點極性圖案,在正質點極性65 (.S 1338797) These right-left zigzag patterns can be respectively referred to as a sequence of two sawtooth patterns and a sequence of three sawtooth patterns. In the elementary pattern 1310, these color components are vertical: aligned and horizontally offset by at least one color dot width. _21] This Wei color point of the painting side is distributed in the same color as the i color. The main advantage of this __ is that the polarities of all the color points of the extended denier pattern 1310 are the same. Pixel map # 1310 positive dot polarity pattern, in positive particle polarity
圖案中’所有的顏色質點與開關元件均具有正極性‘· 地,在負質點極性圖案中,所有的顏色質點與開關元件均 具有負極性。將這些擴展晝素圖樣彼此交錯,即 器之顏色質點的極性構成—個完整的西洋·而^ 將會於後詳述。 而此 吝[_22]應期13⑻之擴展畫素圖樣的顯示器可將這 旦素排列成不同的格式。舉例而言,本發明 是將擴展畫素以列向進行交錯,一頁把例 去以部份貫_是將擴展晝In the pattern, all of the color dots and the switching elements have a positive polarity, and in the negative dot polarity pattern, all the color dots and the switching elements have a negative polarity. These extended tilapia patterns are interlaced with each other, and the polarity of the color points of the device is composed of a complete singularity and will be detailed later. And this [吝22] 13 (8) extended pixel design display can arrange the elements into different formats. For example, the present invention is to interleave the extended pixels in a column direction, and the one-page example is to be partially extended.
\二了 ^其他實施例將擴展畫素同時以行向 以及列向進行交錯。圖13晴示顯示器13 顯示器丨是將擴展畫素以列向進行交錯。具體二圖 I3(b)之三個晝素卿)、p_、p㈣是位於同行中 1 =二同為求清楚表示,不同畫素之顏色質點是 列之畫素部份重疊(除丁顯示哭 —I、相4 列)。具體而言,某—列晝素之:的上上方與最下方的那- 顏色質點之間的空隙填滿:、兴制:點會將相鄰列畫素之 素糊便與顯示器第二之舉二顯示器卜列之畫 步7幻之畫素P(0,0)重疊。詳細而言, 66 (S ) 1338797 畫素P(0,0)之顏色質點CD_1_1是將畫素P(0,丨)之顏色質點 CD一 1 一4與元件裝置區域DCA一1之間的空隙填滿,而畫素 P(〇,〇)之顏色質點CD一2J是將晝素P(0J)之顏色質點 CD一2_4與元件裝置區域DCA一2之間的空隙填滿(此空隙亦 為晝素P(〇, 1)之顏色質點CD—1_3、CD_2_3之間的空隙), 且畫素P(〇,〇)之顏色質點CD_3一丨是將晝素p(〇, 1)之顏色質 點CD一3一4與元件裝置區域DCA_3之間的空隙填滿(此空 隙亦為畫素P(0,1)之顏色質點CD_2—3、CD—3_3之間的空 隙)。此外,畫素P(〇,〇)之顏色質點CD—2—2是將晝素p(〇1) 之顏色質點CD一1—4、CD_2—4之間的空隙填滿,而畫素 P(0,0)之顏色夤點CD—3—2是將畫素p(〇,丨)之顏色質點 (:〇一2一4、〇0_3—4之間的空隙填滿。晝素{)(〇,丨)之其他間 隙將會被畫素P(〇,2)之顏色質點所填滿。詳細而言,晝素 P(〇,2)之顏色質點 CD—2—3、CD_3_3、CD—2一4、CD_3_4 是 分別將畫素P(〇,l)之顏色質點CD—1J、CD_2_1、顏色質 點CD—2—1、CD—3J、顏色質點CD」—2、CD 2—2、顏色 貝點CD—2—2、CD—3—2之間的空隙填滿。再者,畫素p(〇,2) 之顏色質點CDJ_3是將畫素ρ(〇,ι)之顏色質點CD—丨_2、 CD—1 一 1鄰接的空隙填滿。類似地,晝素ρ(〇,υ之顏色質點 是填滿於畫素Ρ(0,〇)、ρ(0,2)中。 [00123]圖丨3(b)之實施例是以列向交替質點極性的方 式而使個顯示為的質點極性構成西洋棋盤圖窣。且辦而 言丄偶數列的晝素是具有第一極性,而奇數列的畫素是具 有第二極性。如前所述,在連續的圖框下,這些畫素會切 換其質點極性。舉例而言,圖丨3(b)之第零列與第二列(即\二了 ^Other embodiments will expand the pixels while interleaving in the row direction and column direction. Figure 13 shows the display 13 display 丨 is to interleave the expanded pixels in a column direction. Specifically, Figure 3 (3) of the three 昼素卿), p_, p (four) is located in the peer 1 = two for the sake of clarity, the color of the different pixels is the partial overlap of the pixels (except Ding shows crying —I, phase 4 columns). Specifically, the gap between the top and bottom of the - linoleum is filled with: - the system: the point will be adjacent to the pixel and the second display Put the two monitors in the step 7 and the phantom pixels P(0,0) overlap. In detail, the color point CD_1_1 of the pixel P(0,0) of 66 (S) 1338797 is the gap between the color dot CD-1 of the pixel P(0, 丨) and the component device area DCA-1. Filled up, and the color point CD-2J of the pixel P (〇, 〇) fills the gap between the color point CD 2_4 of the pixel P (0J) and the component device area DCA-2 (this gap is also The color point of the pixel P (〇, 1) is the gap between CD-1_3 and CD_2_3), and the color point CD_3 of the pixel P (〇, 〇) is the color point of the pixel p(〇, 1) The gap between the CD 3-4 and the component device region DCA_3 is filled (this gap is also the gap between the color dots CD_2-3 and CD-3_3 of the pixel P(0, 1)). In addition, the color dot CD-2 of the pixel P (〇, 〇) fills the gap between the color dots CD 1-4 and CD _2 of the 昼 prime p (〇1), and the pixel P The color of (0,0) 夤CD-3—2 is to fill the color point of the pixel p(〇,丨) (the gap between 〇1-24, 〇0_3-4. 昼素{) The other gaps (〇, 丨) will be filled by the color points of the pixels P (〇, 2). In detail, the color points CD-2, CD_3_3, CD-2, and CD_3_4 of the pixel P (〇, 2) are the color points CD-1J, CD_2_1 of the pixel P (〇, l), respectively. The gap between the color dot CD-2—1, CD-3J, color dot CD”-2, CD 2-2, color shell point CD-2-2, CD-3-2 is filled. Furthermore, the color dot CDJ_3 of the pixel p(〇, 2) fills the gap adjacent to the color dot CD_丨_2 and CD-1 of the pixel ρ(〇, ι). Similarly, the color point of the 昼 ρ (〇, υ is filled in the pixels 0 (0, 〇), ρ (0, 2). [00123] The embodiment of Figure 3 (b) is in the column direction The polarity of the particle is alternated so that the polarity of the displayed dot constitutes a checkerboard pattern. In addition, the pixels of the even-numbered column have the first polarity, and the pixels of the odd-numbered column have the second polarity. As stated, under continuous frames, these pixels switch their particle polarity. For example, the zeroth column and the second column of Figure 3(b) (ie
67 (S 1338797 ^雜性,而$—列(即奇數列)之畫 極性。然而,當換到下-個圖框時,偶數列 :素疋,、有正質點極性’而奇數列的畫素是具有負質點 " 之·^素圖案是採用開關ϋ列反轉~驅動機:不過 任-列上開關元件的極性是與相鄰列上開關元件的極性相67 (S 1338797 ^ miscellaneous, and $ - column (ie odd column) the polarity of the painting. However, when switching to the next - frame, even columns: prime, with positive particle polarity 'and odd columns of painting The pattern with a negative mass " is a switch-column inversion ~ drive: but the polarity of the switch element on any-column is the polarity of the switch element on the adjacent column
在圖⑽中,畫f P(0,0)之開關元件具有負極性,而 旦素P(0,1)之開關元件具有正極性,且畫t p⑽之開關元 件具有負極性。In Fig. 10, the switching element of f P (0, 0) has a negative polarity, and the switching element of the pixel P (0, 1) has a positive polarity, and the switching element of t p (10) has a negative polarity.
_24]如目!3(b)所示,在顯示器的邊緣處,擴展畫素 的部份間隙是沒有被填滿。有幾種不同的方法可用來解決 邊緣處間隙未填滿的情形。舉例而言,本發明之某些實施 例在顯示器的邊緣處僅設置半個畫素,亦即在此實施例 中,畫素P(0,0)便沒有配置顏色質點CD_lj、CD 1 4、 2—3、CD—2—4、CD_3_3、CD—3—4。在本發明之其他實 鈀例中,顯示器的邊緣處是被遮住的,而使得顯示器的可 視邊緣處將沒有這些間隙。在本發明另外的實施例中,顯 示益的邊緣處是被黑矩陣(black matrix)所遮住,且根本不 使用邊緣處的畫素。 [00125]圖13(c)更進一步闡示列向交錯的意義,而圖 13(c)繪示顯示器132〇的八個畫素,且此八個晝素是分佈在 四個列向以及兩個行向上。類似圖13(b)之前述說明,書素 P(0,0)是與畫素P(〇,〗)交錯,而畫素P(0,l)是與畫素p(〇2) 乂錯’且畫素p(〇,2)是與畫素p(〇,3)交錯。類似地,畫素 P(U〇)是與晝素P(l,l)交錯,而晝素P(l,l)是與畫素ρ(ι,2) 68 (:S ) 1338797 交錯,且畫素P(l,2)是與畫素p(u)交錯。類似圖^⑼之 畫素圖案’圖13⑷之晝素圖案亦採用開關元件列反轉驅動 機制。 [00126]圖13_會示顯示器134〇的局部,且顯示器 13 4 0是將擴展畫素—以行向進行交錯。圖-i 3⑷之擴展畫素. 是畫素圖樣1310的變形,具體而言,圖卵)之擴展=素 中的元件裝置區域的寬度與顏色質點的寬度相同,而則于 向進行交錯。圖13(d)之三個晝素p(〇,〇)、p(1,〇)、?(2 〇)是 位於同列中’但卻位於不同行中。附帶一提的是,一個標 示為P(-l,〇)之填滿畫素的局部是與畫素p(3,_局部相 似’而填滿畫素是用來填滿螢幕邊緣處晝素的空隙,否則 的活,這些空隙便不會被填滿。在行向交錯_,每行之書 素會與相鄰兩行之畫素部份重疊(除了顯示器的最右方^ 最左方的那一行是利用填滿畫素填滿)。具體而言,某 畫素之顏色質點會將相鄰行畫素之顏色質點之間的空隙填 滿,。舉例而言,顯示器第一行之晝素p(1,〇)便與顯示器第 零行之畫素P(0,0)重疊。詳細而言,畫素p(〇,〇)之顏色質點 CD_3_1是將畫素ρ(ι,〇)之顏色質點CD—2—卜CD—1 1之間 的空隙填滿,而畫素P(0,0)之顏色質點CD一3一2是將畫素 P(丨,〇)之顏色質點CD 一 2_2、CD—1—2之間的空隙填滿^且 畫素P(0,0)之顏色質點CD_3—3是將畫素p(丨,〇)之顏色質點 CD—2—3、CD一 1—3之間的空隙填滿,又畫素p(〇,〇)之顏色 質點CD—3—4是將晝素ρ(ι,〇)之顏色質點4、CD 1 4 之間的空隙填滿。此外,畫素P(0,0)之顏色質點CDj】 是將畫素P(],0)之顏色質點CD_2—丨、CD—丨―丨鄰接的空隙_24] 如目! As shown in 3(b), at the edge of the display, part of the gap of the expanded pixels is not filled. There are several different ways to resolve situations where the gap at the edge is not filled. For example, some embodiments of the present invention provide only half a pixel at the edge of the display, that is, in this embodiment, the pixels P(0, 0) are not configured with color dots CD_lj, CD 1 4, 2-3, CD-2-4, CD_3_3, CD-3-4. In other practical palladium examples of the invention, the edges of the display are obscured such that there will be no such gaps at the visible edges of the display. In a further embodiment of the invention, the edges of the display are obscured by the black matrix and the pixels at the edges are not used at all. [00125] FIG. 13(c) further illustrates the meaning of columnwise interleaving, and FIG. 13(c) shows eight pixels of the display 132〇, and the eight elements are distributed in four columns and two Line up. Similar to the foregoing description of Fig. 13(b), the pixel P(0,0) is interlaced with the pixel P(〇,〗), and the pixel P(0,l) is the same as the pixel p(〇2). 'And the pixel p(〇, 2) is interlaced with the pixel p(〇, 3). Similarly, the pixel P(U〇) is interlaced with the pixel P(l,l), and the pixel P(l,l) is interlaced with the pixel ρ(ι,2) 68 (:S ) 1338797, and The pixel P(l, 2) is interlaced with the pixel p(u). The pixel pattern similar to the pixel pattern of Fig. 9(4) also employs a switching element column inversion driving mechanism. [00126] Figure 13_ shows a portion of display 134, and display 1340 is an extended pixel-interleaved in a row direction. The expanded pixel of Fig. i(3) is a variation of the pixel pattern 1310, specifically, the expansion of the image egg = the width of the element device region in the prime is the same as the width of the color dot, and is interlaced in the direction. Figure 3 (d) of the three elements p (〇, 〇), p (1, 〇), ? (2 〇) is in the same column but is in a different row. Incidentally, a part of the filled pixel labeled P(-l,〇) is partially similar to the pixel p(3,_, and the filled pixel is used to fill the pixel at the edge of the screen. The gaps, otherwise the gaps will not be filled. In the row direction staggered, the pixels of each row will partially overlap with the pixels of the adjacent two rows (except the rightmost side of the display ^ leftmost The line is filled with filled pixels. Specifically, the color point of a pixel fills the gap between the color points of adjacent pixels. For example, the first line of the display The pixel p(1,〇) overlaps with the pixel P(0,0) of the zeroth line of the display. In detail, the color point CD_3_1 of the pixel p(〇,〇) is the pixel ρ(ι,〇 ) The color dot CD-2 - Bu CD - 1 1 gap is filled, and the pixel P (0, 0) color dot CD - 3 - 2 is the color pixel of the pixel P (丨, 〇) The gap between CD-2_2 and CD-1 is filled with ^ and the color dot CD_3-3 of pixel P(0,0) is the color dot CD_2-3 of pixel p(丨,〇), The gap between the CDs 1-3 is filled, and the face of the p (〇, 〇) The dot CD-3-4 fills the gap between the color point 4 and the CD 1 4 of the pixel ρ(ι,〇). In addition, the color point CDj of the pixel P(0,0) is the pixel. P(], 0) color dot CD_2—丨, CD—丨—丨 adjacent gap
69 S 填滿,而畫素Ρ(Ο,Ο)之顏色質點CD_2_3是將晝素P(1,0) 之顏色質點CD_1_4與元件裝置區域DCA_1之間的空隙填 滿。晝素P(1,0)的其他空隙是由畫素P(2,〇)的顏色質點所填 滿。詳細而言,畫素p(2,0)之顏色質點CD_1_1是將畫素 P(1,0)之顏色質點CD_2_1、CD__3__1之間的空隙填滿,^ 素P(2,0)之顏色質點CD_i_2是將晝素ρ(ι,〇)之顏色質點 CD—2—2、CD一3—2之間的空隙填滿,且晝素p(2,〇)之顏色 質點CD1一3是將畫素ρ(ι,〇)之顏色質點cd_2_3、CD_3_3 之間的空隙填滿,畫素p(2,〇)之顏色質點CDj_4是將畫素 P(1,0)之顏色質點CD_2_4、CD_3_4之間的空隙填滿。此 外,晝素P(2,0)之顏色質點CD_2_4是將晝素ρ(ι,0)之顏色 質點CD—3一3、CD_3_4之間的空隙填滿。類似地,畫素p(丨,〇) 之顏色質點亦是填滿於畫素p(〇,〇)、p(2,〇)中。 [00127]圖13(d)之實施例是以行向交替質點極性的方 式而使整個顯示器的質點極性構成西洋棋盤圖案。具體而 S,偶數行的畫素是具有第一極性,而奇數行的畫素是具 有第二極性。如前所述,在連續的圖框下,這些畫素會ς 換其質點極性。舉例而言,目卵)之第零行與第二行曰(即 偶數行)之晝素具有負質點極性,而第一行(即奇數行)之書 素具有正質點極性n當換到下—個圖框時,偶數行 =素是具有正f點極性,而奇數行的畫素是具有負質點 _28]有幾種不同的方法可用來解決邊緣處 广而言’本發明之某些實施例是以使用塌 。旦素々方式而填滿圖13⑷之顯示器邊緣處之空隙。在其 他:施例中’不完整的畫素可用於顯示器的邊緣處 而言,畫素Ρ(Ο,Ο)便沒有配置顏色質點CDJJ、cD ] + «二1_3、CD―丨―4與元件裝置區域DCA上在本發明之2其 他實施例中,顯示器的邊緣處是被遮住的,而使得顯示/哭 的可視緣處將沒有-這些間隙。… 、不為_ [00129] 圖13(e)更進一步闡示行向交錯的意義而圖 13(e)繪示顯示器Π40的八個晝素’且此八個畫素是分佈: 四個行向以及兩個列向上。類似圖l3(d)之前述說明二畫素 P(〇,〇)是與畫素P(1,0)交錯,而畫素?(1,〇)是與晝素p(^〇 交錯,且晝素P(2,0)是與晝素P(3,0)交錯。類似地,竺素 ^’1)是與晝素交錯,而畫素P(丨,1)是與晝素p(^、 父錯’且畫素P(2,l)是與晝素p(3,i)交錯。 , [00130] 圖13⑴繪示顯示器1370的局部,且顯示器 13川是將擴展畫素以水平畫素配對(pair)進行交錯。類似圖 】3((1) ’圖13(f)之擴展畫素是畫素圖樣13丨〇的變形,且其 几件裝置區域的寬度與顏色質點的寬度相同。圖丨3⑴之四 個畫素P(0,0)、P(l,0)、P(2,0)、P(3,〇)是位於同一列中但 卻位於不同行中。在水平畫素配對交錯十,兩個水平相鄰 的畫素是彼此交錯,以使得任一畫素對應之顏色質點可填 滿另旦素之工隙。如圖1 3(f)所示,畫素p(〇,〇)、p( 1 ,〇) 構成一組水平晝素配對。晝素對應的顏色質點(如畫素p(0,0) 的顏色質.點CD丄1)是水平鄰接於另一晝素對應的顏色質 =(如畫素P(1,0)的顏色質點CD_1_1,且晝素p(〇,〇)的顏色 質點CD_1 —1是位於畫素P(1〇)的顏色質點—丨的左 邊)。類似地,畫素p(2,〇)、P(3,0)構成另一組水平晝素配對。 1338797 [00131]為使質點極性構成西洋棋盤圖案,在畫素配對 中的兩個畫素要分別具有不同的極性。具體而言,每組畫 素配對之第一個畫素具有第一極性,而每組畫素配對之第 一個晝素具有第二極性。如前所述,在連續的圖框下,這 二旦ϋ切換真質點極性。如圖13(f)所示,每組晝素配對 第一個畫素(即畫素Ρ(〇,〇)、ρ(2,0))具有負質點極性,而 每組畫素配對之第二個畫素(即畫素ρ(】,〇)、ρ(3,〇))具有正 質點極性。然而,當換到下一個圖框時,每組畫素配對之 第一個畫素即具有正質點極性,而每組畫素配對之第二個 晝素便具有正質點極性。 [〇〇】32]如前所述,不同形式之擴展畫素圖樣可組合成 為一個顯示畫面。圖丨4(a)繪示另一種擴展畫素圖樣丨4丨〇, 而畫素圖樣1410可單獨運用或是搭配圖13(a)之擴展晝素 圖樣。圖14(a)之擴展畫素圖樣1410具有三個顏色分量, 而每個顏色分量又分割為四個顏色質點。顏色質點 CD_1 —1(即為第一顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、 CD一2一 1(即為第二顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、 CD一3一1(即為第三顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)構成晝素圖 樣1410的第一列。不過這些顏色質點彼此至少間隔一個顏 色質點的寬度’以使其他晝素的顏色質點可以穿插至其 中。顏色質點CDJ_2、CD_2_2、CD_3 2構成畫素圖樣 1410的第二列。如同第—列之顏色質點,顏色質點 -2 ' CD-2—2、CD—3一2彼此至少亦間隔一個顏色質點 的寬度。再者,擴展畫素圖樣14〗〇之第二列偏移第一列以 使得顏色質點CD_1 一2鄰接於顏色質點CD 1 1、CD 2 169 S fills up, and the color dot CD_2_3 of the pixel (Ο, Ο) fills the gap between the color dot CD_1_4 of the pixel P(1,0) and the component device area DCA_1. The other voids of the halogen P(1,0) are filled by the color dots of the pixel P(2,〇). In detail, the color dot CD_1_1 of the pixel p(2,0) fills the gap between the color dots CD_2_1 and CD__3__1 of the pixel P(1,0), and the color dot of the pixel P(2,0) CD_i_2 fills the gap between the color dots CD-2-2 and CD-3-2 of the 昼素ρ(ι,〇), and the color point CD1-3 of the 昼素p(2,〇) is drawn The gap between the color dots cd_2_3 and CD_3_3 of the prime ρ(ι,〇) is filled, and the color dot CDj_4 of the pixel p(2,〇) is between the color dots CD_2_4 and CD_3_4 of the pixel P(1,0). The gap is filled. Further, the color dot CD_2_4 of the halogen P(2,0) is filled with a gap between the color dots CD-3-3 and CD_3_4 of the pixel ρ(ι,0). Similarly, the color point of the pixel p (丨, 〇) is also filled in the pixels p (〇, 〇), p (2, 〇). [00127] The embodiment of Figure 13(d) is such that the polarity of the dot of the entire display constitutes a checkerboard pattern in a manner that alternates the polarity of the dots in the row direction. Specifically, S, the pixels of the even rows have the first polarity, and the pixels of the odd rows have the second polarity. As mentioned earlier, these pixels will change their particle polarity under a continuous frame. For example, the pixels of the zeroth row and the second row of the eye (ie, even rows) have negative particle polarity, while the first row (ie, odd rows) of the pixels have a positive dot polarity n when switched to the next - for a frame, even rows = primes have positive f-point polarities, while odd-numbered rows have negative-mass _28] There are several different methods that can be used to solve the wide-ranging aspects of the invention. The embodiment is to use collapse. Fill the gap at the edge of the display of Figure 13 (4) in a manner. In other cases: In the case of 'incomplete pixels can be used at the edge of the display, the pixels Ο(Ο,Ο) are not configured with color dots CDJJ, cD] + «二1_3, CD―丨-4 and components In a further embodiment of the invention in the device area DCA, the edges of the display are obscured such that there will be no - these gaps at the visible edge of the display/cry. ..., not _ [00129] Figure 13 (e) further illustrates the meaning of the direction of the interlace and Figure 13 (e) shows the eight elements of the display Π 40 ' and the eight pixels are distributed: four lines Toward and two columns up. Similar to the above description of Figure l3(d), the two pixels P(〇,〇) are interlaced with the pixels P(1,0), and the pixels? (1, 〇) is interlaced with 昼素p(^〇, and 昼素P(2,0) is interlaced with 昼素P(3,0). Similarly, 竺素^'1) is interlaced with 昼素, and the pixel P (丨, 1) is interspersed with the alizarin p (^, the father's and the pixel P(2, l) is interlaced with the alizarin p(3, i). [00130] Figure 13 (1) shows Part of the display 1370, and the display 13 is to interleave the expanded pixels in a horizontal pixel pair. Similar to the figure] 3 ((1) 'The expanded pixel of Fig. 13(f) is a pixel pattern 13丨〇 The deformation, and the width of several pieces of device area is the same as the width of the color point. The four pixels of Fig. 3(1) P(0,0), P(l,0), P(2,0), P(3) , 〇) are in the same column but in different rows. In the horizontal pixel pairing staggered ten, two horizontally adjacent pixels are interlaced so that the color points corresponding to any pixel can fill the other As shown in Figure 1 3 (f), the pixels p (〇, 〇), p (1, 〇) constitute a set of horizontal elementary pairing. The color point corresponding to the element (such as pixel p) The color quality of 0,0). The point CD丄1) is the color quality corresponding to the other element in the horizontal = (such as the color point CD_1_1 of the pixel P(1,0) And the color point CD_1-1 of the pixel p(〇,〇) is located on the left side of the color particle of the pixel P(1〇)—。, p,2,〇, P(3,0 Constituting another set of horizontal elementary pairings. 1338797 [00131] In order to make the particle polarity constitute a checkerboard pattern, the two pixels in the pixel pairing have different polarities respectively. Specifically, each group of pixels is paired. The first pixel has a first polarity, and the first pixel of each set of pixel pairs has a second polarity. As described above, under the continuous frame, the binary polarity switches true polarity. As shown in 13(f), each group of pixels is paired with the first pixel (ie, Ρ(Ρ,〇), ρ(2,0)) with negative particle polarity, and the second pair of each pixel pair. The pixels (ie, ρ(], 〇), ρ(3, 〇) have positive particle polarity. However, when switching to the next frame, the first pixel of each group of pixels is positive. The polarity of the particles, and the second element of each group of pixels pair has a positive dot polarity. [〇〇] 32] As mentioned above, different forms of extended pixel patterns can be combined into one display.丨4(a) depicts another extended pixel pattern 丨4丨〇, and the pixel pattern 1410 can be used alone or in combination with the extended morphological pattern of Figure 13(a). The expanded pixel pattern of Figure 14(a) 1410 has three color components, and each color component is divided into four color dots. The color dot CD_1-1 (that is, the first color dot of the first color component), CD 2-1 (that is, the second) The first color dot of the color component, CD 3-1 (i.e., the first color dot of the third color component) constitutes the first column of the tilde pattern 1410. However, these color dots are at least spaced apart from each other by the width of one color dot so that the color dots of other pixels can be interspersed therein. The color dots CDJ_2, CD_2_2, and CD_3 2 constitute the second column of the pixel pattern 1410. Like the color point of the first column, the color dot -2 'CD-2-2, CD-3-2 are at least spaced apart from each other by the width of one color dot. Furthermore, the second column of the extended pixel pattern 14 is offset from the first column such that the color dot CD_1-2 is adjacent to the color dot CD 1 1 , CD 2 1
72 1338797 之間的空隙。擴展畫素圖樣141〇之第三列為元件裝置區域 並且疋由元件裝置區域DCA_1、DCA 2、DCA 3 斤,成,其中母個元件裝置區域的寬度等於兩個顏色質點 的寬度加上水平質點間距。開關元件SEJ、SE_2、SE」 是分別位於元件裝置區域DCA-1、Dc、_ DCA—_3,而^ 件裝置區域列向的左側邊是對齊於第一列的左側邊。顏色 貝點CD一 1—3、CD—2—3、CD—3—3構成畫素圖樣14ι〇的第 四列,而且彼此至少亦間隔一個顏色質點的寬度。第三列 是與第一列對齊以使得顏色質點是水平對齊於顏 色質點 CD—1 — 1。顏色質點 CD—1—4、CD—2—4、CD 3 4 構 成畫素圖樣131 0的第四列,而且彼此至少亦間隔一個顏色 質點的寬度。第四列是與第二列對齊以使得顏色質點是 CD—1 一4水平對齊於顏色質點cd_1—2。此外,開關元件 SEJ是耦接至顏色質點CD_1J'CD_1__2、CD_1_3、 CDJ_4之電極’而開關元件SE_2是耦接至顏色質點 CD—2_1、CD—2_2、CD一2_3、CD—2_4 之電極,且開關元件 SE—3是耦接至顏色質點CD j j、cd_3__2、CD_3_3、 CD_3_4之電極。 [00133]換句話說,擴展晝素圖樣1410之第一顏色分 量具有四個顏色質點,其中顏色質點CD_1 — 1、CD_1_2構 成第一左右鋸齒圖案’而顏色質點CD _1—3、CD—1_4構成 第二左右鋸齒圖案,且此處之左右鋸齒圖案意為第二個顏 色質點(即顏色質點CD_1 一2、CD一 1_4)是位在第一個顏色質 點(即顏色質點、CD—1—3)的右下方。第—左右鋸齒 圖案是與第二左右鑛齒圖案水平對齊,但被元件裝置區域 (S ) 73 〇CA_l垂直分離。類似地,擴展晝素圖樣】41〇之第二顏 色分量與第三顏色分量亦分別具有四個顏色質點,其中這 四個顏色質點構成兩個水平對齊之左右鋸齒圖案,且這^ 個左右鋸齒圖案是被元件裝置區域垂直分離。在畫素圖樣 1310中,這些顏色分量是垂直對齊,並水平偏移至少一個._ 顏色質點的寬度。 [00134] 晝素圖樣1410的這些顏色質點是分佈於西洋 鲁 棋盤圖案的同一顏色中。此種排列的主要優點便在於擴展 畫素圖樣1410的全部顏色質點的極性均為相同。圖丨4(幻 即為擴展畫素圖樣1410之正質點極性圖案,在正質點極性 圖案中,所有的顏色質點與開關元件均具有正極性。相反 地,在負質點極性圖案中,所有的顏色質點與開關元件均 具有負極性。 [00135] 圖14(b)繪示顯示器1400的局部,且顯示器 1400是將兩個不同形式的擴展畫素以列向進行交錯。具體 •=言,圖14(b)之三個晝素P(〇,〇)、P(〇,丨)、P(0,2)是位於同 —行中,但卻位於不同列甲。畫素p(0,0)、p(02)是應用圖 】3(a)之晝素圖樣]310,而畫素?(〇,”是應用圖]4(a)之畫素 圖樣141 〇。以圖14(b)之顯示器而言,位於奇數列上的書 ,是應用圖13(a)之畫素圖樣】3丨〇,而位於偶數列上的畫素 疋應用圖】4(a)之畫素圖樣M丨〇。以畫素圖樣丨3】〇、14i〇 之歹丨向乂錯中,每列之畫素會與相鄰兩列之晝素部份重疊 (除了顯示器的最上方與最下方的那一列)。具體而言,某 、歹j畫素之顏色質點會將相鄰列畫素之顏色質點之間的空 隙填滿。舉例而言,顯示器第一列之畫素P(0,1)便與顯示The gap between 72 1338797. The third column of the extended pixel pattern 141 is the component device area and is formed by the component device regions DCA_1, DCA 2, DCA 3 jin, wherein the width of the parent device device region is equal to the width of the two color dots plus the horizontal dot spacing. The switching elements SEJ, SE_2, SE" are located in the component device regions DCA-1, Dc, _ DCA__3, respectively, and the left side of the column direction of the device region is aligned with the left side of the first column. Color Bayes CD 1-3, CD-2-3, CD-3-3 form the fourth column of the pixel pattern 14ι〇, and are at least spaced apart from each other by the width of one color dot. The third column is aligned with the first column so that the color dots are horizontally aligned to the color point CD-1-1. The color dots CD-1 - 4, CD - 2 - 4, and CD 3 4 form the fourth column of the pixel pattern 131 0 and are at least spaced apart from each other by the width of one color dot. The fourth column is aligned with the second column such that the color dot is CD-1 to 4 horizontally aligned to the color dot cd_1-2. In addition, the switching element SEJ is coupled to the electrodes of the color dots CD_1J'CD_1__2, CD_1_3, CDJ_4, and the switching element SE_2 is coupled to the electrodes of the color dots CD_2_1, CD-2_2, CD-2_3, CD-2_4, and The switching element SE-3 is an electrode coupled to the color dots CD jj, cd_3__2, CD_3_3, CD_3_4. [00133] In other words, the first color component of the extended pixel pattern 1410 has four color dots, wherein the color dots CD_1-1, CD_1_2 constitute a first left and right sawtooth pattern and the color dots CD_1-3, CD-1_4 constitute The second left and right sawtooth pattern, and the left and right sawtooth patterns here mean that the second color dot (ie, color dot CD_1-2, CD-1_4) is located at the first color dot (ie, color dot, CD-1 - 3) ) at the bottom right. The first-left and right sawtooth patterns are horizontally aligned with the second left and right tooth pattern, but are vertically separated by the component device region (S) 73 〇CA_l. Similarly, the extended color element pattern 41 〇 second color component and third color component also have four color masons respectively, wherein the four color granules form two horizontally aligned left and right zigzag patterns, and the left and right saw teeth The pattern is vertically separated by the component device area. In the pixel design 1310, these color components are vertically aligned and horizontally offset by at least one ._ color dot width. [00134] These color points of the alizarin pattern 1410 are distributed in the same color of the checkerboard pattern of the Western Ocean. The main advantage of this arrangement is that the polarities of all color points of the extended pixel pattern 1410 are the same. Figure 4 (The magic is the positive dot polarity pattern of the extended pixel pattern 1410. In the positive dot polarity pattern, all the color dots and the switching elements have positive polarity. Conversely, in the negative dot polarity pattern, all colors Both the dot and the switching element have a negative polarity. [00135] Figure 14 (b) shows a portion of the display 1400, and the display 1400 is to interleave two different forms of expanded pixels in a column direction. Specifically ==, Figure 14 (b) The three elements P(〇,〇), P(〇,丨), P(0,2) are located in the same row, but in different columns. Pixel p(0,0) , p(02) is the pixel map of application 3] (a), and pixel (?, is the pixel pattern 141 of application diagram 4(a). Figure 14(b) For the display, the book on the odd-numbered column is the pixel pattern of Figure 13(a), and the pixel on the even-numbered column is applied to the pixel pattern of 4(a). In the case of the pixel pattern 丨3]〇, 14i〇, the pixels in each column overlap with the pixels in the adjacent columns (except the top and bottom columns of the display) .in particular, , Bad color dots of pixel j will fill the voids between adjacent columns of the pixels of the color dots. For example, the first column of the display pixel P (0,1) and the display will
74 (S =㈣之晝素P_重疊。詳細而言’畫素p(G,G)之顏色 貝點CDJJ是將晝素IW)之顏色質點CD」3、CD 2—3 之間的空隙填滿,而畫素?_之顏色質點CD—2 1是將晝 素:(〇,1)之顏色質點CD义3、CD—3j之間的'空隙填滿, 且旦素Ρ(Ο,Ο)之彥員色質點CD—3—i是將晝素ρ(〇γ)之顏色質 點CD 一 3—3、CD—3」鄰接的空隙填滿。此外,畫素 之顏色質點CD丄2是將晝素ρ(〇,η之顏色質點CD CD—1—4鄰接的空隙填滿,而畫素p(〇,〇)之顏色質點cd_2 2 是將畫素P(0,1)之顏色質.點CD丄4、CD—2」之間的空隙 填滿’且畫素P(〇,〇)之顏色質點CD—3—2是將畫素—山 之顏色質點CD—2—4、CD一3一4之間的空隙填滿。畫素ρ(〇,】) ^其他間隙將會被晝Ρ(〇,2)之顏色質點所填滿。詳細而 言’畫素Ρ(0,2)之顏色質點CDJ—3、CD—2—3、CD」」、 C〇—3—4是分別將晝素Ρ(0,ι)之顏色質點cD_—u、 CD—2」、顏色質點CD_2」、CD—3—1、顏色質點CD丄2、 CD—2一2、顏色質點CD_2—2、CD一3—2之間的空隙填滿:再 者,畫素P(0,2)之顏色質點CD—3—3是將晝素P(0,丨)之顏色 質點CD—3J、CD_3—2鄰接的空隙填滿,而畫素?(〇,2)之 顏色質點CDJ—4是將畫素P(〇,l)之顏色質點CDJ J、 CD—丨—2鄰接的空隙填滿。類似地,畫素p(〇,丨)之顏色質點 是填滿於畫素P(0,0)、P(0,2)中。 [00136]圖14(b)之實施例是以列向交替質點極性的方 式而使整個顯示器的質點極性構成西洋棋盤圖案Q具體而 呂’偶數列的畫素是具有第一極性,而奇數列的晝素是具 有第二極性。如前所述,在連續的圖框下,這些畫素會切74 (S = (four) of the pixel P_ overlap. In detail, the pixel of the pixel p (G, G) is the color point CDJJ is the space between the color point CD"3, CD 2-3 Filled up, and the pixels? _ The color point CD—2 1 is to fill the gap between the color point of the 昼素:(〇,1) CD 义3, CD-3j, and the color point of the Ρ素Ρ(Ο,Ο) CD—3-i fills the gaps adjacent to the color dots CD-3-3 and CD-3 of the pixel ρ(〇γ). In addition, the color dot CD丄2 of the pixel is filled with the gap adjacent to the color point CD CD—1-4 of the pixel, and the color dot cd_2 2 of the pixel p(〇,〇) is The color quality of the pixel P(0,1). The gap between the dots CD丄4 and CD-2” is filled with 'the color P of the pixel P(〇,〇) CD-3-2 is the pixel— The gap between the color of the mountain color CD-2-4, CD-3-4 is filled. The pixels ρ(〇,]) ^The other gaps will be filled by the color points of 昼Ρ(〇,2). In detail, 'color 质 (0, 2) color dot CDJ-3, CD 2-3, CD", C 〇 3-4 is the color point cD_ of 昼素Ρ (0, ι) -u, CD-2", color dot CD_2", CD-3-1, color dot CD丄2, CD-2-2, color dot CD_2-2, gap between CD-3-2 filled: The color point CD-3-3 of the pixel P(0,2) fills the gap between the color points CD-3J and CD_3-2 of the alizarin P(0,丨), and the pixel is 画? 2) The color dot CDJ-4 fills the gap adjacent to the color dot CDJ J and CD_丨-2 of the pixel P (〇, l). Similarly, the pixel p (〇, 丨The color dot is filled in the pixels P(0,0), P(0,2). [00136] The embodiment of Figure 14(b) is to make the particle of the entire display in a manner of alternating polarity of the column. The polar form constitutes the checkerboard pattern Q and the L'even column of pixels has the first polarity, while the odd columns of the pixels have the second polarity. As mentioned above, under the continuous frame, these pixels will be cut.
75 1338797 換其質點極性。舉例而言,圖丨4(b)之第零列與第二列(即 偶數列)之晝素具有負質點極性,而第一列(即奇數列)之畫 素具有正質點極性。然而,當換到下一個圖框時,偶數列 的旦素疋具有正質點極性,而奇數列的晝素是具有負質點 極^。應用與前述相同的概念’熟悉此項技-藝者當可採用 本》兒明書所教導的方式,或是其他晝素圖樣的各種交錯機 制所組成的晝素圖案。75 1338797 Change its particle polarity. For example, the pixels of the zeroth column and the second column (i.e., even columns) of Fig. 4(b) have negative particle polarity, and the pixels of the first column (i.e., odd columns) have positive particle polarity. However, when switching to the next frame, the even-numbered columns have a positive dot polarity, while the odd-numbered columns have a negative dot. Applying the same concept as described above is familiar with the art. The artist can use the method taught in the book of this book, or the alizanic pattern composed of various interlacing mechanisms of other enamel patterns.
37]圖丨5為依據本發明另一貫狍例之一種擴展畫 素圖樣圖15之擴展畫素圖樣151〇具有三個顏色分量, 而每個顏色分量又分割為六個顏色質點。顏色質點 (即為第-顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、 2—1(即為第二顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、 卜丨(即為第三顏色分量之第一個顏色質點臟畫素圖 過這些顏色質點彼此至少間隔一個顏 ^點的寬度’以使其他畫素的顏色質點可以穿插至其37] Figure 5 is an expanded pixel pattern according to another embodiment of the present invention. The expanded pixel pattern 151 of Figure 15 has three color components, and each color component is further divided into six color dots. The color dot (that is, the first color dot of the first color component), 2-1 (that is, the first color dot of the second color component), and the dice (that is, the first color dot of the third color component) The dirty pixel maps the color dots at least one dot width of each other to allow the color pixels of other pixels to be interspersed to
I”:的色第質,點CD」-2、CD-2-2、CD-3-2構成畫素圖樣 CD丨T o「 同第一列之顏色質點,顏色質點 疮。~ 彼此至少亦間隔一個顏色質點 使’擴展畫素圖樣15丨G之第二列偏移第一列以 于>員色貝點CD一2—2鄰接於顏色質點CDJJ、CD 2】 之間的空隙。顏声曾赴ΡΓί 1 1 ^ ~ ~ ~〜 素圖樣1510的第三列^ f D-2」、CD—3—3構成畫 的寬度。第三列是—盘第’ W彼t匕至少亦間隔一個顏色質點 與第]對齊以使得顏色質點CD 1 3 疋郯接於顏色質點CD〗 點CD ] 4、CD 24 -^CD—2-2之間的空隙。顏色質 ——U〜2—4、CD—3—4構成畫素圖樣15]〇的第四 76 ^ S )I": The color of the color, the point CD"-2, CD-2-2, CD-3-2 constitutes the pixel pattern CD丨T o "The color of the first column, the color of the mass of the sore. ~ At least The spacing between one color dot causes the second column of the 'expanded pixel pattern 15丨G to be offset from the first column to the gap between the color point CD 2-1 and the color dot CDJJ, CD 2 . The sound has gone to ΡΓί 1 1 ^ ~ ~ ~ ~ The third column of the prime pattern 1510 ^ f D-2", CD -3 - 3 constitute the width of the painting. The third column is - the first 'W', at least one color dot is aligned with the first] so that the color dot CD 1 3 is connected to the color dot CD. CD] 4, CD 24 -^CD—2 The gap between the two. Color quality - U ~ 2 - 4, CD - 3 - 4 constitutes the pixel pattern 15] 〇 fourth 76 ^ S)
CD_1—3、CD—2—3之間的空隙。顏色質點CD_1—5、CD—2 5、 CD—3 一5構成畫素圖樣1510的第五列,而且彼此至少亦間 隔一個顏色質點的寬度。第五列是與第一列對齊以使得顏 色貝點CD_1_5是鄰接於顏色質點cd_1 4、CD 2 4之間 的空隙。顏色質點CD—丨—6 ' CD—2—6、^D—3—6構成畫素圖 樣1510的第六列,而且彼此至少亦間隔一個顏色質點的寬 度。第六列是與第四列對齊以使得顏色質點CD_2_6是鄰 接於顏色質點CD一 1 —5、CD—2—5之間的空隙。晝素圖樣15】〇 更包括το件裝置區域DCA_1、DCA__2、DCA—3,而元件裝 置區域DCAJ、DCA—2、DCA」構成之元件裝置區域列向 即為晝素圖樣1510的第七列,其中每個元件裝置區域的寬 度等於兩個|貞色質點的寬度加上水平質關距。^件裝置 區域列向(即第七列)是水平對齊於第二列、第四列以及第The gap between CD_1-3 and CD-2-3. The color dots CD_1-5, CD-25, CD-3-5 constitute the fifth column of the pixel pattern 1510, and at least the width of one color dot is also spaced from each other. The fifth column is aligned with the first column such that the color dot CD_1_5 is adjacent to the gap between the color dots cd_1 4 and CD 2 4 . The color dot CD-丨-6' CD-2-6, ^D-3-6 constitutes the sixth column of the pixel pattern 1510, and is at least spaced apart from each other by the width of one color dot. The sixth column is aligned with the fourth column such that the color dot CD_2_6 is adjacent to the gap between the color dots CD 1-5 and CD-2-5. The pixel pattern 15 includes a device region DCA_1, DCA__2, and DCA-3, and a component device region composed of component device regions DCAJ, DCA-2, and DCA is listed as the seventh column of the pixel pattern 1510. The width of each component device area is equal to the width of the two | 贞 color points plus the horizontal quality clearance. The device column area column (ie, the seventh column) is horizontally aligned to the second column, the fourth column, and the
列,而且彼此至少亦間隔一個顏色質點的寬度。第四列是 與第二列對齊以使得顏色質點CD_2—4是鄰接於顏色質點 “列。此外’開關元件SE—〗、SE—2、SE—3是分別位於元 件裝置區域DC A J、DC、DCA_3。開關元件兕」是 輕接至顏色貝點 CD—1_1 ' CD_1_2、CD 1 3、CD 1 4、 CD—1—5、CD—1—6之電極’而開關元件SE—2是耦接至顏色Columns, and at least the width of one color dot at a time. The fourth column is aligned with the second column such that the color dot CD_2-4 is adjacent to the color dot "column. Further, the switching elements SE-, SE-2, SE-3 are respectively located in the device device region DC AJ, DC, DCA_3. Switching element 兕" is lightly connected to the color point CD_1_1 'CD_1_2, CD 1 3, CD 1 4, CD-1-5, CD-1-6 electrode' and the switching element SE-2 is coupled To color
貝點 CD一2—1、CD_2—2、CD_2—3、CD_2_4、CD—2_5、CD_2J 之電極,且開關元件SE」是麵接至顏色質點CD」少 CD~3-2、CD」-3、CD—3-4、CD」—5、CD—3一6 之電極。 _38]換句話說’擴展畫素圖樣1510之第-顏色分 量之六個顏色質點CD」J、CD」—2、CD丄3、CD丄4 CDJ—5、CD J—6構成右左右左右左鋸齒圖案,而此處戈 77 1338797 右左右左右左鋸齒圖案意為第二個顏色質點(即顏色質點 CD_l_2)是位在第一個顏色質點(即顏色質點CD J_1)的左 下方,接著第三個顏色質點(即顏色質點CD—1—3)是位在第 二個顏色質點的右下方’之後第四個顏色質點(即顏色質點 CD_1 _4)是位在第三個顏色質點的左下方,再來第五個顏 色質點(即顏色質點CD_1_5)是位在第四個顏色質點的右下 方,最後第六個顏色質點(即顏色質點CD_1一6)是位在第五 個顏色質點的左下方。類似地,擴展畫素圖樣丨51〇之第二 顏色分量與第三顏色分量亦分別具有六個顏色質點以構成 右左右左右左鋸齒圖案。在畫素圖樣151〇中,這些顏色分 里疋垂直對齊,並水平偏移至少一個顏色質點的寬度。每 個顏色分量分別具有元件裝置區域DCA_1、DCA 2、 DCA_3,而元件裝置區域是位於顏色分量的下方,並與顏 色分量水平對齊。此外,對應顏色分量之開關元件是位於 疋件裝置區域,且耦接至此顏色分量之顏色質點之電極。 [00139]類似擴展晝素圖樣丨31〇之顏色質點,晝素圖 樣1510的這些顏色質點是分佈於西洋棋盤圖案的同一顏 色中。此種排列的主要優點便在於擴展畫素圖樣151〇的全 部顏色質點的極性均為相同。圖15即為擴展畫素圖樣⑽ 之正質點極性圖案,在正f點極性圖案中,所有的顏 點與開關元件均具有正極性。相反地,在負質點極性圖案 中,所有的顏色質點與開關元件均具有負極性。類似前述, 將這些擴展晝素圖樣彼此交錯,即可使顯示器之顏色質點 的極性構成一個完整的西洋棋盤圖案。 、 _4_ 16為依據本發明另—實施例之擴展晝素圖 78 S > 1338797 樣。圖16之擴展畫素圖樣161〇具有三個 旦 :社分量又分割為六個顏色質點。顏色質點刀J : 分”第-個顏色質點)、c〇—2j(即為-置之第一個顏色質點),—〗(即為第三顏色分量之 ,一個顏色質點)構成晝素圖樣161G的第—列。不過這些 顏色質點彼此至少間隔-個㈣質點的寬度, 素的顏色質點可以穿插至其中。顏色質點CD\里Beads CD 2-1, CD_2-2, CD_2-3, CD_2_4, CD-2_5, CD_2J electrodes, and the switching element SE" is connected to the color dot CD" less CD~3-2, CD"-3 , CD-3-4, CD"-5, CD-3-6 electrode. _38] In other words, 'the six color points of the first-color component of the expanded pixel pattern 1510 CD", CD"-2, CD丄3, CD丄4 CDJ-5, CD J-6 constitute right, left, right, left, left Sawtooth pattern, and here Ge 77 1338797 right left and right left and right zigzag patterns mean that the second color dot (ie, color dot CD_l_2) is located at the lower left of the first color dot (ie, color dot CD J_1), and then the third The color point (ie, color dot CD-1 - 3) is located at the lower right of the second color dot 'after the fourth color dot (ie, color dot CD_1 _4) is located at the lower left of the third color dot. Then the fifth color dot (ie, the color dot CD_1_5) is located at the lower right of the fourth color dot, and the last sixth color dot (ie, the color dot CD_1-6) is located at the lower left of the fifth color dot. . Similarly, the second color component and the third color component of the extended pixel pattern 亦51〇 also have six color dots respectively to form a right left, right, left, and left zigzag pattern. In the pixel pattern 151, these color points are vertically aligned and horizontally offset by the width of at least one color dot. Each color component has component device regions DCA_1, DCA 2, DCA_3, respectively, and the component device region is located below the color component and is horizontally aligned with the color component. Further, the switching element corresponding to the color component is an electrode located in the component device region and coupled to the color dot of the color component. [00139] Similar to the color particle of the extended tilapia pattern 昼31〇, these color mascules of the tilvin pattern 1510 are distributed in the same color of the checkerboard pattern. The main advantage of this arrangement is that the polarities of all the color points of the expanded pixel pattern 151 are the same. Fig. 15 shows the positive dot polarity pattern of the expanded pixel pattern (10). In the positive f-point polarity pattern, all the dots and the switching elements have positive polarity. Conversely, in the negative dot polarity pattern, all of the color dots and the switching elements have a negative polarity. Similar to the foregoing, by interlacing these extended pixel patterns, the polarity of the color dots of the display constitutes a complete checkerboard pattern. _4_16 is an extended enthalpy map 78 S > 1338797 according to another embodiment of the present invention. The expanded pixel pattern 161 of Figure 16 has three deniers: the social component is further divided into six color dots. The color point knife J: points "the first color point", c 〇 - 2j (that is, the first color point of the set), - (that is, the third color component, a color point) constitutes the enamel pattern The first column of 161G. However, these color dots are at least spaced from each other by a width of four (four) particles, and the color of the prime color can be inserted into it. The color dot CD\
⑺义2、CD—3_2構成晝素圖樣i 6】〇的第二列。如同第一 列之顏色質點,顏色質點CD1_2 '⑶又2、cd 3 2彼此(7) Meaning 2, CD-3_2 constitutes the second column of the alizarin pattern i 6]. Like the color particle of the first column, the color dots CD1_2 '(3) and 2, cd 3 2 are each other
至=亦間隔-個顏色質點的寬度。再者,擴展畫素圖樣⑽ 之第二列偏移第—列以使得顏色質點鄰接 質點CD J J、CD—2—!之間的空隙。顏色質點cd "、 CD—2—3、CD—3_3構成晝素圖樣16U)的第三列,而且彼此 至少亦間隔一個顏色質點的寬度。然而,第三列同時偏移 第-列與LX使得顏色質點CD—L3是鄰接於顏色質 點CD—1_2、CD—2_2之間的空隙。顏色質點4、 CD—2—4、CD—3—4構成晝素圖樣1610的第四列,而且彼此 至少亦間隔一個顏色質點的寬度。第四列是與第二列對齊 以使得顏色質點CD 一 2一4是鄰接於顏色質點cd_j」、 CD—2—3之間的空隙。顏色質點CD_1_J、CD_2_5、CD 3 5 構成畫素圖樣1610的第五列,而且彼此至少亦間隔一個顏 色質點的寬度。第五列是與第一列對齊以使得顏色質點 CD—2—5是鄰接於顏色質點CD_1—4、CD_2_4之間的空隱。 顏色質點CD_1一6、CD_2_6、CD—3_6構成畫素圖樣161〇 的第六列,而且彼此至少亦間隔一個顏色質點的寬度。然 79 1338797 而,第六列同時偏移其他列以使得顏色質點CD_2_6是鄰 接於顏色質點CDJ_5、CD—2_5之間的空隙。畫素圖樣1610 更包括元件裝置區域DCA__1、DCA_2、DCA_3,而元件裝 置區域DCAJ、DCA_2、DCA_3構成之元件裝置區域列向 即為畫素圖樣1610的第七列,其中每個元件裝置區域的寬 度等於兩個顏色質點的寬度加上水平質點間距。元件裝置 區域列向(即第七列)是水平對齊於第六列。此外,開關元 件SEJ、SE—2、SE〜3是分別位於元件裝置區域DCAj、 OCA—2、DCA—3。開關元件SEj是耦接至顏色質點 CD—1J、CDJ—2、CD_1_3、CD_1—4、CD—1—5、CD—1—6 之電極’而開關元件SEJ2是耦接至顏色質點CD_2_1、 CD 2—2、CD—2—3、CD_2_4、CD_2_5、CD—2—6 之電極, 且開關元件SE—3是耦接至顏色質點CD_3_1、CD_3_2、 CD_3—3、CD_3—4、CD_3_5、CD—3—6 之電極。 [00141]換句話說’擴展畫素圖樣i6】〇之第一顏色分 量之六個顏色質點CD—1J、CD—1—2、CD—1—3、CD」4、 CD—1—5、CD—1—ό構成左右右左左左鑛齒圖案,而此處之 左右右左左左鑛齒圖案意為第二個顏色質點(即顏色質點 CD_1_2)是位在第一個顏色質點(即顏色質點CD_1 J)的右 下方’接著第三個顏色質點(即顏色質點CD_1_3)是位在第 二個顏色質點的右下方’之後第四個顏色質點(即顏色質點 CD一 1_4)是位在第三個顏色質點的左下方,再來第五個顏 色質點(即顏色質點CD一 1—5)是位在第四個顏色質點的左下 方,最後第六個顏色質點(即顏色質點CDJ —6)是位在第五 個顏色質點的左下方。類似地,擴展畫素圖樣〗6】0之第二 80 (:S ) 1338797 顏色分量與第三顏色分量亦分別具有六個顏色質點以構成 左右右左左左鑛齒圖案。在畫素圖樣〗中,這些顏色分 1疋垂直對齊,並水平偏移至少一個顏色質點的寬度。每 個顏色分量分別具有元件裝置區域DCA_1、DCA_2、 DCA_3,而元件裝置區域是位於顏色分量的下方,並與顏 色分量水平對齊。此外,對應顏色分量之開關元件是位於 元件裝置區域,且耦接至此顏色分量之顏色質點之電極。To = also interval - the width of a color dot. Furthermore, the second column of the extended pixel pattern (10) is offset from the first column such that the color dots abut the gap between the dots CD J J, CD-2 -! The color dots cd ", CD-2-3, CD-3_3 form the third column of the tilapia pattern 16U), and are at least spaced apart from each other by the width of one color dot. However, the third column simultaneously shifts the first column and the LX such that the color dot CD-L3 is adjacent to the gap between the color dots CD-1_2 and CD-2_2. The color dots 4, CD-2-4, and CD-3-4 constitute the fourth column of the altar pattern 1610, and are at least spaced apart from each other by the width of one color dot. The fourth column is aligned with the second column such that the color dot CD 2-4 is adjacent to the gap between the color dot cd_j" and CD-2-3. The color dots CD_1_J, CD_2_5, and CD 3 5 constitute the fifth column of the pixel pattern 1610, and are at least spaced apart from each other by the width of one color dot. The fifth column is aligned with the first column such that the color dot CD-2-5 is adjacent to the null between the color dots CD_1-4 and CD_2_4. The color dots CD_1-6, CD_2_6, and CD-3_6 constitute the sixth column of the pixel pattern 161〇, and are at least spaced apart from each other by the width of one color dot. However, the first column simultaneously shifts the other columns such that the color dot CD_2_6 is adjacent to the gap between the color dots CDJ_5 and CD-2_5. The pixel pattern 1610 further includes component device regions DCA__1, DCA_2, DCA_3, and the component device regions formed by the component device regions DCAJ, DCA_2, and DCA_3 are listed as the seventh column of the pixel pattern 1610, wherein the width of each component device region Equal to the width of two color dots plus the horizontal dot spacing. The component unit area column (ie, the seventh column) is horizontally aligned to the sixth column. Further, the switching elements SEJ, SE-2, and SE to 3 are located in the element device regions DCAj, OCA-2, and DCA-3, respectively. The switching element SEj is coupled to the electrodes of the color dots CD-1J, CDJ-2, CD_1_3, CD_1-4, CD-1-5, CD-1-6, and the switching element SEJ2 is coupled to the color dot CD_2_1, CD 2-2, CD-2-3, CD_2_4, CD_2_5, CD-2-6 electrodes, and the switching element SE-3 is coupled to the color dots CD_3_1, CD_3_2, CD_3-3, CD_3-4, CD_3_5, CD- 3-6 electrode. [00141] In other words, 'expanded pixel pattern i6】the first color component of the six color points CD-1J, CD-1-2, CD-1-3, CD"4, CD-1-5, CD—1—ό constitutes the left, right, left, left, and left ore pattern, and the left, right, left, and left mineral tooth patterns here mean that the second color point (ie, color point CD_1_2) is at the first color point (ie, the color point) CD_1 J) at the bottom right of 'The third color dot (ie, color dot CD_1_3) is located at the bottom right of the second color dot' after the fourth color dot (ie, the color dot CD-1_4) is in the third At the lower left of the color dot, the fifth color dot (ie, the color dot CD 1-5) is located at the lower left of the fourth color dot, and the last sixth color dot (ie, the color dot CDJ-6). It is at the bottom left of the fifth color dot. Similarly, the second pixel 80 of the extended pixel pattern 6] 0 (:S) 1338797 The color component and the third color component also respectively have six color dots to form left and right right, left, and left mineral tooth patterns. In the Pixel Pattern, these colors are vertically aligned and horizontally offset by the width of at least one color dot. Each color component has component device regions DCA_1, DCA_2, DCA_3, respectively, and the component device region is located below the color component and is horizontally aligned with the color component. Further, the switching element corresponding to the color component is an electrode located in the component device region and coupled to the color dot of the color component.
[00142]類似擴展畫素圖樣13丨〇之顏色質點,畫素圖 樣丨610的這些顏色質點是分佈於西洋棋盤圖案的同二顏 色中。此種排列的主要優點便在於擴展畫素圖樣β⑺的全 部顏色質點的極性均為相同。圖16即為擴展畫素圖樣16】〇 之正質點極性圖案,在正質點極性圖案令,所有的顏色質 點與開關元件均具有正極性。相反地,在負質點極性圖案 中’所有的顏色質點與關元件均具有負極性。類似前述, 將這些擴展畫素®樣彼此交錯’即可錢示器之顏色質點 的極性構成一個完整的西洋棋盤圖案。 / … [00】43]圖17(a)-17(d)為依據本發明其他實施例之不同 態樣之擴展畫素圖樣。在圖17⑷·】之實施例中,每個 顏色/7里均會具有鋸齒圖案,而此細部結構將會於後 第-顏色分f之鋸齒圖案是與第二顏色分量:鋸齒圖 二^對齊’而苐三顏色分量之鋸齒圖案同時垂直偏移第 一與弟二顏色分量之鋸齒圖案。 個顏色質點) CDJ —丨(即為第一顏色分量之第 1338797 CD_2_I(即為第二顏色分量之第一個顏 樣1710的第—列。兀、网,丄η再风旦玄圖 色質㈣Λ ⑨些顏色質點彼此至少間隔一個顏 中':& ’錢其他畫素的顏色質點可以穿插至其 卜顏色質點CD」—2、CD_2—2構成畫素圖樣丨7】〇的第二 列。如同第一列之顏色質點,顏色質點CD i 2、CD 2 2 間隔一個顏色質點的寬度。再者,擴展畫素圖 ’ 第一列偏移第一列以使得顏色質點CD 1 2鄰接[00142] Similar to the color pixel of the extended pixel pattern, the color pixels of the pixel pattern 丨 610 are distributed in the same color of the checkerboard pattern. The main advantage of this arrangement is that the polarities of all color points of the extended pixel pattern β(7) are the same. Figure 16 shows the positive dot polarity pattern of the extended pixel pattern 16 〇. In the positive dot polarity pattern, all the color dots and the switching elements have positive polarity. Conversely, in the negative dot polarity pattern, 'all color dots and off elements have negative polarity. Similar to the foregoing, these extended pixel® samples are interlaced with each other's. The polarity of the color dot of the money detector forms a complete checkerboard pattern. / [00] 43] Figures 17(a)-17(d) are expanded pixel patterns of different aspects in accordance with other embodiments of the present invention. In the embodiment of Fig. 17 (4), each color/7 will have a sawtooth pattern, and the detail structure will be aligned with the second color component: the sawtooth pattern. The zigzag pattern of the three color components is simultaneously vertically offset from the sawtooth pattern of the first and second color components. Color color point) CDJ - 丨 (that is, the first color component of the 1338797 CD_2_I (that is, the first column of the second color component 1710 of the first column. 兀, net, 丄η再风旦玄图色质(4) Λ 9 color points are separated from each other by at least one color ': & 'The color of other pixels can be interspersed to the color of the color point CD" - 2, CD_2-2 constitutes the pixel pattern 丨7] 〇 the second column Like the color dot of the first column, the color dot CD i 2, CD 2 2 is separated by the width of one color dot. Furthermore, the extended pixel map 'the first column is offset from the first column so that the color dot CD 1 2 is adjacent.
於顏色質點CD 1 1、CD ?】夕門从* , 一祕 CD 1 Ί rn 〇 〇~ ~ -2」之間的空隙。顏色質點 -- ~2-3構成晝素圖樣】71〇的第三列,而且彼此 ^亦間隔—個顏色質點的寬度。第三列偏移第二列以使 侍顏色質點CD-2-3是鄰接於顏色質,點CDJ一2、CD 2 2 之間的空隙。畫素圖樣⑺〇之第四列為元件裝置區域列 向’並且是由元件裝置區域dcaj、DCa 2、心3所構 成。誶細而言,元件裝置區域DCAJ是與顏色質點⑶门 水平對齊’並位於顏色質點CDJ_3的下方,而元件裝置 區域DCA—2是與顏色質點CD—2」水平對齊,並位於顏色 質點CD—2—3的下方’ j_元件裝置區域DCA—3是位於元件 裝置區域DCAJ的左方。亦即由左至右’元件裝置區域列 向分別為τό件裝置區域DCA_3、元件裝置區域_ 隙以及元件裝置區域DCA—2。顏色質點CD—3—i構成畫素 圖樣17】0的第五列’並位於元件裝置區域dca—3的下方。 顏土質點CD—3—2構成晝素圖樣171〇的第六列,並位於顏 色質點CD—3—1的右下方。顏色質點CD〜3—3構成晝素圖樣 1710的第七列,並位於顏色質點CD—3—2的左下方。此外, 開關元件SEJ、SE—2、SE_3是分別位於元件裝置區域In the color point CD 1 1 , CD ?] Ximen from *, a secret CD 1 Ί rn 〇 〇 ~ ~ -2" gap. The color dot -- ~ 2-3 constitutes the enamel pattern ] The third column of 71 ,, and is also spaced from each other - the width of a color dot. The third column is offset by the second column such that the color dot CD-2-3 is adjacent to the color, the gap between the dots CDJ-2 and CD2. The fourth column of the pixel pattern (7) is the element device region column direction ' and is composed of the element device regions dcaj, DCa 2, and the core 3. In detail, the component device area DCAJ is horizontally aligned with the color dot (3) gate and located below the color dot CDJ_3, while the component device region DCA-2 is horizontally aligned with the color dot CD-2" and located at the color dot CD- The lower 'j_component device area DCA-3 of 2-3 is located to the left of the component device area DCAJ. That is, from left to right, the component device regions are respectively arranged as a τ device device region DCA_3, a device device region slot, and a component device region DCA-2. The color dot CD-3-i constitutes the fifth column ' of the pixel pattern 17]0 and is located below the component device region dca-3. The pigmentation point CD-3-2 constitutes the sixth column of the 171-inch enamel pattern and is located at the lower right of the color point CD-3-1. The color dot CD~3-3 constitutes the seventh column of the alizarin pattern 1710 and is located at the lower left of the color dot CD-3-2. In addition, the switching elements SEJ, SE-2, SE_3 are respectively located in the component device area
82 (S % A—1、DCA—2、DCA—3。開關元件SE—i是耦接至顏色 :占CD—1J、CDj—2、cd—匕3之電極,而開關元件se—2 疋執接至顏色質點CD_2j、cd〜2—2、之電極,且 開關元件SE-3是搞接至顏色質點CD 3 J、CD 3 2、 CD—3—3 之電極。 —一 —一 旦_45]換句話說’擴展畫素圖樣1710之第-顏色分 里之二個顏色質點CD—^、⑶丄:⑶丄3構成左右左82 (S % A-1, DCA-2, DCA-3. The switching element SE-i is coupled to the color: the electrode of CD-1J, CDj-2, cd-匕3, and the switching element se-2) The electrodes are connected to the color dots CD_2j, cd~2-2, and the switching element SE-3 is connected to the electrodes of the color dots CD 3 J, CD 3 2, CD-3-3. - Once - _45 In other words, 'the expansion of the pixel pattern 1710 - the color of the two color points CD - ^, (3) 丄: (3) 丄 3 constitute left and right left
鑛=圖案(此亦為序一鑛嵩圖案),而此處之左右左鋸齒圖 案意為第二個顏色質點(即顏色質點CD丄2)是位在第一個 顏色質點(即顏色質點CDJ — 1)的右下方,而第三個顏色質 點(即顏色質點CD」—3)是位在第二個顏色質點的左下方。 類似地’擴展畫素圖樣1710之第二顏色分量之三個顏色質 2 CD一2_1、CD一2一2、CD一2__3亦構成左右左鋸齒圖案(亦 此亦為序二鋸齒圖案),且擴展畫素圖樣π1〇之第三顏色 分量之三個顏色質點CD_3—丨、CD—3—2、CD—3—3亦構成左 右左鋸齒圖案(亦此亦為序三鋸齒圖案)。此外,第一顏色 分量是垂直對齊於第二顏色分量,並水平偏移第二顏色分 1至少二個顏色質點的寬度。不過,第三顏色分量是垂直 偏移第一與弟二顏色分量至少顏色分量高度,並位於第一 與第一顏色分量的下方’而元件裝置區域列向便位於第三 顏色分量以及第一與第二顏色分量之間。再者,第三顏色 分量是水平向左偏移第一顏色分量至少一個顏色質點的寬 度。此外’元件裝置區域DCA一3是水平對齊於第三顏色分 量之第一顏色質點’並位於此顏色質點上方,而元件裝置 區域DCA一丨是水平對齊於第一顏色分量之第三顏色質Mine = pattern (this is also the order of a mine pattern), and the left and right zigzag patterns here mean that the second color point (ie, the color point CD丄2) is at the first color point (ie, the color point CDJ) - 1) to the lower right, and the third color point (ie, color dot CD - 3) is located at the lower left of the second color dot. Similarly, the three color qualities of the second color component of the expanded pixel pattern 1710, 2 CD-2_1, CD-2, 2, CD-2__3, also constitute a left and right left sawtooth pattern (also referred to as a sequential zigzag pattern), and The three color points CD_3—丨, CD—3—2, and CD—3—3 of the third color component of the extended pixel pattern π1〇 also constitute a left and right left sawtooth pattern (also referred to as a sequence of three sawtooth patterns). Further, the first color component is vertically aligned to the second color component and horizontally offset by the width of the second color component by at least two color dots. However, the third color component is the vertical offset first and the second color component at least the color component height, and is located below the first and first color components' and the component device region column is located in the third color component and the first Between the second color components. Further, the third color component is a horizontally shifted leftward width of the at least one color dot of the first color component. Further, the component device region DCA-3 is horizontally aligned with the first color dot of the third color component and located above the color dot, and the component device region DCA is horizontally aligned with the third color of the first color component.
83 (S 1338797 點,並位於此顏色質點下方,且元件裝置區域_ 2是水 平對齊於第二顏色分量之第三顏色質點,並位於此顏色質 點下方’其中元件裝置區域DCA—3、!是 包含於元件裝置區域列向。此外,開關^件沾卜se 2、 SE—3是分別位於元件裝置區域DCA」、dca—2、%U, 亚义別耦接第-、第二、第三顏色分量之顏色質點之電極。 [00146]類似擴展畫素圖樣131()之顏色f點畫素圖 樣1710的這些顏色質點是分佈於西洋棋盤圖案的同一顏 色中(忽略元件裝置區域)。此種排列的主要優點便在於擴 展畫素圖樣171G的全部顏色f點的極性均為相同。圖) 即為擴展畫素圖樣171G之正質點極性圖案,在正質點極性 圖案令’所有的顏色質點與開關元件均具有正極性。相反 地’在負質點極性圖案中,所有的顏色質點與開關元件均 ,有負極性。將這些擴展晝素圖樣彼此交錯,即可使顯示 為之顏色質點的極性構成一個完整的西洋棋盤圖案,而 將會於後詳述。 〃 曰[00147]圖17(b)之擴展畫素圖樣172〇具有三個顏色分 罝,而每個顏色分量又分割為三個顏色質點。顏色質點 CD一 1_丨(即為第一顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、 CD—2—1(即為第二顏色分量之第—個顏色質點)構成畫素圖 樣1720的第一列。不過這些顏色質點彼此至少間隔—個顏 色質點的寬度,以使其他畫素的顏色質點可以穿插至其 中。顏色質點CDJ 一2、CD一2_2構成畫素圖樣丨?2〇的第^ 列。如同第一列之顏色質點,顏色質點、CD 2 2 彼此至少亦間隔一個顏色質點的寬度。再者,〜擴展晝素圖83 (S 1338797 points and located below this color dot, and the component device area _ 2 is the third color dot horizontally aligned with the second color component and located below the color dot 'where the component device area DCA-3, ! is It is included in the direction of the component device area. In addition, the switch components are se2, SE-3 are located in the component device area DCA", dca-2, %U, and the sub-coupling is connected to the second, second, third The electrode of the color particle of the color component. [00146] These color dots of the color f dot pixel pattern 1710 similar to the extended pixel pattern 131 () are distributed in the same color of the checkerboard pattern (ignoring the component device area). The main advantage of the arrangement is that the polarities of all the color f points of the extended pixel pattern 171G are the same. Fig.) is the positive pixel polarity pattern of the extended pixel pattern 171G, and the pattern of the positive polarity points makes all the color points and switches The components are all positive. Conversely, in the negative dot polarity pattern, all color dots and switching elements have a negative polarity. By interlacing these extended pixel patterns, the polarity of the displayed color dots forms a complete checkerboard pattern, which will be detailed later. 〃 曰 [00147] The expanded pixel pattern 172 of Fig. 17(b) has three color divisions, and each color component is divided into three color dots. The color dot CD_1_丨 (that is, the first color dot of the first color component) and CD-2-1 (that is, the first color dot of the second color component) constitute the first column of the pixel pattern 1720. . However, these color dots are at least spaced from each other by the width of a color point so that the color points of other pixels can be inserted into it. Color dot CDJ-2, CD-2_2 constitute a pixel pattern? The second column of 2〇. Like the color dots in the first column, the color dots and CD 2 2 are at least spaced apart from each other by the width of one color dot. Furthermore, ~ expand the prime map
84 (:S 1338797 樣1720之第二列偏移第一列以使得顏色質點⑶丄2鄰接 於顏色質點⑶丄卜⑶义】之間的空隙。顏色質點 CD」—3、CD—2—3構成畫素圖樣丨720的第三列,而且彼此 f少亦間隔—個顏色質點的寬度。第三列偏移第二列以使 得顏色|點CD_2_3是鄰接於顏色質點CDj、cD 2 284 (:S 1338797 The second column of the sample 1720 is offset from the first column such that the color dot (3) 丄 2 is adjacent to the gap between the color dot (3) and the (3) meaning. Color dot CD"-3, CD-2-3 Forming the third column of the pixel pattern 720, and spacing from each other f is also the width of the color dot. The third column is offset from the second column such that the color | point CD_2_3 is adjacent to the color dot CDj, cD 2 2
之間的空隙。畫素圖樣丨72〇之第四列為元件裝置區域列 向,並且是由元件裝置區域dca」、DCa—2 dca 3所構 成。绊細而言’元件裝置區域DCA—1是與顏色質點^!)】3 水平對齊’並位於顏色f點CDJ_3的下方,而元件裝置 區域DCA—2是與顏色f點CD_2_3水平 質點⑶―的下方,且元件裝置區域〇CA—3是; 裝置區域DCA—2的右方。亦即由左至右,元件裝置區域列 向分別為元件裝置區域DCAJ '間隙' 元件裝置區域 DCA—2以及元件裝置區域〇CA—3。顏色質點構成 畫素圖樣1720的第五列’並位於元件裝置區域DcA」的 下方,且與元件裝置區域DCA一3水平對齊。顏色質點 CD—3_2構成晝素圖樣172G的第六列,並位於顏色質點 CD—3—1的右下方。顏色質點⑶―3—3構成畫素圖樣⑽ 的苐七列,並位於顏色質點CD一3_2的左下方。 曰[〇〇丨48]換句話說,擴展晝素圖樣172〇之第一顏色分 置之二個顏色質點CD丄卜CD丄2、CDJ」構成左右左 ㈣圖案’而擴展晝素圖樣172G之第二顏色分量之三個顏 ^質點CD—2_1、CD_2—2、CD_2—3㈣成左右左鑛齒圖 ,,且擴展畫素圖樣172〇之第三顏色分量之三個顏色質點 —3_J 'CD—3—2、CD—3—3亦構成左右左鋸齒圖案。此外,The gap between them. The fourth column of the pixel pattern 丨72〇 is the element device region direction, and is composed of the device device regions dca" and DCa-2 dca3. In summary, 'the component device area DCA-1 is aligned with the color dot ^!) 3 horizontally and is located below the color f point CDJ_3, while the component device area DCA-2 is the color point f CD_2_3 horizontal dot (3) Below, and the component device area 〇CA-3 is; the right side of the device area DCA-2. That is, from left to right, the component device regions are respectively listed as the component device region DCAJ 'gap' component device region DCA-2 and the device device region 〇CA-3. The color dot constitutes the fifth column ' of the pixel pattern 1720 and is located below the element device region DcA' and is horizontally aligned with the device device region DCA-3. The color dot CD-3_2 constitutes the sixth column of the 172G element, and is located at the lower right of the color dot CD-3. The color dot (3) - 3 - 3 constitutes the seven columns of the pixel pattern (10) and is located at the lower left of the color dot CD - 3_2.曰[〇〇丨48] In other words, the two color points of the first color division of the 昼 图 〇 〇 〇 丄 丄 丄 丄 丄 CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 The three color points of the second color component CD-2_1, CD_2-2, CD_2-3 (4) are left and right left ore maps, and the three color points of the third color component of the extended pixel pattern 172〇—3_J 'CD -3-2, CD-3-3 also constitute a left and right left sawtooth pattern. In addition,
85 (:S 1338797 第-顏色分量是垂直對齊於第二顏色分量,並水平偏移第 色分量至少二個顏色質點的寬度。不過,第三顏色分 里直偏移第一與第二顏色分量,並位於第一與第二顏 色刀1的下方,而元件裝置區域列向便位於第三顏色分量 以及第-與第二顏色分量之間。再者,第三顏色分量是水 平向右偏移第—顏色分量至少-個顏色質點的寬度。此 外,几件置區域DCAj是水平對齊於第一顏色分量之第 二顏色=點,並位於此顏色質點下方,而^件裝置區域 DCA—2是水平對齊於第二顏色分量之第三顏色質點,並位 ^此顏色質點下方,且元件裝置區域DCA—3是水平對齊於 第三顏色分量之第一顏色質點,並位於此顏色質點上方,、 其中元件裝置區域DCA—i、DCA—2、DCA—3是包含於元 件裂置區域列向。另外,開關元件SEJ、SE_2、SE」是 分別位於元件裝置區域DCA」、DCA—2、DCA—3,並分別 執接第-、第二、第三顏色分量之顏色質點之電極。 [00149] 類似擴展晝素圖樣丨3丨〇之顏色質點畫素圖 樣丨720的這些顏色質點是分佈於西洋棋盤圖案的同一顏 色中。此種排列的主要優點便在於擴展畫素圖樣丨72〇的全 邓顏色貝點的極性均為相同。圖17(b)即為擴展畫素圖樣 】720之負質點極性圖案,在負質點極性圖案中,所有的顏 色質點與開關it件均具有負極性。相反地,在正質點極性 圖木中,所有的顏色質點與開關元件均具有正極性。將這 些擴展晝素圖樣彼此交錯,即可使顯示器之顏色質點的極 性構成一個完整的西洋棋盤圖案,而此將會於後詳述。 [00150] 圖17(c)之擴展畫素圖樣丨73〇具有三個顏色分 86 (S ) 1338797 量’而每個顏色分量又分割為三個顏色質點。顏色質點 CD一3J構成畫素圖樣1730的第一列,而顏色質點CD 3 2 構成畫素圖樣1730的第二列,並位於顏色質點cD 3 1的 右下方。顏色質點CD—3—3構成畫素圖樣丨730的第三列, 並位於顏色質點CD_3_2的左下方。畫素圖樣之第四 列為元件裝置區域列向,並且是由元件裝置區域DCA ^、 DCA—2、DCA_3所構成。詳細而言,元件裝置區域dc、3 是與顏色質點CD一3一3水平對齊,並位於顏色質點CD 3 3 的下方。元件裝置區域DC A—2是位於元件裝置區域D(:a=3 的左方,而元件裝置區域DCAJ是位於元件裝置區域 DCA—2的左方,並間隔元件裝置區域DCA—2至少一個元 件裝置區域的寬度。亦即由左至右,元件裝置區域列向分 別為元件裝置區域DCA—1、間隙、元件裝置區域DCA 2 以及元件裝置區域DCA—3。顏色質點CD—1 一1、CD 2 1構 成畫素圖樣1730的第五列。不過這些顏色質點彼此至少間 隔個顏色貝點的I度,以使其他畫素的顏色質點可以穿 插至其中。此外,第五列的配置方式是使得顏色質點 CD_l-l、CD—分別水平對齊於元件裝置區域DCAj、 DCj—2。顏色質點CD—1—2、CD—2—2構成畫素圖樣口3〇 的第六列。如同第五列之顏色質點,顏色質點cDj_2、 CD—2—2彼此至少亦間隔一個顏色質點的寬度。再者,擴展 畫素圖樣1730之第六列偏移第五列以使得顏色質點 CDJ—2鄰接於顏色質點cd_】_1、CD一2一1之間的空隙。 顏色質點CD_1_3、CD一2—3構成晝素圖樣丨730的第七列, 而且彼此至少亦間隔一個顏色質點的寬度。第七列偏移第 87 1338797 六列以使得顏色質點CD—2J是鄰接於顏色質點CD i 2、 CD一2_2之間的空隙。此外,開關元件SE—卜se 23 是分別位於το件裝置區域DCA」' DCA—2、Dca」。開關 元件SEJ是耦接至顏色質點CDJJ、CD—1 2cd ! 3 之電極,而開關元件SE_2是搞接至顏色質點cd—2y、 CD—2—2、CD_2_3之電極’且開關元件SE—3是㈣至顏色 質點 CD—3J、CD—3一2、CD—3—3 之電極。 [00151]換句話說,擴展晝素圖樣173G之第—顏色分 置之二個顏色質點CD丄】、CD—1_2、CD_1_3構成左右左 錄齒圖案,而擴屐畫素圖樣173G之第二顏色分量之三個顏 色質點CD—2_1、CD_2_2、CD一2_3 ,亦構成左右左鑛齒圖 案,且擴展畫素圖樣173G之第三顏色分量之三個顏色質點 3-1 ' CD-3-2、CD-3-3仍構成左右左鋸齒圖案。此外, 第-顏色分量是垂直對齊於第二顏色分量,並水平偏移第 色分量至少二個顏色質點的寬度。不過,第三顏色分 罝^垂直偏移第一與第二顏色分量,並位於第一與第二顏 ^分置的上方,且元件裝置區域列向便是位於第三顏色分 量以及第一與第二顏色分量之間。再者,第三顏色分量是 水平向右偏移第二顏色分量至少一個顏色質點的寬度。此 外’疋件裝置區域DCA—1是水平對齊於第一顏色分量之第 一顏色質點,並位於此顏色質點上方,而元件裝置區域 DCA—2是水平對齊於第二顏色分量之第一顏色質點,並位 =此顏色質點上方,且元件裝置區域DCA_3是水平對齊於 第一顏色分量之第三顏色質點,並位於此顏色質點下方, 其中元件裝置區域DCAJ、DCA—2、DCA_3是包含於元 (:S :) 88 1338797 件裝置區域列向。另外,開關元件SE—丨、SEj、SE 3是 分別位於元件裝置區域DCAJ、DCA一2、DC<3,並分別 耦接第一、第二、第二顏色分量之顏色質點之電極。 [00152] 圖17(c)即為擴展畫素圖樣173〇之正質點極性 圖案’在正質點極性圖案中,所有的顏色質點與開關元件 均具有正極性。相反地,在負質點極性圖案中,所有的顏 色質點與開關元件均具有負極性◦將這些擴展畫素圖樣彼 此交錯,即可使顯示器之顏色質點的極性構成一個完整的 西洋棋盤圖案’而此將會於後詳述。 [00153] 圖17(d)之擴展畫素圖樣】74〇具有三個顏色分 里而母個顏色分里又分割為三個顏色質點。顏色質點 CD—丨構成畫素圖樣1740的第一列,而顏色質點cd 3 2 構成畫素圖樣1740的第二列,並位於顏色質點CD_3j的 右下方。顏色質點CD一3—3構成畫素圖樣1740的第三列, 並位於顏色質點CD—3—2的左下方。畫素圖樣174〇之第四 列為7L件裝置區域列向,並且是由元件裝置區域DCAj、 DCA一2、DCA一3所構成。詳細而言’元件裝置區域DCA_3 疋與顏色質點CD_3_3水平對齊,並位於顏色質點CD_3_3 的下方。元件裝置區域DCAj是鄰接於元件裝置區域 DCA—3的右方,而元件裝置區域DCA_2是位於元件裝置 區域DCA一1的右方,並間隔元件裝置區域DCAj至少一 個元件裝置區域的寬度(即元件裝置區域DCAj、DCA_2 形成一個空隙)。亦即由左至右,元件裝置區域列向分別為 元件裝置區域DCA—3、元件裝置區域DCAj、間隙以及元 件裝置區域DCA一2。顏色質點CDjj、CD_2j構成畫素85 (:S 1338797 The first-color component is vertically aligned with the second color component and horizontally offsets the width of at least two color dots of the first color component. However, the third color is directly offset by the first and second color components. And located below the first and second color knives 1, and the component device area is located between the third color component and the first and second color components. Further, the third color component is horizontally shifted to the right. The first-color component has a width of at least one color dot. Further, a plurality of pieces of area DCAj are horizontally aligned with the second color of the first color component=point and located below the color dot, and the device area DCA-2 is Horizontally aligned with the third color dot of the second color component, and positioned below the color dot, and the component device region DCA-3 is horizontally aligned with the first color dot of the third color component and located above the color dot, The component device regions DCA-i, DCA-2, and DCA-3 are included in the element splitting region. In addition, the switching elements SEJ, SE_2, and SE" are located in the device device region DCA", DCA-2, and DCA, respectively. 3, and respectively connected to the electrodes of the color points of the first, second, and third color components. [00149] These color points of the color gradation pattern 丨 720 similar to the extended 昼 图 pattern 是 3 是 are distributed in the Western Ocean In the same color of the checkerboard pattern, the main advantage of this arrangement is that the polarities of the full Deng color shells of the expanded pixel pattern 丨72〇 are the same. Figure 17(b) is the negative pixel of the extended pixel pattern 720 Polar pattern, in the negative dot polarity pattern, all color dots and switch it have negative polarity. Conversely, in the positive dot polarity map, all color dots and switching elements have positive polarity. The pattern of the prime images are interlaced to make the polarity of the color dots of the display form a complete checkerboard pattern, which will be detailed later. [00150] The expanded pixel pattern of Figure 17(c) has three The color is divided into 86 (S) 1338797 and each color component is divided into three color dots. The color dot CD-3J constitutes the first column of the pixel pattern 1730, and the color dot CD 3 2 constitutes the pixel pattern 1730. The column is located at the lower right of the color dot cD 3 1. The color dot CD-3-3 constitutes the third column of the pixel pattern 丨730, and is located at the lower left of the color dot CD_3_2. The fourth column of the pixel pattern is the component device. The regions are arranged in the direction and are composed of the component device regions DCA ^, DCA-2, and DCA_3. In detail, the component device regions dc, 3 are horizontally aligned with the color dots CD 3-1, and are located at the color dot CD 3 3 The component device area DC A-2 is located on the left side of the component device region D (:a=3, and the component device region DCAJ is located to the left of the component device region DCA-2, and the spacer device device region DCA-2 The width of at least one component device area. That is, from left to right, the component device regions are arranged in the component device region DCA-1, the gap, the device device region DCA 2, and the component device region DCA-3, respectively. The color dot CD-1-1, CD 2 1 constitutes the fifth column of the pixel pattern 1730. However, these color dots are at least 1 degree apart from each other so that the color points of other pixels can be inserted into them. Further, the fifth column is arranged in such a manner that the color dots CD_l-1, CD- are horizontally aligned to the component device regions DCAj, DCj-2, respectively. The color dot CD—1—2, CD—2—2 constitutes the sixth column of the pixel pattern port 3〇. Like the color dot of the fifth column, the color dots cDj_2 and CD-2 are at least spaced apart from each other by the width of one color dot. Furthermore, the sixth column of the extended pixel pattern 1730 is offset from the fifth column such that the color dot CDJ-2 is adjacent to the gap between the color dot cd_]_1 and the CD 2-1. The color dots CD_1_3 and CD 2-3 constitute the seventh column of the enamel pattern 730, and are at least spaced apart from each other by the width of one color dot. The seventh column is offset by the first column of 87 1338797 such that the color dot CD-2J is adjacent to the gap between the color dots CD i 2 and CD-2_2. Further, the switching elements SE-b se 23 are respectively located in the το device region DCA"' DCA-2, Dca". The switching element SEJ is coupled to the electrodes of the color dot CDJJ, CD-1 2 cd ! 3, and the switching element SE_2 is connected to the electrode of the color dot cd-2y, CD-2-2, CD_2_3 and the switching element SE-3 It is the electrode of (4) to the color point CD-3J, CD-3-2, CD-3-3. [00151] In other words, the two color points CD丄, CD-1_2, and CD_1_3 of the expanded color element 173G form a left and right left-tooth recording pattern, and the second color of the expanded pixel pattern 173G. The three color points CD-2_1, CD_2_2, CD-2_3 of the component also constitute the left and right left tooth pattern, and the three color points of the third color component of the extended pixel pattern 173G are 3-1 'CD-3-2 CD-3-3 still constitutes a left and right left sawtooth pattern. Further, the first color component is vertically aligned to the second color component and horizontally offsets the width of at least two color dots of the color component. However, the third color distribution 垂直 vertically shifts the first and second color components, and is located above the first and second color divisions, and the component device region is located in the third color component and the first Between the second color components. Furthermore, the third color component is a width that shifts horizontally to the right by at least one color dot of the second color component. In addition, the component device area DCA-1 is horizontally aligned with the first color dot of the first color component and located above the color dot, and the component device region DCA-2 is the first color dot horizontally aligned with the second color component. , the position = above the color dot, and the component device area DCA_3 is the third color dot horizontally aligned with the first color component, and is located below the color dot, wherein the component device regions DCAJ, DCA-2, DCA_3 are included in the element (:S :) 88 1338797 The device area is listed. Further, the switching elements SE_丨, SEj, SE3 are electrodes respectively located in the element device regions DCAJ, DCA-2, DC<3, and coupled to the color mass points of the first, second, and second color components, respectively. 17(c) shows the positive dot polarity pattern of the expanded pixel pattern 173. In the positive dot polarity pattern, all the color dots and the switching elements have positive polarity. Conversely, in the negative dot polarity pattern, all the color dots and the switching elements have a negative polarity, and the extended pixel patterns are interlaced with each other, so that the polarity of the color dots of the display constitutes a complete checkerboard pattern. It will be detailed later. [00153] The expanded pixel pattern of Fig. 17(d)] has four color points and the mother color is divided into three color points. The color dot CD-丨 constitutes the first column of the pixel pattern 1740, and the color dot cd 3 2 constitutes the second column of the pixel pattern 1740 and is located at the lower right of the color dot CD_3j. The color dot CD 3-1 forms the third column of the pixel pattern 1740 and is located at the lower left of the color dot CD-3-2. The fourth column of the pixel pattern 174 is arranged in the direction of the 7L device region, and is composed of the component device regions DCAj, DCA-2, and DCA-3. In detail, the component device area DCA_3 水平 is horizontally aligned with the color dot CD_3_3 and is located below the color dot CD_3_3. The component device region DCAj is adjacent to the right of the component device region DCA-3, and the component device region DCA_2 is located to the right of the component device region DCA-1, and the spacer device device region DCAj is at least one component device region width (ie, the device) The device areas DCAj, DCA_2 form a gap). That is, from left to right, the component device areas are listed as component device region DCA-3, component device region DCAj, gap, and component device region DCA-2, respectively. Color dots CDjj, CD_2j constitute a pixel
(S 89 1338797 圖樣1740的第五列。不過這些顏色質點彼此至少間隔一個 顏色質點的寬度’以使其他畫素的顏色質點可以穿插至其 中。此外’第五列偏移第四列以使得得顏色質點C 〇 1 1、 CD_2—1分別水平對齊於元件裝置區域dcaj、DCA 2。 顏色質點CDJ—2、CD_2 一 2構成晝素圖樣〗740的第六列, 且顏色質點CD一 1 一2、CD_2_2彼此至少亦間隔一個顏色質 點的寬度。再者,擴展晝素圖樣1740之第六列偏移第五列 以使得顏色質點CD_1_2鄰接於顏色質點CDJJ、CD_2J 之間的空隙。顏色質點CD一 1 一3、CD_2_3構成晝素圖樣丨74〇 的第七列’而且彼此至少亦間隔一個顏色質點的寬度。第 七列偏移第六列以使得顏色質點CD_2_3是鄰接於顏色質 點CD一丨一2、CD—2_2之間的空隙。此外,開關元件SE」、 SE_2、SE—3是分別位於元件裝置區域dca J、DCA 2、 DCA—3。開關元件SEj是耦接至顏色質點^丨」、 CD—l—2、CDJ—3之電極,而開關元件SE_2是耦接至顏色 質點CD—2—1、CD—2—2、CD_2—3之電極’且開關元件SE—3 是耦接至顏色質點CD—3—1、CD—3—2、CD—3—3之電極。— [00154]換句話說,擴展畫素圖樣〗74〇之第一顏色分 里之二個顏色質點CDJ J、CD—1_2、CD—1_3構成左右左 鋸齒圖案,而擴展畫素圖樣丨74〇之第二顏色分量之三個顏 色質點CD—2J、CD_2—2、CD_2—3亦構成左右左錄齒圖 案,且擴展畫素圖樣丨740之第三顏色分量之三個顏色質點 CD—3—1 ' CD—3—2 ' CD—3—3仍構成左右左鋸齒圖案。此外, 第一顏色分量是垂直對齊於第二顏色分量,並水平偏移第 二顏色分量至少二個顏色質點的寬度。不過,第三顏色分(S 89 1338797 The fifth column of the pattern 1740. However, these color dots are at least separated from each other by the width of one color dot' so that the color pixels of other pixels can be interspersed therein. In addition, the fifth column is offset by the fourth column so that The color dots C 〇1 1 and CD_2-1 are horizontally aligned with the component device regions dcaj and DCA 2, respectively. The color dots CDJ-2 and CD_2-2 constitute the sixth column of the enamel pattern 740, and the color dots CD 1-2. The CD_2_2 is at least spaced apart from each other by the width of one color dot. Further, the sixth column of the extended tilde pattern 1740 is offset from the fifth column such that the color dot CD_1_2 is adjacent to the gap between the color dots CDJJ and CD_2J. 1 - 3, CD_2_3 constitutes the seventh column of the enamel pattern 丨74〇' and is at least spaced apart from each other by the width of one color dot. The seventh column is offset from the sixth column such that the color dot CD_2_3 is adjacent to the color dot CD. 2. The gap between CD-2_2. In addition, the switching elements SE", SE_2, SE-3 are respectively located in the component device regions dca J, DCA 2, DCA-3. The switching element SEj is coupled to the color dot ^" , the CD-l-2, the electrode of the CDJ-3, and the switching element SE_2 is coupled to the electrode of the color dot CD-2, CD-2-2, CD_2-3 and the switching element SE-3 is coupled To the color dot CD-3-1, CD-3-2, CD-3-3 electrode. - [00154] In other words, the expanded pixel pattern 74〇 first color of the two color points CDJ J, CD-1_2, CD-1_3 form left and right left sawtooth patterns, and the three color points CD-2J, CD_2-2, CD_2-3 of the second color component of the extended pixel pattern 丨74〇 also constitute the left and right left recording teeth. The pattern, and the three color points of the third color component of the extended pixel pattern 丨 740, CD-3 - 1 'CD-3-2' CD-3-3 still form a left and right left sawtooth pattern. In addition, the first color component is Vertically aligned to the second color component and horizontally offset the width of at least two color dots of the second color component. However, the third color component
90 1338797 量是垂直向上偏移第一與第二顏色分量至少一個顏色分量 的高度,且元件裝置區域列向是位於第三顏色分量以及第90 1338797 The amount is a height that vertically shifts at least one color component of the first and second color components, and the component device region is located in the third color component and
一與第二顏色分量之間。再者,第三顏色分量是水平向左 偏移第一顏色分量至少一個顏色質點的寬度。此外,元件 裝置區域DCA一丨是水平對齊於第一顏色分量之第一顏色 質點,並位於此顏色質點上方,而元件裝置區域DCA—2是 水平對齊於第二顏色分量之第—顏色質點,並位於此顏色 質點上方,且元件裝置區域DCA—3是水平對齊於第三顏色 分量之第三顏色質點,並位於此顏色質點下方,其中元件 裝置區域DCA—1、DCA_2、DCA_3是包含於^件裝置區 域列向。另外,開關元件SE—l、SE—2、SE_3是分別位於 ,件裝置區域DC A J、DC A_2、DCA__3,並分別&接第___、 第二、第三顏色分量之顏色質點之電極。 [00155]圖17(d)即為擴展畫素圖樣丨74〇之負質點極性Between one and the second color component. Further, the third color component is a horizontally shifted leftward offset of the width of the at least one color dot of the first color component. In addition, the component device region DCA is horizontally aligned with the first color dot of the first color component and located above the color dot, and the component device region DCA-2 is horizontally aligned with the first color component of the second color component. And located above the color dot, and the component device area DCA-3 is a third color dot horizontally aligned with the third color component and located below the color dot, wherein the component device regions DCA-1, DCA_2, DCA_3 are included in the ^ The device area is listed. In addition, the switching elements SE-1, SE-2, and SE_3 are electrodes respectively located in the device region DC A J, DC A_2, and DCA__3, and respectively & the color dots of the ___, second, and third color components. [00155] FIG. 17(d) is the negative pixel polarity of the extended pixel pattern 丨74〇
圖案’在負質點極性圖案中,所有的顏色f點與開關元件 均具有負極性。相反地,在正質點極性圖案中,所有的顏 色質點與開關元件均具有正極性。將這些擴展書素圖樣彼 此交錯,即可使顯示器之顏色質點的極性構成一個完整的 西洋棋盤圖案,而此將會於後詳述。 [00156]在本發明之-實施例中’應用擴展畫素圖樣 1710、1720、1730、1740之顯示器會以類似圖l3(b)的概 念而使用列向交錯的方式排列畫素。具體而言,應用擴展 畫素圖樣1710、mo之晝素具有第一種極性圖案:而】用 擴展晝素圖樣1720、mo之晝素具有相反的極性圖案:應 用擴展晝素圖# 172G之畫素之第三顏色分量將會配置於The pattern 'in the negative dot polarity pattern, all of the color f points and the switching elements have a negative polarity. Conversely, in the positive dot polarity pattern, all of the color dots and the switching elements have positive polarity. By interlacing these extended book patterns, the polarities of the color points of the display form a complete checkerboard pattern, which will be detailed later. [00156] In the embodiment of the present invention - the display of the extended pixel patterns 1710, 1720, 1730, 1740 will be arranged in a column-wise staggered manner in a manner similar to the concept of Figure 13(b). Specifically, the application of the extended pixel pattern 1710, the motin of the mo has the first polarity pattern: and] the extended alizarin pattern 1720, the motin of the mo has the opposite polarity pattern: the application of the extended 昼素图# 172G painting The third color component will be configured
91 S 1338797 應用擴展畫素圖樣丨71G之畫素之第—與第二顏色分量之 ^類似地’應用擴展畫素圖樣⑺〇之畫素之第三顏色分 董將會配置於應用擴展畫素圖樣⑽之畫素之第一與第 二顏色分量之間。應用擴展畫素圖樣1730、1740之晝^的 排列方式相同於應用擴展畫素圖樣⑺〇、】72〇之畫素的排 列方式。應用擴展畫素圖樣】73G之畫素之第—顏色分量是 ^直對齊於應用擴展畫素圖i 171G之畫素之第三顏色分 買’並偏移此第三顏色分量至少兩個顏色質點寬度。類似 地’應用擴展畫素圖樣174〇之畫素之第—顏色分量是垂直 對齊於f用擴展畫素圖樣!,之畫素之第三顏色分量,並 偏移此第三顏色分量至少兩個顏色質點寬度。圖17⑷繪示 此四個畫素P1710、P1720、ΡΠ30、P1740的排列方式。 應用擴展畫素圖樣171G之畫素P171G是標示為點陰影記 號,而應用擴展畫素圖樣丨72〇之畫素pi72〇是標記為右上 至左下對角線陰影符號,且應用擴展畫素圖樣1730之畫素 P1730是標記為左上至右下對角線陰影符號,又應用擴展 畫素圖樣1740之畫素P1740是標記為垂直線陰影符號。 [00157]圖18(a)與18(b)為依據本發明另一實施例之擴 展畫素圖樣1810之正質點極性圖案與負質點極性圖案。具 體而言,圖18(a)繪示擴展晝素圖樣丨81〇之正質點極性圖 案。擴展畫素圖樣1810之第一顏色分量之三個顏色質點 CD_1_1 CDJ一 2、CD—1—3構成左右左鋸齒圖案(此亦為序 一鋸齒圖案),而擴展晝素圖樣1810之第二顏色分量之三 個顏色質點CD_2—1、CD—2_2、CD一2_3亦構成左右左鋸齒 圖案(此亦為序二鋸齒圖案),且擴展畫素圖樣181〇之第三91 S 1338797 Applying the extended pixel pattern 丨 71G's pixel - similar to the second color component ^ 'applying the extended pixel pattern (7) 〇 the third color of the pixel will be configured in the application expansion pixel Between the first and second color components of the pixel of the pattern (10). The arrangement of the extended pixel patterns 1730 and 1740 is the same as that of the pixels in which the extended pixel pattern (7) 〇, 72 应用 is applied. Applying the extended pixel pattern] The color component of the 73G pixel is directly aligned with the third color of the pixel of the application of the extended pixel image i 171G, and offsets the third color component by at least two color points. width. Similarly, the application of the extended pixel pattern 174 〇 之 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — The third color component of the pixel, and offsets the third color component by at least two color dot widths. Fig. 17 (4) shows the arrangement of the four pixels P1710, P1720, ΡΠ30, and P1740. Applying the extended pixel pattern 171G pixel P171G is marked as a point shadow mark, while the application of the extended pixel pattern 丨72〇 pixel pi72〇 is marked as the upper right to the lower left diagonal shadow symbol, and the extended pixel pattern 1730 is applied. The pixel P1730 is marked with a diagonal symbol from top left to the bottom right, and the pixel P1740 with the extended pixel pattern 1740 is marked as a vertical line shadow symbol. 18(a) and 18(b) are a positive dot polarity pattern and a negative dot polarity pattern of an extended pixel pattern 1810 according to another embodiment of the present invention. Specifically, Fig. 18(a) shows the positive dot polarity pattern of the extended enamel pattern 丨81〇. Expanding the three color points of the first color component of the pixel pattern 1810 CD_1_1 CDJ-2, CD-1 - 3 constitutes the left and right left sawtooth pattern (this is also a sequence of sawtooth pattern), and expands the second color of the elementary pattern 1810 The three color dots CD_2-1, CD-2_2, and CD-2_3 also form the left and right left sawtooth pattern (this is also the sequence of the second sawtooth pattern), and the expanded pixel pattern 181〇 is the third.
92 1338797 顏色分量之三個顏色質點CD—3—1、CD一3一2、CD 3 3仍構 成左右左鑛齒圖案(此亦為序二鑛齒圖案)。此外,第一顏 色分量是垂直對齊於第三顏色分量,並水平偏移第三顏色 分量至少二個顏色質點的寬度。不過,第二顏色分量是垂 直向上偏移第一與第三顏色分量至少一個顏色分量的高 度。再者’第二顏色分量是水平向右偏移第一顏色分量至 少一個顏色質點的寬度。此外,元件裝置區域列向包括元 件裝置區域DCA_1、 DCA—2、DCA—3,並間隔於第二顏 色分量以及第一與第三顏色分量之間。詳細而言,元件裝 置區域DCA—1是水平對齊於顏色質點cd_1_i,並位於此 顏色質點上方,而元件裝置區域DCA—2是水平對齊於顏色 質點CD—2—3,並位於此顏色質點下方,且元件裝置區域 DCA—3是水平對齊於顏色質點CD_3J,並位於此顏色質 點下方。另外,開關元件SE_1、SE—2、SE—3是分別位於 元件裝置區域DC A 、DC A 一2、DCA J3,因此元件裝置區 域列向亦可稱為開關元件列向’並且第一顏色分量與第二 顏色分I是分別位於開關元件列向之第一側以及第二側。 開關元件SEJ是耦接至顏色質點CD_1J、CD__1_2、 CD—1一3之電極,而開關元件SE-2是耦接至顏色質點 CD_2—1、CD—2一2、CD—2—3之電極,且開關元件SE」是 耦接至顏色質點CD_3_1、CD—3—2、CD—3—3之電極。圖 18(a)即為擴展畫素圖樣18〗〇+之正質點極性圖案,在正質 點極性圖案中,所有的顏色質點與開關元件均具有正極 ]·生相反地’圖〗8(b)即為擴展畫素圖樣181〇_之負質點極 性圖案,在負質點極性圖案中,所有的顏色質點與開關元 93 (£ > ⑴8797 件均具有負極性。 [00158]圖18(C)與18(d)為依據本發明另—實施例之擴 ,畫素圖樣18 2 G之正質點極性圖案與負f點極性圖案。擴 畫素圖樣1820之第一彥員色分量之三個顏色 =去1 — 1、CD丄2 : CD丄3構成左右左鑛齒圖案,而擴展 旦”圖樣1820之第二顏色分量之三個顏色質點cd—2—】、 CD又2、CD—2—3❿構成左右左鑛齒圖案,92 1338797 The three color points of the color component CD-3, 1, CD-3, 2, CD 3 3 still form the left and right left ore pattern (this is also the order of the second tooth pattern). Further, the first color component is vertically aligned to the third color component and horizontally offset from the width of the at least two color dots of the third color component. However, the second color component is a height that vertically offsets at least one color component of the first and third color components. Further, the second color component is horizontally shifted to the right by the width of the first color component of at least one color dot. Further, the component device area is arranged to include the element device regions DCA_1, DCA-2, DCA-3, and spaced between the second color component and the first and third color components. In detail, the component device area DCA-1 is horizontally aligned with the color dot cd_1_i and located above the color dot, and the component device region DCA-2 is horizontally aligned with the color dot CD-2-3 and located below the color dot. And the component device area DCA-3 is horizontally aligned with the color dot CD_3J and located below the color dot. In addition, the switching elements SE_1, SE-2, SE-3 are respectively located in the device device regions DC A , DC A 1-2, DCA J3, so the component device region column direction may also be referred to as the switching device column direction 'and the first color component The second color component I is located on the first side and the second side of the switching element row, respectively. The switching element SEJ is coupled to the electrodes of the color dots CD_1J, CD__1_2, CD-1-3, and the switching element SE-2 is coupled to the electrodes of the color dots CD_2-1, CD-2-2, CD2-3. And the switching element SE" is an electrode coupled to the color dots CD_3_1, CD-3-2, CD-3-3. Figure 18 (a) is the positive pixel polarity pattern of the extended pixel pattern 18 〇 +, in the positive dot polarity pattern, all the color dots and the switching elements have positive poles · · opposite students 'Figure 8 (b) That is, the negative pixel polarity pattern of the extended pixel pattern 181〇_, in the negative dot polarity pattern, all the color dots and the switch element 93 (£ > (1) 8797 pieces have negative polarity. [00158] Figure 18 (C) 18(d) is a pattern of a positive dot polarity and a negative f dot polarity of the pixel pattern 18 2 G according to another embodiment of the present invention. The three colors of the first component color component of the expanded pixel pattern 1820 = Go to 1 - 1, CD 丄 2 : CD 丄 3 constitutes the left and right left tooth pattern, and the extended color "pattern of the second color component of the 1820 color cd - 2 -], CD 2, CD - 2 - 3 ❿ Forming left and right left tooth patterns,
樣卿之第三顏色分量之三個顏色質點cd;JS CD—3—2、CD一3—3仍構成左右左鋸齒圖案。此外,第一顏 ^量是垂直對齊於第三顏色分量,並水平偏移第三顏色 刀里至 > 一個顏色質點的寬度。不過,第二顏色分量是垂 直向下偏移第-與第三顏色分量至少一個顏色分量的高 度。再者,第二顏色分量是水平向右偏移第一顏色分量至 少一個顏色質點的寬度。此外’元件裝置區域列向包括元 件裝,區域DCAJ、DCA_2、DCA_3,並間隔於第二顏 色:里以及第一與第三顏色分量之間。詳細而言,元件裝 置區域DCA_1是水平對齊於顏色質點CDJ—3,並位於此 ,色質點下方,而元件裝置區域DCA—2是水平對齊於顏色 質點CD—2—1,並位於此顏色質點上方,且元件裝置區域 DCA一3是水平對齊於顏色質點CD一3—3,並位於此顏色質 點上方。另外,開關元件SE_1、SE一2、SE_3是分別位於 :件裝置區域DCAJ、DCA_2、DCA一3。開關元件SEJ 是耦接至顏色質點CD」」、CDJ_2、CDj-3之電極,而 開關凡件SE_2是耦接至顏色質點cd_2 J、CD 2_2、 CD—2一3之電極,且開關元件SE」是耦接至顏色質點The three color points cd of the third color component of the sample; JS CD-3-2, CD-3-3 still constitute the left and right left sawtooth pattern. In addition, the first amount is vertically aligned to the third color component and horizontally offset by the width of the third color knife to > one color dot. However, the second color component is a height that is vertically downward offset by at least one color component of the first and third color components. Further, the second color component is a width that shifts the first color component horizontally to the right by at least one color dot. Further, the 'element device area array includes the elements, the areas DCAJ, DCA_2, DCA_3, and is spaced between the second color: and the first and third color components. In detail, the component device area DCA_1 is horizontally aligned with the color dot CDJ-3, and is located below the color dot, and the component device region DCA-2 is horizontally aligned with the color dot CD_2, and is located at the color dot. Above, and the component device area DCA-3 is horizontally aligned with the color dot CD 1-3 and located above the color dot. Further, the switching elements SE_1, SE-2, and SE_3 are located in the device region DCAJ, DCA_2, and DCA-3, respectively. The switching element SEJ is coupled to the electrodes of the color dot CD"", CDJ_2, CDj-3, and the switch element SE_2 is coupled to the electrodes of the color dots cd_2 J, CD 2_2, CD-2-3, and the switching element SE Is coupled to the color point
94 S 133879794 S 1338797
—_、CD—3_2、CD—3—3之電極。圖18(C)即為擴展畫素 固樣1820-之負質點極性圖案,在負質點極性圖案中,所有 的顏色質點與開關元件均具有負極性。相反地,圖]8(d) 即為擴展畫素圖樣1820+之正質點極性圖案,在正質點極 性2案中,所有的顏色質點與開關元件均具有正極性。根 $别述的概念,將這些擴展畫素圖樣丨8丨〇、丨82〇彼此交 I曰即可使顯不器之顏色質點的極性構成一個完整的西洋 棋盤圖案,而此將會於圖18(e)詳述。 [00159]在本發明之一實施例中,應用擴展畫素圖樣 = 10、1820之顯示器會以類似圖〗3(b)的概念而使用列向 交錯的方式排列畫素。圖18(翁示顯示n丨_之局部, 而顯示器1_之晝素是應用擴展畫素圖樣181G、咖。 具體而s,顯不器1_之每—列是由交替之擴展畫素圖樣 1810、1820所構成’而每一列的開端均為應用擴展畫素圖 樣1820之畫素。在同_列上的所有晝素具有相同的質點極 性圖案’不過相鄰兩列上之畫素便具有相反的f點極性圖 案。應用擴展晝素圖樣182〇之畫素(如第一列)之第二 分量將會配置於應用擴展畫素圖# 182〇之畫素(如第一列 之下-列’即第二列)之第一與第三顏色分量之間。在 18⑷中,擴展畫素R1P1(即列R1的第一個晝素)之第二 色分置將會配置於擴展畫素R2P1(即列R2的第—個書 之第-與第三顏色分量之間。相反地,應用擴展畫素圖樣 mo之畫素(如第二列)之第二顏色分量將會配 产 展畫素圖樣獅之畫素(如第二列之上一列,即第 第一與第三顏色分量之間。在圖呢)中,擴展畫素咖2(即The electrodes of —_, CD—3_2, and CD—3—3. Fig. 18(C) shows the negative pixel polarity pattern of the expanded pixel solid sample 1820. In the negative dot polarity pattern, all the color dots and the switching elements have a negative polarity. Conversely, Fig. 8(d) is the positive dot polarity pattern of the extended pixel pattern 1820+. In the positive dot polarity case 2, all the color dots and the switching elements have positive polarity. According to the concept of the root $, the extended pixel patterns 丨8丨〇, 丨82〇 can be made to each other to make the polarity of the color point of the display constitute a complete checkerboard pattern, and this will be shown in the figure. 18(e) is detailed. [00159] In one embodiment of the invention, a display employing an extended pixel pattern = 10, 1820 will arrange the pixels in a column-wise staggered manner in a similar manner to the concept of Figure 3(b). Figure 18 (When the display shows the part of n丨_, and the display 1_ is the application of the extended pixel pattern 181G, coffee. Specifically, s, each of the display 1_ column is an alternate extended pixel pattern 1810, 1820 constitute 'and the beginning of each column is the pixel of the extended pixel pattern 1820. All the pixels on the same column have the same particle polarity pattern', but the pixels on the adjacent two columns have The opposite f-point polarity pattern. The second component of the pixel (such as the first column) that uses the extended tilde pattern 182 将会 will be placed in the pixel of the application extended pixel map # 182 (as in the first column - Between the first and third color components of the column 'ie the second column.' In 18(4), the second color of the extended pixel R1P1 (ie the first element of the column R1) will be placed in the extended pixel. R2P1 (ie, between the first and third color components of the first book of column R2. Conversely, the second color component of the pixel of the extended pixel pattern mo (such as the second column) will be assigned to the exhibition. The prime picture of the lion (such as the first column above the second column, that is, between the first and third color components. In the figure), the expansion of the picture coffee 2 (
95 S 1338797 列R2的第二個畫素)之第二顏色分量將會配置於擴展畫素 R1P2(即列R!的第二個晝素)之第一與第三顏色分量之 間。這些列是水平對齊,且於垂直方向彼此交錯,以使得 應用擴展畫素圖樣18】0並位於第二列上之畫素之第三顏 色分量是垂直對齊於應用擴展畫素圖樣丨81〇並位於第一 列上之畫素之第一顏色分量。類似地,應用擴展畫素圖樣 1820並位於第一列上之畫素之第三顏色分量是垂直對齊於 應用擴展畫素圖樣1820並位於第二列上之晝素之第一顏 色分量。圖18(e)繪示應用此種排列的範例,其中畫素 R1P卜R2P卜R3P卜R1P3、R2P3、R3P3是應用擴展畫素 圖樣1820,而畫素R1P2、R2p2、R3p2是應用擴展畫 樣 1810 —'、囚 ’160]圖18(f)繪示具有源極線s〇j、s〇_2、s〇 3、 、S」—2、S1—3與閘極線G0、⑴、G2之顯示器丨8—3〇。The second color component of 95 S 1338797, the second pixel of column R2, will be placed between the first and third color components of the extended pixel R1P2 (ie, the second element of column R!). The columns are horizontally aligned and interlaced with each other in the vertical direction such that the third color component of the pixel to which the extended pixel pattern 18]0 is applied and located on the second column is vertically aligned with the applied expanded pixel pattern 丨81〇 and The first color component of the pixel located in the first column. Similarly, the third color component of the pixel to which the extended pixel pattern 1820 is applied and located on the first column is the first color component of the pixel that is vertically aligned to the applied expanded pixel pattern 1820 and located on the second column. FIG. 18(e) shows an example in which such an arrangement is applied, in which the pixels R1P, R2P, R3P, R1P3, R2P3, and R3P3 are applied to the extended pixel pattern 1820, and the pixels R1P2, R2p2, and R3p2 are application expansion patterns 1810. - ', prisoner '160] Figure 18 (f) shows the source line s 〇 j, s 〇 2, s 〇 3, S S-2, S1 - 3 and the gate line G0, (1), G2 Display 丨 8—3〇.
一般而吕,標示成Sx—Y之源極線是用於任一列中之第X ,晝素的第Y個顏色分量’而標示成泣之源極線是用於 f Z列。電晶體的源極是耦接至源極線,而電晶體的閘極 是耦接至閘極線,且電晶體的汲極是耦接至各個顏色質點 的電極。為求說明清楚,特定的電晶體可表示成電晶體 T(sx-Y,Gz) ’其中電晶體是耦接至源極線SX—γ盥閘極線 GZ。受制於圖18⑴的空間有限,顏示、’. 而有別於其他圖示中的CD」—K,不過為求—致性為^ 的敘述中仍會沿用CD」_K。此外,電性連接構件是標示 成粗黑線。舉例而言,在㈣極線G1以及源極線卜 S0—2、S0一3所控制的畫素186〇中,電晶體T(s〇—丨⑴)的In general, Lu, the source line labeled Sx-Y is used for the Xth of the column, the Yth color component of the element, and the source line of the weep is used for the fZ column. The source of the transistor is coupled to the source line, and the gate of the transistor is coupled to the gate line, and the drain of the transistor is an electrode coupled to each color dot. For clarity of explanation, a particular transistor can be represented as a transistor T(sx-Y, Gz)' where the transistor is coupled to the source line SX-γ gate line GZ. The space subject to Figure 18(1) is limited, and the display is different from the CD in other diagrams, but the CD "_K" is still used in the description of the ^. In addition, the electrical connection members are marked as thick black lines. For example, in the (4) polar line G1 and the pixel line 190 of the source line S0-2, S0-3, the transistor T (s〇-丨(1))
96 1338797 /及極疋耦接至顏色質點CD一匕3,而顏色質點CD—】—3又耦 ,:彥『點CD」〜2’且顏色質點CDJ-2再耦接至顏色 貝 丄丨。類似地,電晶體T(S〇—2, G1)的汲極是耦接 至顏色質點CD-2-卜而顏色質點CD—2—1又麵接至顏色質 點CD丄2,且顏色質點CD_2_2再㈣至顏色質乾96 1338797 / and the pole is coupled to the color dot CD 匕 3, and the color dot CD -] - 3 is coupled,: Yan "point CD" ~ 2' and the color dot CDJ-2 is coupled to the color shell . Similarly, the drain of the transistor T (S〇-2, G1) is coupled to the color dot CD-2-b and the color dot CD-2-1 is connected to the color dot CD丄2, and the color dot CD_2_2 (4) to color quality
⑶—2—3。電晶體T(s〇—3,叫的沒極是搞接至顏色質畔 ⑶―3—3,而顏色質點CD—3—3又搞接至顏色質點cd 3、2‘·, 且顏色質點CD—3—2再耦接至顏色質點CD—3一丨。再者,❿ 晶體丁⑼—丨,G1) ' T(SG—2,⑴)、聊—3,⑴则極是^ 至閘極線G卜而電晶體T(s〇—!,G】)、丁(s〇—2, G1)、丁⑽3 ⑴)的源極是分別耗接至源極線s〇J、s〇—2、如」。類似’ 地,畫素1865是耦接至閘極線⑴與源極線8匕卜y 2、 SL3,而畫素1850是搞接至閘極線G2與源極線s〇——】、 —2 S〇-3 ’且畫素1875是搞接至閘極線GO與源極線 J、S丨—2、S1—3,又畫素】87〇是耦接至閘極線G〇盥 極線 S0J、S0_2、S0—3。 '、’、 _6丨]每一條開極線是從顯示器1830的左邊延伸至 右邊’並控制顯禾器丨83〇中同一列上的所有畫素,且對於 任-列上的畫素而言,顯示器丨謂會具有對應的閘極線。 此外:每一條源極線是從顯示器丨830的頂邊延伸至底邊, 且顯不裔1830具有多條源極線,其中源極線的數量是在任 歹J上畫素數畺的二倍(亦即一條源極線對應一個畫素的 個顏色分1)。當顯示H進行操料,每次僅有—條間極 ,會啟動(active),且在此啟動的間極線上的所有電晶體會 错由正向閘極脈衝而呈現導通的狀態,至於在其他問極^(3)—2—3. The transistor T (s〇-3, called the immersion is connected to the color quality (3) ― 3 - 3, and the color dot CD -3- 3 is connected to the color dot cd 3, 2 '·, and the color point CD—3—2 is recoupled to the color dot CD—3. In addition, ❿ crystal Ding (9)—丨, G1) 'T(SG—2, (1)), chat—3, (1) is extremely ^ to gate The source of the polar line G and the transistor T (s〇-!, G), D (s〇-2, G1), D (10)3 (1)) are respectively consumed to the source line s〇J, s〇— 2, such as "." Similar to 'ground, the pixel 1865 is coupled to the gate line (1) and the source line 8 匕 y 2, SL3, and the pixel 1850 is connected to the gate line G2 and the source line s〇 -], 2 S〇-3 'and the pixel 1875 is connected to the gate line GO and the source line J, S丨-2, S1—3, and the pixel is 87〇 is coupled to the gate line G〇盥Lines S0J, S0_2, S0-3. ', ', _6 丨] each open line extends from the left to the right of the display 1830 and controls all the pixels on the same column in the 丨83〇, and for the pixels on the any-column The display will have a corresponding gate line. In addition: each source line extends from the top edge to the bottom edge of the display 丨 830, and the Aeon 1830 has multiple source lines, wherein the number of source lines is twice that of the prime number on the 歹J (That is, one source line corresponds to one pixel of a pixel). When H is displayed for the operation, each time there is only the inter-pole, it will be active, and all the transistors on the inter-polar line that is activated will be turned on by the forward gate pulse. As for Other questions ^
9797
,晶體則會因為接地的非啟動間極線而呈現斷路的狀 外’所有的源極線均會同時啟動,而每條源極線會 从影像轉至作動列上的電晶體,其中啟動列是由啟動 閘極線所控制。所以根據閘極線與源極線的操作方式,間 極線又被稱為匯流排線,而源極線亦可稱為資料線。電壓 t液晶電容進行充電至-個特㈣灰階,並藉由遽光片 產生色衫。當電晶體在非啟動下,顏色質點的電極便是 ,於電性隔離的狀態’而能夠維持電場的強度以控制液 日日”、> 而’寄生漏電疋無法避免的,而最終電荷將會全部 流失。對於列數目不多的小尺寸螢幕而言,因為各列的電 麼是經常在更新,所以漏電不算是個問題。不過對於列數 目^的大尺寸顯示器而言,各列在兩次更新㈣刻之間 必:員等待較長的時間。如此一來,本發明的某些實施例中 更可為了顏色質點而配置一個或多個的儲存電容。這些儲 存:令是與顏色質點的電容一起充電,並於非作動列狀態 y提供所謂的維持電荷。再者,匯流排線與資料線之材質 可由如紹(A1)或鉻(cr)之非透光導體所組成。 [00162]如圖18⑴所示,各列上的電晶體與元件裝置區 域將顯示器183〇切割成許多顏色質點領域,而每個領域上 之顏色質點之質點極性便構成西洋棋盤圖案。如前所述, 冓成西洋棋盤圖案之質點極性是用來增強每個顏色質點的 邊緣電場。 [⑻丨63]晝素圖樣1810、1820的一個重要特徵便在於 其彥=^排列是因為晝素的第一、第三顏色分量以及第二顏 色刀里之間的偏移所導致,所以畫素圖樣丨810、1820亦適The crystal will be disconnected due to the grounded non-starting pole line. 'All source lines will start at the same time, and each source line will be transferred from the image to the transistor on the active column. It is controlled by the start gate line. Therefore, according to the operation mode of the gate line and the source line, the boundary line is also called a bus line, and the source line can also be called a data line. The voltage t liquid crystal capacitor is charged to a special (four) gray scale, and the color shirt is produced by the calender. When the transistor is not activated, the electrode of the color dot is in the state of electrical isolation 'the ability to maintain the strength of the electric field to control the liquid day,> and 'parasitic leakage is unavoidable, and the final charge will be All will be lost. For small screens with a small number of columns, because the electricity of each column is often updated, leakage is not a problem. However, for large-size displays with a number of columns, each column is in two. The second update (four) must be between: the waiter waits for a longer period of time. As a result, in some embodiments of the invention, one or more storage capacitors may be configured for the color point. These stores: the color and the color point The capacitors are charged together and provide a so-called sustain charge in the non-actuated column state y. Further, the material of the bus bar and the data line may be composed of non-transmissive conductors such as Shao (A1) or chromium (cr). As shown in Fig. 18 (1), the transistor and component device regions on each column cut the display 183 成 into a plurality of color dot areas, and the dot polarity of the color dots in each field constitutes a checkerboard pattern. As mentioned above, the particle polarity of the western checkerboard pattern is used to enhance the fringe electric field of each color particle. [(8)丨63] An important feature of the alizarin pattern 1810, 1820 is that its column = ^ arrangement is because of the alizarin The first and third color components and the offset between the second color knives are caused, so the pixel patterns 丨 810 and 1820 are also suitable.
S 98 用三角型的色彩配置(deha type⑶丨0 航圖案色彩配置⑽pepatterncolorlayout)而言,三角專型 怨色衫配設具有較高的影像品質,但卻具有較差的文字顯 不^質。以採賴紋圖案色彩配置之顯示n而言,本發明 之貫施例另提供-種新穎的驅動機制以提昇條紋圖案色彩 配置的效土,*中圖案色彩配置可應用圖丨4_丨8之晝素圖 樣’而在别述t兄明中的這些畫素圖樣是採用搭配開關元件 列反轉驅動機制。圖19⑻為依據本發明―實義使用此新 穎驅動機制之顯示器1900。圖19(a)與圖18⑴類似,其差 別在於提供至某些源極線的訊號會延遲,所以相同的描述 便不再重述。具體而言,延遲之源極訊號s〇—2_D、s 、S 98 With the triangular color configuration (deha type(3)丨0 nautical pattern color configuration (10) pepatterncolorlayout), the triangle-specific blame shirt is equipped with high image quality, but it has poor text quality. In the display n of the color pattern configuration, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a novel driving mechanism to improve the effect of the color pattern of the stripe pattern, and the pattern color configuration in the * can be applied to the figure 4_丨8 The pixel patterns in the 昼 图 ' 而 而 别 t t t t t 这些 这些 这些 这些 这些 这些 这些 这些 这些 这些 这些 这些 这些 这些 这些 这些Figure 19 (8) shows a display 1900 that uses this novel driving mechanism in accordance with the present invention. Fig. 19(a) is similar to Fig. 18(1) except that the signal supplied to some source lines is delayed, so the same description will not be repeated. Specifically, the delayed source signal s〇—2_D, s ,
Sl—3—D是分別施加到源極線s〇—2 ' Sij、S1—3上。延遲 之源極汛唬S0_2_D、SI —1—D、Sl_3—D可利用將正常之源 極讯5虎(未繪示)進行延遲或其他習知電路而達成(如同圖 18(f)之設計)。此延遲的時間等於一次列向更新的時間。在 貫加例之應用中,此延遲之源極訊號可由正常之源極訊 號變化而來,而本實施例無需更改驅動電路與控制器的設 計’便可應用本發明新穎之驅動機制。在另一實施例之應 用中,延遲之源極訊號是由時間控制器而產生,而本實施 例無需更改驅動電路與其他控制器的設計,便可應用本發 明新穎之驅動機制。此新穎之驅動機制亦於美國專利第 1 1751469號申έ青案中詳加揭露,而此由Hiap l. 〇ng.所發 明之申請案標題為『應用於液晶顯示器之低成本開關元件 點反轉驅動機制 Low Cost Switching Element Point Inversion Driving Scheme for Liquid Crystal Display』。 1338797 。[00丨64]如圖19(a)所示,當以延遲之源極訊號驅動時, 單一畫素中的顏色分量便會重新校正對準。詳細而言,四 個晝素1950、1955、I960、1965是繪示於顯示器丨900中。 母個旦素的範圍疋用陰影標示,而此陰影僅用於解釋圖 19(a)’且無任何功能上的意義。畫素丨95〇包括三個電晶體 I(S〇_l,G 1)、T(S0_2,G2)、丁(s〇—3 G 丨),其中元件裝置區域 是圍繞電晶體,且電晶體是耦接至這些顏色質點(陰影背景 範圍)的電極。 [00165]畫素1950之第一顏色分量具有三個顏色質點 、CD—1 一2、CD—1—3,且這些顏色質點是排列成左 右左鋸齒圖案。畫素195〇之顏色質點CD一丨_3是水平對 齊、垂直鄰接且位於由元件裝置區域圍繞之電晶體 T(S0_1,G1)上方。晝素195〇之顏色質點CD—丨―3的電極是 耦接至電晶體T(S〇_i,Gl)之汲極。藉由畫素丨95〇之顏色質 點CDJ-3的電極,晝素1950之顏色質點CDJ—2的電極 亦耦接至電晶體TdLGi)之汲極。藉由畫素丨95〇之顏色 質點CD丄2、CD丄3的電極,畫素195〇之顏色質點 CD_1_1的電極也耦接至電晶體T(s〇j,G1)之汲極。晝素 1950之第二顏色分量具有三個顏色質點cD_2j、 CD_2_2、CD_2一3,且這些顏色質點是排列成左右左鋸齒圖 案。畫素1950之顏色質點cd_2—丨是水平對齊、垂直鄰接 且位於由tl件裝置區域圍繞之電晶體T(s〇-2,G2)下方。晝 素195〇之顏色質點CD〜2J的電極是耦接至電晶體 T(S0_2,G2)之汲極。藉由畫素195〇之顏色質點CD—2j的 電極’畫素1950之顏色質點CD_2—2的電極亦耦接至·"電晶 100 1338797Sl-3D is applied to the source lines s〇-2' Sij, S1-3, respectively. The source of the delay 汛唬S0_2_D, SI_1-D, Sl_3_D can be achieved by delaying the normal source signal (not shown) or other conventional circuits (like the design of Figure 18(f)). ). The time for this delay is equal to the time at which the column is updated. In the application of the conventional example, the source signal of the delay can be changed by the normal source signal, and the present embodiment can apply the novel driving mechanism of the present invention without changing the design of the driver circuit and the controller. In another embodiment, the delayed source signal is generated by a time controller, and the present embodiment can apply the novel driving mechanism of the present invention without changing the design of the driver circuit and other controllers. This novel driving mechanism is also disclosed in detail in the US Patent No. 1 1751469, and the application filed by Hiap l. 〇ng. is entitled "Low-cost switching elements applied to liquid crystal displays. Low Cost Switching Element Point Inversion Driving Scheme for Liquid Crystal Display. 1338797. [00丨64] As shown in Fig. 19(a), when driven by a delayed source signal, the color components in a single pixel are recalibrated. In detail, four elements 1950, 1955, I960, and 1965 are shown in the display 丨900. The range of the parental element is indicated by a shadow, and this shadow is only used to explain Figure 19(a)' and has no functional significance. The pixel 95 includes three transistors I (S〇_l, G 1), T (S0_2, G2), and D (s〇-3 G 丨), wherein the device device region is surrounded by a transistor, and the transistor It is an electrode that is coupled to these color dots (shaded background range). [00165] The first color component of pixel 1950 has three color dots, CD-1-2, CD-1-3, and these color dots are arranged in a left-right zigzag pattern. The color dot CD_丨3 of the pixel 195 is horizontally aligned, vertically adjacent, and located above the transistor T (S0_1, G1) surrounded by the component device region. The electrode of the color dot CD-丨-3 of the 〇 〇 〇 is coupled to the drain of the transistor T (S〇_i, Gl). The electrode of the color dot CDJ-2 of the halogen 1950 is also coupled to the drain of the transistor TdLGi) by the electrode of the color dot CDJ-3 of the pixel. The color of the pixel 丄 〇 〇 , 丄 丄 丄 丄 丄 丄 丄 丄 丄 丄 丄 丄 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 The second color component of the halogen 1950 has three color dots cD_2j, CD_2_2, CD_2-3, and these color dots are arranged in left and right left sawtooth patterns. The color dot cd_2-丨 of the pixel 1950 is horizontally aligned, vertically adjacent, and located below the transistor T (s〇-2, G2) surrounded by the tl device region. The electrode of the color dot CD~2J of 〇 〇 〇 is coupled to the drain of the transistor T (S0_2, G2). The electrode of the color dot CD_2-2 of the electrode '1 pixel' of the color dot CD-2j of the picture 195 亦 is also coupled to the <电晶 100 1338797
的電極是耦接至電晶體T(S0_3,G 1)之汲極。藉由畫素! %〇 之顏色質點CD_3一3的電極,畫素1950之顏色質點 的電極亦耦接至電晶體丁(s〇—3,G1)之汲極。藉由畫素W刈 之顏色質點CD—3一2、CD—3—3的電極,畫素丨950之顏色質 點CD-3J的電極也耦接至電晶體T(S0—3,G1)之汲極。畫 素1960應用與晝素195〇相同的畫素圖樣,所以其内部連 接方式均相同,於此便不再重述。相較於畫素1950的電晶The electrodes are coupled to the drain of the transistor T (S0_3, G 1). With pixels! The electrode of the color dot CD_3-3 of the %〇, the electrode of the color dot of the pixel 1950 is also coupled to the drain of the transistor D (s〇-3, G1). The electrode of the color dot CD-3J of the pixel 也950 is also coupled to the transistor T (S0-3, G1) by the electrode of the color dot CD-3-2, CD-3-3. Bungee jumping. The pixel 1960 uses the same pixel pattern as the 昼素〇 ,, so the internal connection is the same, so it will not be repeated here. Compared to the crystal of 1950
體T(S0_2,G2)之汲極。藉由晝素1950之顏色質點CD_2J、 CD一2一2的電極,晝素195〇之顏色質點cD_2__3的電極也 轉接至電晶體T(S〇—2,G2)之汲極。晝素1950之第三顏色分 董具有三個顏色質點CD—3—1、CD_3—2、CD—3J3,且這些 顏色質點是排列成左右左鋸齒圖案。晝素1950之顏色質點 CD—3—3是水平對齊、垂直鄰接且位於由元件裝置區域圍繞 之電晶體T(S0—3,G1)上方。畫素〗950之顏色質點CD 3 3 體 T(SOJ,Gi)、T(s〇_2,G2)、T(s〇—3 G1),晝素觸包括 相對應之電晶體 T(S0―丨,G〇)、T(s〇—2,G丨)、T(s〇—3 G2)。 再者,當畫素1950為正質點極性圖案時,畫素丨96〇 質點極性圖案。 ” “ [〇〇166]如圖19(a)所示,蓋素195〇之三個顏色分量是 垂直對齊,而得以排除圖18(f)色彩對齊的問題。然而,為 達成西洋棋盤圖案,第二顏色分量的極性必須斑第一、第 分量的極性相反。此外1二顏色分量之電晶體是 ^ 、弟二顏色分量之電晶體位於不同列上。再者,某 列土所有開關元件(共享同一條閘極線)具有相同的極 ,而相W列上所有開關元件便具有相反的極性。如此一The bungee of the body T (S0_2, G2). The electrode of the color dot cD_2__3 of the uranium 195 也 is also transferred to the drain of the transistor T (S〇-2, G2) by the electrodes of the color point CD_2J and CD-2 of the halogen 1950. The third color of the prime 1950 has two color dots CD—3—1, CD_3—2, and CD-3J3, and these color dots are arranged in a left-right left zigzag pattern. The color point of the halogen 1950 CD-3-3 is horizontally aligned, vertically adjacent, and located above the transistor T (S0-3, G1) surrounded by the component device region. The color of the pixel 950 is the CD 3 3 body T (SOJ, Gi), T (s 〇 2, G2), T (s 〇 - 3 G1), and the bismuth touch includes the corresponding transistor T (S0 -丨, G〇), T(s〇—2, G丨), T(s〇—3 G2). Furthermore, when the pixel 1950 is a positive dot polarity pattern, the pixel 丨 96 〇 particle polarity pattern. [〇〇166] As shown in Fig. 19(a), the three color components of the cover 195 are vertically aligned, and the problem of color alignment of Fig. 18(f) is excluded. However, in order to achieve the checkerboard pattern, the polarity of the second color component must be the first and the polarity of the first component is opposite. In addition, the transistors of the two color components are ^, and the transistors of the two color components are located on different columns. Furthermore, all of the switching elements of a certain column (shared the same gate line) have the same pole, while all switching elements in the phase W column have opposite polarities. Such a
10! 1338797 來’顯示器1900可採用開關元件列反轉驅動機制以使顏色 質點的極性構成西洋棋盤圖案,進而使每個顏色質點產生 四個液晶領域(LC domains)。10! 1338797 The display 1900 can employ a switching element column inversion driving mechanism to make the polarity of the color dots form a checkerboard pattern, thereby producing four LC domains for each color dot.
[00167]畫素1955、1965是應用不同的晝素圖案而有 別於晝素1950、1960。畫素1955之第一顏色分量具有三 個顏色質點CD一丨一1、CD_1_2、CDJ—3,且這些顏色質點 是排列成左右左鋸齒圖案。晝素1955之顏色質點CD_1 1 是水平對齊、f直鄰接且位於由元件裝置區域圍繞之電晶 體T(S1_1,G2)下方。晝素1955之顏色質點CDJ 1的電極 是耗接至電晶體T(S1 一1,G2)之沒極。藉由畫素]955之顏色 質點CDJ-1的電極,畫素1955之顏色質點cdj—2的電 極亦搞接至電晶體T(S1 —1,G2)之汲極。藉由晝素1955之顏 色質點CD—1 — 1 ' CD—1_2的電極,晝素1955之顏色質點 CD一 1—3的電極也耦接至電晶體T(S1—丨,G2)之汲極。畫素 1955之第二顏色分量具有三個顏色質點2 1、 CD—2—2、CD_2_3,且這些顏色質點是排列成左右左鋸齒圖 案。畫素1955之顏色質點CD—2一3是水平對齊、垂直鄰接 且位於由元件裝置區域圍繞之電晶體T(S丨—2,G丨)上方。書 素1955之顏色質點〇)一2_3的電極是耦接至電晶體 T(S1-2,G1)之汲極。藉由畫素丨955之顏色質點CD-2 3的 電極,畫素1955之顏色質點CD—2_2的電極亦耦接至電晶 體T(S1_2,G1)之沒極。藉由畫素1955之顏色質點2之、 CD—2—3的電極’晝素1955之顏色質點CD—2J的電極也 耦接至電晶體T(S 1—2,G1)之汲極。畫素1955之第三顏色分 量具有三個顏色質點CD_3_1、CD」2、CD 3 3 , b[00167] The pixels 1955 and 1965 are different in the use of alizarin patterns and are different from alizanes 1950 and 1960. The first color component of the pixel 1955 has three color dots CD-1, CD_1_2, CDJ-3, and these color dots are arranged in a left-right left zigzag pattern. The color dot CD_1 1 of the halogen 1955 is horizontally aligned, f is directly adjacent and is located below the electro-crystal T (S1_1, G2) surrounded by the component device region. The electrode of the color point CDJ 1 of the 1955 1955 is the electrode that is consumed to the transistor T (S1 -1, G2). By the color of the pixel 955, the electrode of the CDJ-1, the electrode of the color dot cdj-2 of the pixel 1955 is also connected to the drain of the transistor T (S1 - 1, G2). With the electrode of the color point CD-1 - 1 'CD-1_2 of the element 1955, the electrode of the color point CD 1-3 of the element 1955 is also coupled to the electrode of the transistor T (S1 - 丨, G2) . The second color component of the 1955 has three color points 2 1 , CD-2-2, CD_2_3, and these color points are arranged in left and right left sawtooth patterns. The color dot CD-2-3 of the pixel 1955 is horizontally aligned, vertically adjacent, and located above the transistor T (S丨-2, G丨) surrounded by the component device region. The color of the color of the book 1955) is a pole connected to the transistor T (S1-2, G1). The electrode of the color dot CD-2 2 of the pixel 1955 is also coupled to the electrode of the transistor T (S1_2, G1) by the electrode of the color dot CD-2 3 of the pixel 955. The electrode of the color dot CD-2J of the electrode 昼 1955 1955 of the color chrome 2 of the pixel 1955 is also coupled to the drain of the transistor T (S 1-2, G1). The third color component of the pixel 1955 has three color points CD_3_1, CD"2, CD 3 3 , b
102 (S ^貝”』疋排列成左右左鑛齒圖案。畫素1955之顏色質點 CD—3—1是水平對齊、垂直鄰接且位於由元件裝置區域圍繞 之电日日體T(S1—3,G2)上方。畫素1955之顏色質點CD_3_1 的電極疋轉接至電晶體丁(81_3,02)之汲極。藉由畫素丨955 之顏色質點CD_3_1的電極,畫素1955之顏色質點CD_3_2 的電極亦耦接至電晶體T(S1—3,G2)之汲極。藉由畫素】955 之顏色質點CD—3—1、CD_3_2的電極,畫素1955之顏色質 點CD—3—3的電極也耦接至電晶體t(S丨—3,G2)之汲極。畫 素1965應用與畫素1955相同的晝素圖樣,所以其内部連 接方式均相同’於此便不再重述。相較於畫素1955的電晶 體 T(S1 —1,G2)、丁(S1_2,G1)、T(S1—3,G2),畫素!965 包括 相對應之電晶體 T(S] —1,G〗)、T(S1—2,G0)、T(S1_3,G1)。 再者’當晝素1955為負質點極性圖案時,畫素i965為正 質點極性圖案。 [00168] 如圖19(a)所示,畫素1955之三個顏色分量是 垂直對齊,而得以排除圖丨8(〇色彩對齊的問題。如前所述, 為達成西洋棋盤圖案,第二顏色分量的極性必須與第一、 弟一顏色分置的極性相反。 [00169] 圖19(b)繪示一種擴展畫素圖樣1910(即為圖 1 9(a)之晝素1950)之正質點極性圖案。在畫素丨910中,第 一顏色分量具有三個顏色質點CDJJ、CD_1_2、CD_1_3, 且這些顏色質點是排列成左右左鋸齒圖案。元件裝置區域 DCA—1是水平對齊、垂直鄰接(此處所稱垂直鄰接尚間隔一 個垂直質點間距VDS的距離)且位於顏色質點CD—1—3下 方。開關元件SE一1是位於元件裝置區域DCAJ,其中顏 103 1338797 ^J〜3的電極是耗接至開關元件SE J,而顏色質 mi ;杜:電極是藉由顏色質點CD」」的電極而耦接至 ^ Ej,且顏色質.點CDJ — 1的電極是藉由顏色質 ••’ — ~ 'CD-1-3的電極而耦接至開關元件SE卜*辛 191Θ 之 g 一 — — ^ c〇 2 —顏色分量具有三個顏色質點CD_2J、 索。一 ^ _ cD〜2〜3,且這些顏色質點是排列成左右左鋸齒圖 ' 須色刀頁疋配置成與第一顏色分量垂直對齊,並102 (S ^ ” 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 1955 , G2) above. The electrode of the color dot CD_3_1 of the pixel 1955 is transferred to the drain of the transistor D (81_3, 02). The color of the pixel CD 1955 is the color of the CD_3_1, the color dot CD_3_2 of the pixel 1955 The electrode is also coupled to the drain of the transistor T (S1 - 3, G2). The pixel of the color dot CD_3 - 1, CD_3_2 of the pixel 955, the color dot CD-3 - 3 of the pixel 1955 The electrodes are also coupled to the drain of the transistor t(S丨—3, G2). The pixel 1965 uses the same elemental pattern as the pixel 1955, so the internal connections are the same. Compared to the transistor T (S1 -1, G2), D (S1_2, G1), T (S1 - 3, G2) of the pixel 1955, the pixel 965 includes the corresponding transistor T(S) - 1, G〗), T (S1 - 2, G0), T (S1_3, G1). In addition, when the pixel 1955 is a negative dot polarity pattern, the pixel i965 is a positive dot polarity pattern. [00168] As shown in 19(a), painting The three color components of 1955 are vertically aligned, and the problem of color alignment is excluded. (As mentioned above, in order to achieve the western checkerboard pattern, the polarity of the second color component must be separated from the first and the younger colors. [00169] FIG. 19(b) illustrates a positive pixel polarity pattern of an extended pixel pattern 1910 (ie, the pixel 1950 of FIG. 19(a). In the pixel 910, the first color The component has three color dots CDJJ, CD_1_2, CD_1_3, and these color dots are arranged in a left-right left zigzag pattern. The component device area DCA-1 is horizontally aligned and vertically adjacent (here, the vertical abutment is still separated by a vertical dot spacing VDS). The distance is located below the color dot CD_1-3. The switching element SE-1 is located in the component device area DCAJ, wherein the electrode of the face 103 1338797 ^J~3 is consumed to the switching element SE J , and the color quality is mi; : The electrode is coupled to ^ Ej by the electrode of the color dot CD"", and the color is good. The electrode of the CDJ-1 is coupled by the electrode of the color quality••'~~CD-1-3 To the switching element SE Bu * Xin 191 Θ g - ^ c〇2 —The color component has three color dots CD_2J, 索.一^_cD~2~3, and these color dots are arranged in left and right left zigzag patterns. The color knife page is configured to be perpendicular to the first color component. Align and
二::偏移第二顏色分量’且偏移的距離為-個顏色質 上—個水平質點間距刪,以使得I顏色分 厂、第-顏色分量間隔—個水平質點間距 DCA-2是水平對齊、垂直鄰接且位於顏色質點CD 2丨上 方二開關元件SE-2是位於元件裝置區域DCA 2,—其—中顏 色負點⑶又丨的電極是_至開關元件SE 2,而顏色質 電極是藉由顏色質趟丄丨的電極而耗接至 U ’且顏色質點CD—2」的電極是藉由顏色質 ;——J/CD-2-2的電極而耦接至開關元件SE_2。晝素 〇之第三顏色分量具有三個顏色質點CD」」、 3:2 CD—3—3’且這些顏色質點是排η成左右左錫齒圖 杗。弟二顏色分量是配置成與第二顏色分量垂直對齊,並 右偏移第二顏色分量一個顏色質點的f度加上-個 2貝點間距HDS的距離。元件裝置區域dca 3是水平 '背、曰垂直鄰接且位於顏色質點CD」」下方。開關元件 疋位於7C件裝置區域DCA—3,其中顏色質點CD」」 的,極是墟至_元件S E j,而顏色f點c d 3 2的電 極是藉由顏色質點ΓΓ> 3 1 ΛΑ + 1 ' ··’ D-3-3的电極而耦接至開闕元件Two: offset the second color component 'and the offset distance is - one color quality - one horizontal particle spacing is deleted, so that the I color factory, the first color component interval - a horizontal particle spacing DCA-2 is horizontal Aligned, vertically adjacent, and located above the color dot CD 2 二, the two switching elements SE-2 are located in the device device region DCA 2, wherein the electrode with the negative color point (3) is _ to the switching element SE 2, and the color element electrode The electrode which is consumed by the color-quality electrode to the U' and the color dot CD-2" is coupled to the switching element SE_2 by the color quality; the electrode of the J/CD-2-2. The third color component of the element has three color dots CD"", 3:2 CD-3-3' and these color dots are the rows of left and right left tin teeth. The second color component is a distance that is configured to be vertically aligned with the second color component and is right offset from the second color component by one color point of the color point plus a two-point spacing HDS. The component device area dca 3 is horizontal "back, 曰 vertically adjacent and located below the color dot CD". The switching element 疋 is located in the 7C device area DCA-3, wherein the color dot CD"" is the source to the element SE j, and the color f point cd 3 2 is the electrode by the color dot ΓΓ > 3 1 ΛΑ + 1 '··' D-3-3 electrode coupled to the opening element
104 c S 1338797 =_3 ’且顏色質點CDJ的電極是藉由顏色質點 —3—2、CD—3—3的電極而耦接至開關元件沾―3。 [00170]如&所述’由質點極性所構成的西洋棋盤圖案 是用於增強每個顏色質點的邊緣電場。圖19_會示晝辛圖 樣^0+之正質點極性圖案。亦即,開關元件犯卜们 以及顏色質點CD-匕1、⑶丄2、CDi3、CD3l: 3 , ^ E—2以及顏色質點CD丄卜CD—2 2、⑶2 3具有負極 性’並標示為”.”。圖19(⑽示畫素圖樣胸;·點 :圖案。 — -1-3、⑺人1、CD丄2、CD 3 3 =為且開關元件SEy以及顏色質 ----、CD—2—3具有正極性,並標示為,,+”。 _71]圖19(d)繪示-種擴展晝素圖# 1 哪之畫素1965)之正質點極性圖案。在晝素192()中^ -顏色分量具有三個顏色質點cdjj、cdj—2、c 弟 且这些顏色質點是排列成左右左鑛齒圖案。元件裂置區 dcaj是水平對齊、垂直鄰接(此處所稱垂直鄰接^ 2 個垂直質點間距VDS的距離)且位於顏色f雖CD 方。開關元件SEJ是位於元件裝置區域D(:a】,-盆 色質點CDJJ的電極是柄接至開關元件se卜而顏色= 點CD丄2的電極是藉由顏色質點⑷—轉^ 開關元件SEJ’且顏色質點CD—匕3 點CD丄卜CDJ—2的電極而減至開關日由顏^ 丨920之第二顏色分量具有三個顏色質點CD2f 105 1338797 C D_2:2、CD一2一3 ’且這些顏色質點是排列成左右左鋸齒圖 案第一顏色分置是配置成與第一顏色分量垂直對齊,並 水平=右偏移第二顏色分量,且偏移的距離為一個顏色質 點的覓度加上一個水平質點間距HDS,以使得第一顏色分 里與第二顏色分量間隔一個水平質點間距。元件裝置區域 DCA—2是水平對齊、垂直鄰接且位於顏色質點3下 方。開關元件SE-2是位於元件裝置區域DCA—2,其中顏 鲁 &質點CD又3的電極是搞接至開關元件SE—2,而顏色質 點CD又2的電極是藉由顏&質點CD—2—3的電極而轉接至 開關元件SE—2,且顏色質點CD又i的電極是藉由顏色質 點CD一2_2、CD—2一3的電極而耦接至開關元件SE—2。畫素 W20之第三顏色分量具有三個顏色質點cD_3_^、 3二2、CD丄3 ’且這些顏色質點是排列成左右左鑛齒圖 Ί二顏色分量是配置成與第二顏色分量垂直對齊,益 水平向右偏移第二顏色分量一個顏色質點的寬度加上 .水平質關距HDS的距離。元件裝置輯D(:a 對齊、垂直鄰接且位於顏色質點CD 3 ~ SE 3是位於元件步置卩H 1二—万開關疋件104 c S 1338797 =_3 ' and the electrode of the color dot CDJ is coupled to the switching element by the electrode of the color dot -3 - 2, CD -3 -3. [00170] A Western checkerboard pattern, as described by &', is a fringe electric field for enhancing the color point of each color. Figure 19_ shows the positive dot polarity pattern of the 昼 图 pattern ^0+. That is, the switching elements and the color points CD-匕1, (3)丄2, CDi3, CD3l: 3, ^E-2, and the color dot CD丄CDCD-2, (3)2 3 have a negative polarity' and are marked as ".". Figure 19 ((10) shows the pixel pattern chest; · point: pattern. - -1-3, (7) person 1, CD 丄 2, CD 3 3 = and the switching element SEy and color quality --- CD- 2 - 3 has positive polarity and is labeled as, +". _71] Figure 19(d) shows the positive dot polarity pattern of the extended 昼素图# 1 画 素 1965). In 昼素192() ^ - The color component has three color points cdjj, cdj-2, c and these color points are arranged in left and right left ore pattern. The element cracking area dcaj is horizontally aligned and vertically adjacent (herein referred to as vertical adjacent ^ 2 vertical) The distance between the particle spacings VDS) is located at the CD side of the color f. The switching element SEJ is located in the component device region D (:a), the electrode of the basin color dot CDJJ is the handle connected to the switching element sep and the color = dot CD丄2 The electrode is reduced to the switch date by the color dot (4)-turning the switching element SEJ' and the color dot CD-匕3 dot CD丄CDJ-2 electrode. The second color component of the color 具有920 has three colors. The dot CD2f 105 1338797 C D_2: 2, CD 1-2 ′′ and these color dots are arranged in a left and right left zigzag pattern. The first color separation is configured to be the first The color components are vertically aligned, and the horizontal=right offset second color component, and the offset distance is the twist of one color dot plus a horizontal dot pitch HDS such that the first color score is separated from the second color component by one. Horizontal particle spacing. The component device area DCA-2 is horizontally aligned, vertically adjacent and located below the color dot 3. The switching element SE-2 is located in the component device area DCA-2, where the electrode of the Yan Lu & Connected to the switching element SE-2, and the electrode of the color dot CD and 2 is transferred to the switching element SE-2 by the electrode of the color & dot CD2-3, and the electrode of the color dot CD and i is borrowed It is coupled to the switching element SE-2 by the electrodes of the color dots CD_2_2 and CD-2-3. The third color component of the pixel W20 has three color dots cD_3_^, 3/2, CD丄3' and these The color points are arranged in left and right left ore. The two color components are arranged to be vertically aligned with the second color component, and the horizontal is shifted to the right by the second color component. The width of one color dot plus the horizontal mass distance HDS. Component device series D (: a alignment Vertically adjacent and located at the color point CD 3 ~ SE 3 is located in the component step 卩H 1 20,000-switch
…=Λ ~其中顏色f點⑶U 的电極疋難至開關元件SE—3,而顏色質點⑶3 2的: 極是藉由顏色質,點CD—3_3的電 門-: 心且顏色質點吵的電極是:由至:巧件 CD_3J、CD_3_2的電極而耗接至開關元件心、。貝』 ^ _72]如前所述’由質點極性所構成的西洋 =於增強每個顏色質點的邊緣電場 其 樣咖+之正質點極性圖案。亦即 ^素日圖...=Λ ~ where the color f point (3) U of the electrode is difficult to switch element SE-3, and the color point (3) 3 2: the pole is by the color quality, point CD_3_3 the switch -: the heart and the color of the noisy electrode Yes: From: to the electrodes of the CD_3J, CD_3_2, and to the center of the switching element. 』 』 ^ _72] As mentioned above, the shovel consisting of the polarity of the particle = the edge electric field of each color point is enhanced. That is, the map of the day
S 106 1338797 以及顏色質點CD丄1、CD12、CDJ—3、 CD 3 2、CD〜3 3具有正極性,並干在,, — —1、CD—2—2、CD 2 3 里有自炼 性,並標示為,V,。圖丨9(e)給干金去岡# 百員極 ㈣宏β曰 晝素圖樣192〇_之負質點極 性圖案。亦即’開關元件SEJ、SE—3S 106 1338797 and color dots CD丄1, CD12, CDJ-3, CD 3 2, CD~3 3 have positive polarity, and dry in, -1, CD-2-2, CD 2 3 have self-refining Sex, and marked as, V,. Figure (9(e) gives the dry gold to the gang # 百员极 (4) macro β曰 昼素 pattern 192〇_ the negative point polar pattern. That is, 'switching elements SEJ, SE-3
cdjj^cd^.cd^s.cd^j.cd^/cosICdjj^cd^.cd^s.cd^j.cd^/cosI
具有負極性,並標示為,’·”,且開關元件SE—2以及顏色質 點0〇_2_卜0〇又2、0〇—2—3具有正極性,並標示為”+”。 [00173]本發明之許多實施例可製作為2It has a negative polarity and is labeled as '·, and the switching element SE-2 and the color dot 0〇_2_b0〇2, 0〇—2—3 have positive polarity and are marked as “+”. 00173] Many embodiments of the invention can be made to 2
SE_2以及顏色質點CD QVGA24〇X32〇解析度規格之彩色顯示器,而此顯示器是】 用開關7L件列反轉驅動機制。此外,彩色畫素的尺寸是古 Ml _且寬Ml㈣。每個晝素可利用彩色遽光材料而分= 二個顏色分量(即紅、綠與藍色)。如此—來,QVga顯示 器在水平方向的解析度為72〇(24〇χ3)個顏色分量,且在垂 直方向為320個顏色分量。每個顏色分量的理論尺寸是寬 47μηι且高Μίμηι,不過,有部份區域是要用於設置為元二 裝置,域。此外,顯示器在每列上具有72〇個開關元件, 並在每行上具有320個開關元件,以使開關元件的總數量 為720x32G。元件裝置區域是由開關元件(薄膜電晶體)與二 存電容所組成,且元件裝置區域的理論尺寸是寬且 高38·0μηι。然而’考量垂直與水平質點間距的因素後,元 件裝置區域的實際尺寸是寬4】μηι且高35 〇μηι。 [〇〇丨74]在顯示面板的製作過程中,可使用默克公司所 生產的垂直配向液晶,如型號MLC_6884之具有負介電異 向性特性之垂直配向液晶。日本日產化學工業株式會社所SE_2 and color dot CD QVGA24〇X32〇 resolution specification color display, and this display is] 7L piece column inversion driving mechanism. In addition, the size of the color pixel is the ancient Ml _ and the width Ml (four). Each element can be divided into two color components (ie red, green and blue) using a color fluorescent material. As such, the resolution of the QVga display in the horizontal direction is 72 〇 (24 〇χ 3) color components, and 320 color components in the vertical direction. The theoretical size of each color component is 47 μηιη and high Μίμηι, however, some areas are to be used to set the device to the domain. In addition, the display has 72 turns of switching elements per column and 320 switching elements per line such that the total number of switching elements is 720 x 32G. The component device region is composed of a switching element (thin film transistor) and a two-capacitance capacitor, and the theoretical size of the device device region is wide and high 38·0 μm. However, after considering the factors of the vertical and horizontal dot spacing, the actual size of the component device area is 4 μm and 35 〇μηι. [〇〇丨74] In the manufacturing process of the display panel, a vertical alignment liquid crystal produced by Merck, such as a vertical alignment liquid crystal having a negative dielectric anisotropy characteristic of the model MLC_6884, can be used. Japan Nissan Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
107 f S 1338797 生產型號SE-5300之聚亞酿胺可用於達成無預傾角的垂直 液晶配向效果。相較於其他採用突起物或是銦錫氧化物溝 槽幾何形狀之多域垂直配向液晶顯示器而言,本發明之面 板的製作過程是無需進行摩擦配向的步驟,且上下基板在 對組時亦無需南精準的對位。此外,在不同顏色質點與元 件裝置區域之㈣連接導線(可為銦錫氧化物材質)的寬度 為3μιη ’而上下偏振片是貼附於面板上,且—般的液晶層107 f S 1338797 Polyamines of the type SE-5300 can be used to achieve a vertical liquid crystal alignment without pretilt. Compared with other multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal displays using protrusions or indium tin oxide trench geometries, the fabrication process of the panel of the present invention does not require the step of rubbing alignment, and the upper and lower substrates are also in the group. No need for accurate positioning in the South. In addition, the width of the (4) connecting wires (which may be indium tin oxide) in the different color dots and the device device region is 3 μm, and the upper and lower polarizing plates are attached to the panel, and the liquid crystal layer is generally used.
間距(cell gap)約略介於 2.〇μΓη〜3.5μηι。 [00175]在本發明之—個特定實闕中,顯示器是應用 圖1_-_之畫素圖樣、質點極性圖案與畫素排列方式, 其十每個!貞色分量示分割成三個顏色質點。如此—來,每 個顏色質點的理論尺寸是寬47μηι且高34 3μΐΏ。狹而,考 量^與水平質關距的因素後,元件裝置區域的實際尺 寸是寬41μηι且高31.3μηι。在5伏特的外加電壓下此顯 示器可達到高於600對比度之顯示絲。再者,以使用多The cell gap is approximately between 2.〇μΓη~3.5μηι. [00175] In a particular embodiment of the present invention, the display is applied to the pixel pattern of Figure 1_-_, the dot polarity pattern and the pixel arrangement, each of which is ten! The color component is divided into three color dots. Thus, the theoretical size of each color particle is 47 μηιη wide and 34 3 μΐΏ high. In a narrow manner, the actual size of the component device area is 41 μηιη wide and 31.3 μηιη high, considering the factor of the horizontal quality. This display achieves a display line above 600 contrast at an applied voltage of 5 volts. Furthermore, to use more
域垂直配向廣視角偏振片之顯示器而言,其具有非常宽的 視角’且各方向區域的視角均是大於地。。此外,以使用 -般,性,振片且不含多域垂直配向廣視角光學補償膜之 顯不器而言,其水平或垂直方向區域的視角是大㈣Υ, 而兩個對角線方向區域的視角亦大於祝。。另外,相較於 線偏振>1而言’圓偏振片可增加為兩倍的光穿透率。亦即, 使用多域垂直配向圓偏振片之顯示器可同時提升光穿透率 與視角。 108 (S ) 曰先子補&的方式進一步提升視角。舉例而十,本發 ,^ 休用具有先轴疋垂直指向(vertical cmented)的負雙折射光學補償膜以提升視角,㈠此 付於上基板、下基板或兩者。其他的實施例可 知用,、有早_及雙軸之光學補償膜,其中此補償膜可旦 有正雙折射或負雙折射性質。再者’包含前述組合之多層For a display in which the domains are vertically aligned to a wide viewing angle polarizer, they have a very wide viewing angle' and the viewing angles of the various directional regions are greater than ground. . In addition, in the case of a display using a general-purpose, oscillating, and multi-domain vertical alignment wide viewing angle optical compensation film, the viewing angle of the horizontal or vertical direction region is large (four) Υ, and two diagonal direction regions. The perspective is also greater than the wish. . In addition, the circularly polarizing plate can be increased to twice the light transmittance as compared with the linear polarization > That is, a display using a multi-domain vertical alignment circular polarizing plate can simultaneously increase light transmittance and viewing angle. 108 (S) 曰 子 补 & For example, in the present invention, a negative birefringent optical compensation film having a first axis and a vertical cmented is used to enhance the viewing angle, and (1) is applied to the upper substrate, the lower substrate, or both. Other embodiments are known which have an early and a biaxial optical compensation film wherein the compensation film can have positive birefringence or negative birefringence properties. Further 'including multiple layers of the aforementioned combination
膜亦=使用於顯示器上。其他實施例亦有使用圓偏振片 以同叫·提升光穿透率與視角。The film is also used on the display. Other embodiments have also used circular polarizers to increase the light transmittance and viewing angle.
[00177]在本發明不同的實施例中’肖露出許多新賴的 結構與方式以使得無需利用基板上的實體形貌,即可製作 出^域垂直配向液晶顯示器。雖然本發明已以較佳實施例 揭硌如上,然其並非用以限定本發明,任何熟習此技藝者, 在不脫離本發明之精神和範圍内,當可作些許之更^與潤 飾,特別是如其他形式的畫素定義、質點極性圖案、畫素 圖樣三極性、邊緣電場、電極、基板等等。因此本發明之 保護範圍當視後附之申請專利範圍所界定者為準。 【圖式簡單說明】 [0016]圖1(a)〜1(c)為習知之單一領域垂直配向液晶顯 示器之畫素的示意圖。 、 __7]圖2為習知之多域垂直配向液晶顯示器之晝素 的示意圖。 [0018]圖3(a)-3(b)為依據本發明—實施例之多域垂直 配向液晶顯示器之晝素的示意圖。 [〇〇 19]圖4(a)-4(c)為依據本發明一實施例之晝素圖樣 109 ( S ) 1338797 的示意圖。 [0020]圖5(a)-5(c)為依據本發明一實施例之質點極性 圖案與液晶顯不裝置的示意圖。 [0021 ]圖5(d)-5(f)為依據本發明一實施例之質點極性 圖案與液晶顯示裝置的示意圖。 [0022] 圖6(a)-6(c)為依據本發明一實施例之質點極性 圖案與液晶顯示裝置的示意圖。 [0023] 圖6(d)-6(f)為依據本發明一實施例之質點極性 圖案與液晶顯示裝置的示意圖。 [0024] 圖7(a)-7(c)為依據本發明一實施例之畫素圖 樣、貝點極性圖案與液晶顯示裂置的示意圖。 [0025] 圖7(d)-7(f)為依據本發明一實施例之畫素圖 樣、質點極性圖案與液晶顯示裝置的示意圖。 [0026] 圖8(a)-8(c)為依據本發明一實施例之畫素圖 樣、質點極性圖案與液晶顯示裝置的示意圖。 [0027] 圖8(d)-8(f)為依據本發明一實施例之晝素圖 樣、質點極性圖案與液晶顯示裝置的示意圖。 [0028] 圖9(a)-9(c)為依據本發明一實施例之畫素圖 樣、質點極性圖案與液晶顯示裝置的示意圖。 [0029] 圖9(d)-9(f)為依據本發明一實施例之畫素圖 樣、質點極性圖案與液晶顯示裝置的示意圖。 [0030] 圖10(a)-10(d)為依據本發明一實施例之畫素圖 樣與質點極性圖案的示意圖。 [0031 ]圖11 (a)-1丨(b)為依據本發明一實施例之畫素圖 樣與質點極性圖案的示意圖。 (S ) 110 [0032] 圖12(a)-12(c)為依據本發明一實施例之晝素圖 樣、質點極性圖案與液晶顯示裝置的示意圖。 [0033] 圖12(d)d 2(f)為依據本發明一實施例之畫素圖 樣、質點極性圖案與液晶顯示裝置的示意圖。 [0034] 圖13(a)為依據本發明一實施例之擴展畫素圖樣 的示意圖。 [0035] 圖13(b)-l3(f)為依據本發明不同實施例之應用 多種擴展晝素圖樣之液晶顯不裔的不意圖。 [0036] 圖14(a)為依據本發明一實施例之擴展畫素圖樣 的不意圖。 [0037] 圖14(b)為應用多種擴展晝素圖樣於單一液晶顯 示器上的示意圖。 [0038] 圖丨5為依據本發明一實施例之擴展晝素圖樣的 示意圖。 [0039] 圖16為依據本發明一實施例之擴展晝素圖樣的 示意圖。 [0040] 圖17(a)-17(d)為依據本發明不同實施例之多種 擴展晝素圖樣的示意圖。 [0041] 圖17(e)為應用多種擴展畫素圖樣於單一液晶顯 示器上的示意圖。 [0042] 圖18(a)-l 8(b)為依據本發明不同實施例之多種 擴展畫素圖樣的示意圖。 [0043] 圖18(c)-l 8(d)為依據本發明不同實施例之多種 擴展晝素圖樣的示意圖。 [0044] 圖18(e)-l 8(f)為應用多種擴展晝素圖樣於單一 1338797 液晶顯不為上的不意圖。 [0045] 圖19(a)為應用多種擴展晝素圖樣於單一液晶顯 示器上的示意圖。 [0046] 圖19(b)-19(c)為依據本發明不同實施例之擴展 畫素圖樣與元件裝置區域的示意圖。 [0047] 圖19(d)-19(e)為依據本發明不同實施例之擴展 畫素圖樣與元件裝置區域的示意圖。 【主要元件符號說明】 100 :垂直配向液晶顯示器 105、205 :第一偏振片 110、210 :第一基板 120、220 :第一電極 125、225 :第一配向層 130、235、237 :液晶 140、240 :第二配向層 145、245 :第二電極 150、250 :第二基板 155、255 :第二偏振片 172、174、176、272、274、276 :觀眾 200 :多域垂直配向液晶顯示器 260 :突起物 300 :多域垂直配向液晶顯示器 302、402 :第一偏振片 305、405 :第一基板 112 1338797 307 :第一配向層 310 、 320 、 330 、 410 、 420 、 430 、 440 、 1950 、 1955 、 1960、1965 :畫素 3H、321、331 :第一電極 312、313、322、323、332、333 :液晶 315、325、335 :第二電極 352 :第二配向層 355 :第二基板 357 :第二偏振片 400、510-、510+、520(520-、520+)、610(610-、610+)、 620(610- 、 610+) 、 710(710- 、 710+) 、 730(730- 、 730+)、 810(810- 、 810+) 、 830(830- 、 830+) 、 910(910- 、 910+)、 930(910-、910+)、1010(】010-、1010+)、1030(1030-、1030+)、 1110(1110- 、 1110+) 、 1210(1210- 、 1210+) 、 1230(1230-、 1230+)、1310(1310-、1310+)、1410(1410-、1410+)、 1510(1510-、1510+)、1610(1610-、1610+)、1710(1710-、 1710+)、1720(1720-、1720+)、1730(1730-、1730+)、 1740(1740- 、 1740+) 、 1810(1810-、 1810+) 、 1820(1820-、 1820+)、1910(1910-、1910+) ' 1920(1920-、1920+):畫素 圖樣 401 :液晶顯示器 408 :電晶體 450、500、550、600、650、750、900、1320、1340、 1400、1900 :顯示器 CD 1_1 ' CD 1 2 ' CD 1 3 > CD 1 4 > CD 1 5 ' (S ) 113 1338797 CD 丄6、CD_2J、CD_2_2、CD_2_3、CD_2_4、CD_2_5、 CD_2_6、CD—3_1、CD_3_2、CD_3_3、CD_3_4、CD_3_5、 CD_3_6、CD_4_卜 CD_4_2、CD_4_3、CD_4_4、CD_4_5、 CD_4_6 :顏色質點 SE—1、SE—2、SE_3、SE—4 :開關元件 HDS :水平質點間距 VDS :垂直質點間距 GO、G卜 G2、G3、G4 :閘極線 S3、S4、S5、S6、S7、S8、S0J、S0_2、S0_3、Sl_l、 Sl_2、Sl_3 :源極線 P(0,1)、P(l,l)、P(0,0)、P(1,0)、P(2,0)、P(2,l):晝素 T(S0—1,G0)、T(S0_2, G0)、T(S0_3, G0)、T(S0—1, Gl)、 T(S0—2, Gl)、T(S0_3, Gl)、T(S0_1, G2)、T(S0_2, G2)、 T(S0_3, G2):電晶體 DCA_1、DCA_2、DCA_3、DCA_4 :元件裝置區域 SO 2 D、SI 1 D、SI 3 D :源極訊號 (S ) !!4[00177] In various embodiments of the present invention, a number of new structures and modes have been exposed so that a vertical alignment liquid crystal display can be fabricated without using a physical topography on the substrate. Although the present invention has been described above in terms of the preferred embodiments, it is not intended to limit the invention, and those skilled in the art can make some modifications and improvements without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. It is like other forms of pixel definition, particle polarity pattern, pixel pattern tripolarity, fringe electric field, electrode, substrate, and so on. Therefore, the scope of the invention is defined by the scope of the appended claims. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS [0016] Figures 1(a) to 1(c) are schematic diagrams of a pixel of a conventional single-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display. __7] Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of a conventional multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display. 3(a)-3(b) are schematic diagrams of a pixel of a multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display according to an embodiment of the present invention. [0019] Figures 4(a)-4(c) are schematic illustrations of a tilde pattern 109(S) 1338797 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. 5(a)-5(c) are schematic views of a dot polarity pattern and a liquid crystal display device in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. 5(d)-5(f) are schematic views of a dot polarity pattern and a liquid crystal display device in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. 6(a)-6(c) are schematic diagrams showing a dot polarity pattern and a liquid crystal display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. 6(d)-6(f) are schematic diagrams showing a dot polarity pattern and a liquid crystal display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. 7(a)-7(c) are schematic diagrams showing a pixel pattern, a Bayesian polarity pattern, and a liquid crystal display split according to an embodiment of the present invention. 7(d)-7(f) are schematic diagrams of a pixel pattern, a dot polarity pattern, and a liquid crystal display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. 8(a)-8(c) are schematic diagrams showing a pixel pattern, a dot polarity pattern, and a liquid crystal display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. 8(d)-8(f) are schematic views of a halogen pattern, a dot polarity pattern, and a liquid crystal display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. 9(a)-9(c) are schematic diagrams showing a pixel pattern, a dot polarity pattern, and a liquid crystal display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. 9(d)-9(f) are schematic diagrams showing a pixel pattern, a dot polarity pattern, and a liquid crystal display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. 10(a)-10(d) are schematic diagrams of a pixel pattern and a particle polarity pattern according to an embodiment of the present invention. 11(a)-1(b) are schematic diagrams of a pixel pattern and a particle polarity pattern according to an embodiment of the present invention. (S) 110 [0032] Figs. 12(a)-12(c) are schematic views showing a halogen pattern, a dot polarity pattern, and a liquid crystal display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. 12(d) d 2(f) is a schematic diagram of a pixel pattern, a dot polarity pattern, and a liquid crystal display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. 13(a) is a schematic diagram of an extended pixel pattern in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. 13(b)-l3(f) are schematic views of a liquid crystal display of a plurality of extended morphological patterns in accordance with various embodiments of the present invention. 14(a) is a schematic illustration of an expanded pixel pattern in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. 14(b) is a schematic diagram of applying a plurality of extended pixel patterns to a single liquid crystal display. 5 is a schematic diagram of an extended tilde pattern according to an embodiment of the present invention. 16 is a schematic diagram of an extended tilde pattern according to an embodiment of the invention. 17(a)-17(d) are schematic diagrams of various extended morphological patterns in accordance with various embodiments of the present invention. 17(e) is a diagram showing the application of various extended pixel patterns on a single liquid crystal display. 18(a)-8(b) are schematic illustrations of various extended pixel patterns in accordance with various embodiments of the present invention. 18(c)-8(d) are schematic diagrams of various extended morphological patterns in accordance with various embodiments of the present invention. 18(e)-l 8(f) are not intended to be applied to a single 1338797 liquid crystal using a plurality of extended pixel patterns. 19(a) is a schematic diagram of applying a plurality of extended pixel patterns to a single liquid crystal display. 19(b)-19(c) are schematic diagrams showing extended pixel patterns and component device regions in accordance with various embodiments of the present invention. 19(d)-19(e) are schematic diagrams showing an extended pixel pattern and component device area in accordance with various embodiments of the present invention. [Main component symbol description] 100: Vertical alignment liquid crystal display 105, 205: First polarizing plate 110, 210: First substrate 120, 220: First electrode 125, 225: First alignment layer 130, 235, 237: Liquid crystal 140 240: second alignment layer 145, 245: second electrode 150, 250: second substrate 155, 255: second polarizing plate 172, 174, 176, 272, 274, 276: viewer 200: multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display 260: protrusion 300: multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display 302, 402: first polarizing plate 305, 405: first substrate 112 1338797 307: first alignment layer 310, 320, 330, 410, 420, 430, 440, 1950 1955, 1960, 1965: pixels 3H, 321, 331: first electrodes 312, 313, 322, 323, 332, 333: liquid crystals 315, 325, 335: second electrode 352: second alignment layer 355: second Substrate 357: second polarizing plates 400, 510-, 510+, 520 (520-, 520+), 610 (610-, 610+), 620 (610-, 610+), 710 (710-, 710+) , 730 (730-, 730+), 810 (810-, 810+), 830 (830-, 830+), 910 (910-, 910+), 930 (910-, 910+), 1010 () 010 -, 1010+ ), 1030 (1030-, 1030+), 1110 (1110-, 1110+), 1210 (1210-, 1210+), 1230 (1230-, 1230+), 1310 (1310-, 1310+), 1410 (1410) -, 1410+), 1510 (1510-, 1510+), 1610 (1610-, 1610+), 1710 (1710-, 1710+), 1720 (1720-, 1720+), 1730 (1730-, 1730+) , 1740 (1740-, 1740+), 1810 (1810-, 1810+), 1820 (1820-, 1820+), 1910 (1910-, 1910+) '1920 (1920-, 1920+): pixel pattern 401 : Liquid crystal display 408: transistor 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 750, 900, 1320, 1340, 1400, 1900: display CD 1_1 ' CD 1 2 ' CD 1 3 > CD 1 4 > CD 1 5 ' (S ) 113 1338797 CD 丄6, CD_2J, CD_2_2, CD_2_3, CD_2_4, CD_2_5, CD_2_6, CD-3_1, CD_3_2, CD_3_3, CD_3_4, CD_3_5, CD_3_6, CD_4_b CD_4_2, CD_4_3, CD_4_4, CD_4_5, CD_4_6: color Particles SE-1, SE-2, SE_3, SE-4: Switching element HDS: Horizontal particle spacing VDS: Vertical particle spacing GO, G Bu G2, G3, G4: Gate lines S3, S4, S5, S6, S7, S8, S0J, S0_2, S0_3, Sl_l, Sl_2, Sl_3: source line P(0,1), P(l,l), P(0,0),P (1,0), P(2,0), P(2,l): Alizarin T(S0-1, G0), T(S0_2, G0), T(S0_3, G0), T(S0-1 , Gl), T(S0-2, Gl), T(S0_3, Gl), T(S0_1, G2), T(S0_2, G2), T(S0_3, G2): transistors DCA_1, DCA_2, DCA_3, DCA_4 : Component device area SO 2 D, SI 1 D, SI 3 D : Source signal (S ) !! 4
Claims (1)
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US11/751,387 US7956958B2 (en) | 2005-09-15 | 2007-05-21 | Large-pixel multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display using fringe fields |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TW200846750A TW200846750A (en) | 2008-12-01 |
TWI338797B true TWI338797B (en) | 2011-03-11 |
Family
ID=40104677
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW96134791A TWI338797B (en) | 2007-05-21 | 2007-09-19 | Large-pixel multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal using fringe fields |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (1) | CN101311804B (en) |
TW (1) | TWI338797B (en) |
Families Citing this family (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
TWI399601B (en) | 2009-05-27 | 2013-06-21 | Innolux Corp | Thin film transistor substrate and liquid crystal display panel |
TWI431364B (en) * | 2010-03-10 | 2014-03-21 | Kyoritsu Optronics Co Ltd | Liquid crystal displays having color dots with embedded polarity regions |
CN103217802B (en) * | 2013-04-19 | 2015-04-29 | 深圳市华星光电技术有限公司 | Liquid crystal display panel and device thereof |
CN103926735A (en) | 2013-06-28 | 2014-07-16 | 上海天马微电子有限公司 | Color film substrate, manufacturing method thereof, display panel and device |
US9613573B2 (en) * | 2014-05-09 | 2017-04-04 | Syndiant, Inc. | Light modulating backplane with configurable multi-electrode pixels |
CN110503928B (en) * | 2018-05-18 | 2021-09-07 | 晶典有限公司 | Generating a five-dot shaped video stream for a light modulating backplane having configurable multi-electrode pixels |
DE102020100055A1 (en) * | 2020-01-03 | 2021-07-08 | Audi Aktiengesellschaft | Display device with a transparent screen element, motor vehicle |
Family Cites Families (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
KR100878241B1 (en) * | 2002-09-27 | 2009-01-13 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Thin film transistor substrate for multi-domain liquid crystal display |
CN1648722A (en) * | 2004-01-20 | 2005-08-03 | 鸿扬光电股份有限公司 | Wide-angle supermicro penetration reflective vertical directional liquid crystal display |
CN101604087A (en) * | 2004-09-30 | 2009-12-16 | 卡西欧计算机株式会社 | Vertical alignment active matrix liquid crystal display device |
-
2007
- 2007-09-19 TW TW96134791A patent/TWI338797B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2007-10-26 CN CN200710167845XA patent/CN101311804B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN101311804B (en) | 2010-09-01 |
TW200846750A (en) | 2008-12-01 |
CN101311804A (en) | 2008-11-26 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
TWI363214B (en) | Pixels using associated dot polarity for multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display | |
TWI338797B (en) | Large-pixel multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal using fringe fields | |
CN104656330B (en) | Liquid crystal disply device and its preparation method | |
US9190022B2 (en) | Three-dimensional display device | |
JP5836607B2 (en) | Liquid crystal display | |
TWI619990B (en) | Liquid crystal display device | |
CN101828142B (en) | Liquid crystal device | |
JP2010169814A (en) | Liquid crystal display device | |
US7999900B2 (en) | Display unit with interleaved pixels | |
TW200813541A (en) | Liquid crystal display | |
TWI406038B (en) | Pixels having polarity extension regions for multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal displays | |
JP2004102209A (en) | High-speed response liquid crystal display device and its driving method | |
TWI338798B (en) | Display unit with interleaved pixels | |
TW200847116A (en) | Low cost switching element point inversion driving scheme for liquid crystal display | |
TW201329597A (en) | Liquid crystal displays having pixels with embedded fringe field amplifiers | |
TWI431364B (en) | Liquid crystal displays having color dots with embedded polarity regions | |
TW201113594A (en) | Pixels having fringe field amplifying regions for multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal displays | |
TW201113595A (en) | Multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal displays using pixels having fringe field amplifying regions | |
KR20080110025A (en) | Liquid crystal display | |
TW201331681A (en) | Liquid crystal displays having color dots with embedded polarity regions | |
TW201329571A (en) | Liquid crystal displays having pixels with embedded fringe field amplifiers |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
MM4A | Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees |